HomeMy WebLinkAboutPhillips Hall UpgradeCORNELL UNIVERSITY PHILLIPS HALL
FACILITIES CONTRACTS ELECTRIC SERVICE
121 HUMPHREYS SERVICE BUILDING UPGRADE
ITHACA, NEW YORK 14853-3701
ADDENDUM NO. 1
May 12, 2016
This Addendum contains changes to the requirements of the Contract Documents and Specifications. Such
changes are to be incorporated into the Construction Documents and shall apply to the work with the same
meaning and force as if they had been included in the original document. Wherever this Addendum
modifies a portion of a paragraph of the specifications or a portion of any Drawing, the remainder of the
Paragraph or Drawing shall remain in force.
NOTE: Provisions of all Contract Documents apply.
BID FORM
Item 1. Bid Form, BF-5
DELETE in its entirety.
REPLACE with revised BF-5R, attached.
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
Item 2. Section 01 21 00 Allowances
ADD in its entirety, attached.
DRAWINGS
Item 3. Drawing E-5, Phase 1 Outage Notes, Phase 1, Step 5
DELETE “IF PCB contaminated: Cornell will be responsible for removal and disposal.”
REPLACE with
If there are identifiable levels of PCB contaminated oil, Contractor will be responsible for
removal and disposal in accordance with all applicable environmental standards and guidelines;
an Allowance is included for this work.
Drawing E-6
ADD to Phase 2 Outage Notes, Phase 2, Step 7
• If there are identifiable levels of PCB contaminated oil, Contractor will be responsible for
removal and disposal in accordance with all applicable environmental standards and
guidelines; an Allowance is included for this work.
Phillips Hall Electric Service Upgrade
Addendum No. 1
May 12, 2016
Page 2
Item 4. Drawing E-4, Demolition and Temporary Plan Notes
ADD
7. Contractor to temporarily replace smoke detectors with heat detectors prior to start of
construction and test with EH&S. At completion of construction, remove heat detectors
and reinstall smoke detectors and test with EH&S.
Item 5. Drawing E-5, Phase 1 Outage Notes and Drawing E-6, Phase 2 Outage Notes
DELETE “…Coordinate to have a Cornell Fire Alarm Tech available during all outages….”
Item 6. Drawing E-5, Phase 1 Keyed Notes
ADD to Note 4
There are abandoned cables and conduit in, to, and from the abandoned 208V switchgear.
Remove cables and conduit to at least 10’ beyond switchgear.
Item 7. Drawing E-6 – Phase 2 Outage Notes, Phase 2, Step 1
ADD
The following note: “Provide cable tray for all 15kV Cable. Support cable tray per ceiling
mounted support detail shown on Sheet E-11.”
Item 8. Drawings E-8 and E-9, New 209V Panel
DELETE “2500A”
REPLACE with “2000A minimum”
Item 9. Drawing E-8, Phillips Hall One-Line Diagram – Phase 1 Notes
ADD
2. Remove the old 13.2kV loop switch, the 208V transformer bank, and all cable and cable
tray on the load side of the old 13.2kV loop switch and the 208V transformer bank to the
following equipment: DS-E1, DS-E2, 208V Panel (LDP-B1-PH), and 208V Switchgear
(MBP) .
Phillips Hall Electric Service Upgrade
Addendum No. 1
May 12, 2016
Page 3
Item 10. Drawing E-10, General Note, 13.KV One Line Diagram – Phase 2
ADD
2. New ground conductor to be bonded to existing ground conductor in MH 16 by Owner.”
3. Circuit to be removed between Phillips Hall and Upson Hall has a circuit length of
approximately 300’.
Item 11. Drawing E-12, Panel Schedule, for both New 208V and 480V, Notes
ADD
Main bus ampacity and short circuit ratings are minimum acceptable. Provide greater if
required by manufacturer.
Item 12. Attached is the Pre-Bid Sign-in Sheet, for reference only.
Item 13. RFI Questions and Clarifications
See attached RFI Log (Items 1 - 11)
Attachments: Bid Form, BF-5R
Section 01 21 00 – Allowances
Pre-bid Meeting Sign-in Sheet
RFI Log (Items 1 – 11)
****END OF ADDENDUM****
8. SCHEDULE OF VALUES
a. The undersigned agrees, prior to the award of a construction contract and upon the request
of the Architect or Owner, to submit a complete, itemized and detailed "Schedule of Values" including
Alternates elected, if any, showing the amount allocated to the various trades and subdivisions of the work,
aggregating the total Contract Sum.
b. To facilitate the evaluation of Bids, the undersigned has included in each part of his Bid
the following values for the trades and/or subdivisions of the work as listed below. Values for work
included under Alternate Proposals are excluded. Values relative to General Contractor's costs for General
Conditions are excluded.
Values Included
Spec in Base Bid
Section Trades and/or Subdivision Labor Material
Division 1 General Requirements
Division 9 Painting
Division 26 Electrical
Division 31 Earthwork
Division 32 Exterior Improvements
ALLOWANCE 1 (PCB Removal/Disposal) $10,000
Total
Total Combined Bid $
ADDENDUM NO. 1 BID FORM BF-5R
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 21 00
Ithaca, New York ALLOWANCES
SECTION 01 21 00 ALLOWANCES
1.0 GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. This Section describes Allowances to be carried in the Base Bid by the Contractor.
B. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions and other
Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
C. The Specification Section containing the pertinent requirements of materials and methods to
achieve the Work described herein. Selected materials and equipment are specified in the
Contract Documents by allowances.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Definition: An allowance is an amount determined by the Owner or calculated by the
Contractor based on given quantities and stated on the Bid Form.
B. Certain items are specified in the Contract Documents by allowances. Allowances have been
established in lieu of additional requirements and to defer selection of actual materials and
equipment to a later date when direction will be provided to the Contractor. Items covered
by these allowances shall be supplied for such amounts and by such persons as the Owner
may direct. All uses of the allowances will require the prior written approval of the Owner
via a Field Change Authorization.
C. Types of Allowances may include:
1. Lump Sum Allowance
2. Unit Price Allowance
1.3 SELECTION AND PURCHASE
A. At the earliest practical date after award of the Contract, advise the Architect of the date when
final selection and purchase of each product or system described by an allowance must be
completed to avoid delaying the Work. The Contractor shall provide the Owner fourteen (14)
calendar days minimum notification of date.
B. At the Owner’s request, the Contractor shall obtain proposals for each allowance for use in
making final selections. The Contractor shall include recommendations that are relevant to
performing the work.
C. The Contractor shall purchase products and systems selected by the Architect and Owner
from the designated supplier.
PHILLIPS HALL ALLOWANCES 01 21 00-1
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADE May 12, 2016
ADDENDUM NO. 1
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 21 00
Ithaca, New York ALLOWANCES
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit proposals for purchase of products or systems included in allowances, in the form
specified for Change Orders.
B. Submit invoices or delivery slips to show actual quantities of materials delivered to the site
for use in fulfillment of each allowance.
C. Submit time sheets and other documentation to show labor hours and cost for installation of
allowance items that include installation as part of the allowance.
D. Coordinate and process submittals for allowance items in the same manner as for other
portions of the work.
1.5 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate related Work and modify or adjust adjacent Work as necessary to ensure that
Work affected by each accepted allowance is complete and fully integrated into the Project.
B. The Contractor shall include the dollar value of each scheduled allowance number as a
separate line item in the Schedule of Values and identify each allowance with Section number
01 21 00.
C. The Owner shall provide the Contractor with a Field Change Authorization prior to
proceeding with the Work of an allowance.
1.6 LUMP SUM AND UNIT PRICE ALLOWANCES
A. Allowances shall include cost to the Contractor of specific products and materials ordered by
the Owner or selected by the Architect under allowance and shall include applicable taxes,
freight, and delivery to the Project site.
B. Included as part of each allowance are miscellaneous devices, accessory objects or similar
items incidental to or required for a complete installation whether or not mentioned as part of
the allowance.
C. Unless otherwise indicated, Contractor’s cost for receiving and handling at Project site, labor,
installation, overhead and profit, and similar costs related to products and materials ordered
by the Owner or selected by the Architect under allowance shall be included as part of the
Contract Sum and not part of the allowance.
D. Unused Materials: Return unused materials purchased under an allowance to the
manufacturer or supplier for credit to the Owner, after installation has been completed and
accepted.
1. If requested by the Owner, retain and prepare unused materials for storage by the
Owner. Deliver unused material to Owner’s storage space as directed.
PHILLIPS HALL ALLOWANCES 01 21 00-2
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADE May 12, 2016
ADDENDUM NO. 1
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 21 00
Ithaca, New York ALLOWANCES
1.7 ADJUSTMENT OF ALLOWANCES
A. Allowance Adjustment: To adjust allowance amounts and scope of work, prepare a Change
Order proposal based on the difference between purchase amount and the allowance,
multiplied by final measurement of work-in-place where applicable. If applicable, include
reasonable allowances for cutting losses, tolerances, mixing wastes, normal product
imperfections, and similar margins.
1. Include installation costs in purchase amount only where indicated as part of the
allowance.
2. Prepare explanation and documentation to substantiate distribution of overhead costs
and other margins claimed.
3. Submit substantiation of a change in scope of work, if any, claimed in Change Order
related to unit-cost allowance.
4. Owner reserves the right to establish the quantity of work-in-place by independent
quantity survey, measure, or count.
B. Submit claims for increased costs because of a change in scope or nature of the allowance
described in the Contract Documents, whether for the purchase order amount or Contractor’s
handling, labor, installation, or overhead and profit. Submit claims in accordance with
General Conditions – Changes in Work within twenty-one (21) days of receipt of Field
Change Authorization authorizing work to proceed. The Owner will reject claims submitted
later than twenty-one (21) days after such authorization.
1. Do not include Contractor’s or subcontractor’s indirect expenses in the Change Order
cost amount unless it is clearly shown that the nature or extent of work has changed
from what could have been foreseen from information in the Contract Documents.
2. No change to Contractor’s indirect expenses is permitted for selection of higher or lower
priced materials or systems of the same scope and nature as originally indicated.
1.8 SCHEDULE OF ALLOWANCES
A. ALLOWANCE NO. 1: Removal and disposal of PCB oil-filled transformers.
Contractor to include an allowance of $10,000 for the removal and disposal of PCB oil-filled
transformers. Contractor will be responsible for hiring an outside environmental agency to
remove and dispose of PCB oil-filled transformers. Contractor will be required to submit
environmental agency’s disposal manifest to Owner (Cornell Environmental Health &
Safety) for review and documentation.
PHILLIPS HALL ALLOWANCES 01 21 00-3
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADE May 12, 2016
ADDENDUM NO. 1
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 21 00
Ithaca, New York ALLOWANCES
2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED
3.0 EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine products covered by an allowance promptly on delivery for damage or defects.
Return damaged or defective products to manufacturer for replacement.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Coordinate materials and their installation for each allowance with related materials and
installations to ensure that each allowance item is completely integrated and interfaced with
related work.
***END OF SECTION 01 21 00***
PHILLIPS HALL ALLOWANCES 01 21 00-4
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADE May 12, 2016
ADDENDUM NO. 1
Phillips Hall Electric Service Upgrade Date: May 12, 2016
RFI Form
RFI/Page/
Response Dwg./Spec./Rep.Section/Design Team
Index Number Paragraph/Topic RFI Response
1 Dwg. E-8, E-9
The one-line call for a 2500A, 208V panel and the schedule
calls for a 2000A, 208V panel. Which one is correct?
See Addendum No. 1, Item 8.
2 Dwg. E-5
Will phase 1, steps 1 & 2 be able to be done before the shut
down or do all of these items need to be done while the
building is shut down except the duct bank install?
Phase 1, steps 1 & 2 can be done before the shut
down. See Sheet E-5, Phase 1 Outage Notes, Phase 1,
Step 3: "Coordinate first 480V (two total 480V
outages, second outage in phase 2) outage to
Phillips."
3 Dwg. E-5
Are the phases and steps in order? It is unclear what work can
be done before the outage.
The phases and steps are in order. See Sheet E-5,
Phase 1 Outage Notes.
4 Dwg E-5
Is the abandoned 208V SWGR empty or is it being used as a
junction box?
See Addendum No. 1, Item 6.
5 Dwg E-5
Will the abandoned 208V SWGR be able to be demoed first
thing?
See Sheet E-5, Phase 1 Outage Notes. These provide
the sequence of construction pertaining to the
abandoned 208V SWGR.
6 Dwg. E-10
It appears we are required to demo the medium voltage cable
from Phillips to Upson. Please provide a drawing or footage
of the existing pathway.
See Addendum No. 1, Item 10.
7 Dwg. E-6
Is the intent to install new MV cabling on new wall racks
inside B00UC or are we required to install 5" GRC in this
area?
See Addendum No. 1, Item 7.
8 Dwg. E-10
Is there a ground at MH-16 or do we need to install a ground
rod outside and bring in a tail?
See Addendum No. 1, Item 10.
9 Dwg. E-5, E-6
Is the contractor responsible for having Cornell Fire Alarm
Tech available during outages.
See Addendum No. 1, Item 5.
10 General
Can we get a set of Contract Documents in PDF format?No, electronic PDFs are not provided at this time.
11 General
Does the contractor need to carry any hours for the Cornell
Shops?
No, the Owner will issue a separate work order for
Shops support.
PHILLIPS HALL ELECTRIC
SERVICE UPGRADE
Project Manual & Specifications
April 21, 2016
Owner
Cornell University
Ithaca, NY 14853
Architect
Barton & Loguidice, D.P.C.
443 Electronics Parkway
Liverpool, NY 13088
PHILLIPS HALL TABLE OF CONTENTS
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADE
Instructions to Bidders
Bid Form
General Conditions
Exhibit A
Exhibit A-1
Exhibit B
Exhibit C
Exhibit D
Exhibit E
Exhibit F —
and Exhibits
Change Order
Change Order Documentation Instructions
Construction Contract Change Order Request
Construction Contract Change Order Summary
Schedule of Values for Contractor Payments
Final Release
Application and Certificate for Payment
Guarantee
Form I Contractor's Affirmative Action Plan
Use of MBE/WBE Vendors
Contractor's Affirmative Action Plan
Summary of Bid Activity with MBE and
WBE Subcontractors and Vendors
Affirmative Action Workforce Report
Minority — Women Utilization Report
Labor Rate Breakdown
Stored Materials Invoicing Documentation
Contractor Performance Evaluation
Exhibit F — Form II
Exhibit F — Form III
Exhibit F — Form IV
Exhibit G
Exhibit H
Exhibit I
DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
Section 01 11 00
Section 01 14 00
Section 01 25 00
Section 01 31 19
Section 01 31 50
Section 01 32 16
Section 01 32 33
Section 01 33 00
Section 01 35 29
Section 01 35 43
Section 01 35 44
Section 01 41 00
Section 01 42 00
Section 01 45 00
Section 01 45 29
Section 01 50 00
Section 01 51 00
Section 01 57 13
Section 01 66 00
Section 01 71 23
Section 01 73 29
Section 01 77 00
Section 01 78 22
Section 01 78 23
Section 01 78 36
Section 01 78 39
Summary of the Work
Work Restrictions
Substitutions and Product Options
Project Meetings
Electronic Project Management
Construction Schedules
Photographic Documentation
Submittal Procedures
General Health & Safety
General Environmental Requirements
Spill Control
Regulatory Requirements
References
Quality Control
Testing Laboratory Services
Temporary Facilities and Controls
Temporary Utilities
Soil Erosion and Sediment Control
Storage and Protection
Field Engineering
Cutting, Patching and Repairing
Project Close Out
Fixed Equipment Inventory
Operating and Maintenance Data
Warranties and Bonds
Record Documents
Page 1
PHILLIPS HALL TABLE OF CONTENTS
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADE Page 2
DIVISION 9 — FINLSHES
Section 09 90 00 Painting
DIVISION 26 — ELECTRICAL
Section 26 05 00 Basic Electrical Requirements
Section 26 05 13 Primary Wiring — 15kV Nominal
Section 26 05 19 Wires and Cables
Section 26 05 26 Grounding
Section 26 05 33 Raceways
Section 26 05 34 Boxes
Section 26 05 43 Underground Conduit System
Section 26 12 16 Dry -Type Transformers over 600V
Section 26 18 27 Pad -Mounted Loop Switch
Section 26 22 13 Interior Transformers
Section 26 24 16 Panelboards & Building Distributions
Section 26 27 26 Wire Connections and Connecting Devices
Section 26 51 00 Interior Lighting
DIVISION 31— EARTHWORK
Section 31 00 00 Earthwork
DIVISION 32 — EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS
Section 32 90 00 Landscape Work
DRAWING LIST
Title Sheet
E-1 Reference Sheet
E-2 Site Plan
E-3 Floor Plan Existing
E-4 Floor Plans Proposed Work
E-5 Floor Plan Phase 1
E-6 Floor Plan Phase 2
E-7 Phillips Hall One -Line Diagram, Phase 1
E-8 Phillips Hall One -Line Diagram, Phase 2
E-9 Phillips Hall One -Line Diagram Final
E-10 13.2KV One -Line Diagrams
E-11 Electrical Details
E-12 Electrical Schedules
END OF DOCUMENT
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
Project: Phillips Hall Electric Service Upgrade
Owner: Cornell University
Ithaca, New York 14853
Architect: Barton & Loguidice, D.P.C.
443 Electronics Parkway
Liverpool, New York 13088
1. PROPOSAL FORMS
a. Proposals shall be made only on the forms provided and all blank and underlined spaces
in the forms shall be fully filled in, in ink or typed; amount shall be fully stated both in writing and in
figures. Proposals shall be signed by Principals or Officers duly authorized to execute such documents
on behalf of their respective firms or organizations, and the Certificate included in the Bid Form shall be
completed accordingly. Bidder's legal name must be fully stated. Completed form shall be without
interlineation, alterations, or erasures unless initialed and dated by the signer.
2. RECAPITULATION OR PROPOSAL
a. Proposals shall not contain any recapitulation of the work to be done. No oral,
telegraphic or telephonic proposals or modifications will be considered.
3. METHOD OF SUBMISSION
a. Proposals shall be prepared and enclosed in a sealed envelope. Envelope shall be
addressed to:
Nancy A. Phelps, Director
Facilities Contracts
121 Humphreys Service Building
Cornell University
Ithaca, New York 14853
Proposal for: Phillips Hall Electric Service Upgrade
Submitted by:
(Bidder)
b. Proposals shall be delivered to the Owner at the address listed above not later than
2:OOPM on May 20, 2016.
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS INS -1
BID OPENING
a. Proposals will be opened publicly by the Owner in Room 133, Humphreys Service
Building, Cornell University Campus, Ithaca, New York, at the hour and date listed in 3b. The Owner
reserves the right to postpone the date and time of opening of proposals at any time prior to the date and
time announced in this Instruction to Bidders or amendments thereto.
5. BIDDING DOCUMENTS
a The Bidding Documents will consist of the following:
(1) Instructions to Bidders.
(2) Bid Form.
(3) General Conditions of the Contract and Division 1 - "General Requirements
(4) Drawings and Specifications.
(5) Addenda and/or bulletins issued prior to date of opening of Proposals.
6. DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS FURNISHED
a. Contract Documents may be obtained from the Facilities Contracts website
(http://finance.fs.cornell edu/contracts/pob/projects.cfm ). For assistance call 607-255-5343.
b. Additional sets will be available at $40.00 per set without refund. All subcontractors and
suppliers requiring may order these at $40.00 per set without refund. No partial sets will be issued. The
Contract Documents remain the property of the Owner.
c. The successful bidder will be allowed ten (10) sets of drawings and specifications
START OF WORK
a. Work at the site shall be started within fifteen (15) calendar days from the date o
issuance of written authorization to proceed and shall be completed no later than November 1, 2016.
BONDS
a. Performance and Payment Bonds. The successful Bidder shall furnish the Owner with
"Performance" and "Labor and Material Payment Bonds", each in the amount of 100% of the Contract
Price. The cost of such bonds shall be included in the Bidders Proposal. Each of these Bonds are to be
in a form with such sureties as the Owner may approve.
b. Bid Bond. Each Bidder will be required to furnish a Bid Bond in the amount of 10% of
the Bid Amount. Such Bid Bond shall guarantee that the Bidder will execute the Contract if it is awarded
to him in conformity with his Proposal. Such Proposal Guarantee Bond shall include a statement that the
Insurer shall, at the option of the Bidder, be willing to provide to the Bidder the Contract Bonds as
described in 8a above.
ZSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS INS -2
9. AWARD OF CONTRACT
a. It is the intent of the Owner to enter into a Contract with one General Contractor for the
entire project. All labor and services and materials and supplies, etc. are to be provided in accordance
with the Contract.
b. The competence and responsibility of the Bidders' proposed principal subcontractors will
be considered in making the Award.
c. The Owner reserves the right to reject any or all Proposals, and to waive any
informalities in Bidding.
d. All Proposals shall remain in force and effect for a period of not less than sixty (60)
calendar days following the bid opening date.
e. The Owner reserves the right to accept any of the Alternate Proposals listed within sixty
(60) calendar days following the award of a construction contract.
10. EXAMINATION OF SITE AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
a. Each Bidder shall visit the Site of the proposed work, fully acquaint and familiarize
himself with the conditions as they exist and the character of the operations to be carried on under the
proposed Contract, and make such investigation as he may see fit so that he shall fully understand the
facilities, physical conditions and restrictions attending the work under the Contract.
b. Each Bidder shall also thoroughly examine and become familiar with the Drawings,
Specifications and associated Bid Documents.
c. By submitting a Proposal, the Bidder covenants and affirms that he has carefully
examined the Drawings, Specifications, associated Bid Documents, the Addenda and Bulletins, if any,
and the Site, that he relies on no representation by the Owner, and that from his own investigation he has
satisfied himself as to the nature and location of the work, the general and local conditions, and all
matters which may in any way affect the work or its performance, and that as a result of such
examination and investigation, he fully understands the conditions of bidding and that he will not make
any claim for, and waives any right to damage because of misinterpretation or misunderstanding of the
Bid Documents and the conditions of bidding.
11. DISCREPANCIES
a. Should a Bidder find discrepancies in or omissions from the Drawings, Specifications
and associated Bid Documents, or should he be in doubt as to their meaning, he shall at once notify the
Architect, who will send written instructions to all bidders. Neither the Owner nor the Architect will be
responsible for oral instructions. Every request for such interpretation should be in writing, addressed to
the Architect. Inquiries received seven (7) or more days prior to date fixed for opening of Bids will be
given consideration.
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS INS -3
12. PRE-BID CONFERENCE
a. A pre-bid conference has been scheduled for 10:OOAM, May 4, 2016, in Room 101 of
the Humphreys Service Building. The purpose of the conference will be to clarify the intent of the
Contract Documents if necessary. Results will be published in an Addendum.
13. TRADE SUBCONTRACTORS, MATERIAL SUPPLIERS
a. Each portion of the work shall be performed by an organization equipped and
experienced to do work in that particular field, and no portion of the work shall be reserved by the Bidder
to himself unless he is so equipped and experienced. Subcontracts shall be awarded only to parties
satisfactory to the Owner and the Architect. Each subcontractor and materials supplier shall be approved
individually.
b. In the spaces provided in the Bid Form, the Bidder shall list all portions of the work he
proposes to perfoiui directly with his own forces.
c. A list of names from which the Bidder proposes to select subcontractors, materials
suppliers, and/or manufacturers for the principal trades or subdivisions of the work is required as part of
the Proposal.
d. In the Bid Form, there has been listed the principal trades or subdivisions of the work for
which such a listing is required, together with the provisions which govern the listing, selection and
approval of principal subcontractors.
14. ALTERNATE PROPOSALS
a. Certain Alternate Proposals may be requested. They will be listed in the Bid Form and
all Bidders are required to bid on all Alternates without exception, in the spaces provided.
b. Alternate Proposals shall include all overhead, profit and other expenses in connection
therewith.
15. UNIT PRICES
a. Certain Unit Prices may be requested. They will be listed in the Bid Form and all
Bidders are required to bid on all Unit Prices without exception, in the spaces provided.
b. Unit Prices shall include all overhead, profit and other expenses in connection therewith.
16. SCHEDULE OF VALUES
a. A partial "Schedule of Values" for certain trades and/or subdivisions of the work is
required as part of the Bidder's Proposal in the Bid Form.
b. The successful Bidder shall submit a complete "Schedule of Values" showing the
amounts allocated to the various trades, suppliers, subcontractors, installers and General Contractor's
work, aggregating the total sum of the Contract. If requested by the Owner or Architect, the complete
"Schedule of Values" shall be submitted prior to award of Contract.
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS INS -4
17. ADDENDA AND BULLETINS
a. Addenda and/or bulletins issued during the bidding period shall be acknowledged in the
space provided in the Bid Form.
18. SUBSTITUTIONS
a. Proposals shall conform to the requirements of the Bid Documents.
b. The Bidder may offer substitutions for any item of material or equipment, element of
work, or method of construction set forth in the Bid Documents, with the exception of Form of Contract,
General Conditions and General Requirements - Division 1, by listing the proposed substitutions and the
amounts to be deducted from the Base Bid corresponding to each such proposed substitution in the
spaces provided in the Bid Form. However, the Bidder is cautioned to make his base proposal on the
materials and items specified by name or other particular reference.
19. SUB -SURFACE CONDITIONS
a. Boring information, water levels, indications of sub -surface conditions and similar
information given on the Drawings or in the Specifications are furnished only for the convenience of the
Bidders. The Owner, Architect and Consulting Engineer make no representation regarding the character
and extent of the soil data or other sub -surface conditions to be encountered during the work and no
guarantee as to the accuracy or validity of interpretation of such data or conditions is made or intended.
b. Each Bidder shall, by careful examination, inform himself as to the nature and location
of the work, the conformation of the ground, subsoil and ground water conditions, the character, quality
and quantity of the materials to be encountered, the character of equipment and facilities needed
preliminary to and during the prosecution of the work, the general and local conditions and all other
matters which can in any way affect the work under this Contract. The Bidder may, at his option,
conduct tests at his expense, including borings, by prior notification to the Owner. Each Bidder shall
make his own deductions of sub -surface conditions which may affect methods or cost of construction of
the work hereunder and he agrees that, if awarded the construction contract, he will make no claim for
damages or other compensation, except such as are provided for in the Contract Documents, should he
encounter conditions during the progress of the work different from those as calculated and/or anticipated
by him.
20. SALES AND USE TAX EXEMPTION
a. The Owner, Cornell University, a non-profit educational institution, is exempt from
payment of certain Sales and Use Taxes.
21. FEDERAL EXCISE TAX
a. The Owner, Cornell University, a non-profit educational institution, is exempt from
payment of certain Federal Excise Taxes.
22. TAX EXEMPT STATUS
a. Bidders shall inform all prospective subcontractors and suppliers from whom they expect
to obtain proposals or quotations of the tax exempt status of the Owner as set forth above and request that
they reflect anticipated tax credits in their proposals or quotations.
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS INS -5
23. EXEMPTION CERTIFICATES
a. At the Contractor's request, following the award of a Contract, Contractor exempt
purchase certificates will be furnished by the Owner to the Contractor with respect to such tax exempt
articles or transactions as may be applicable under the Contract.
24. REQUIRED SUBMISSIONS
a. Provide with Bid Proposal:
(1) Acknowledgement of Addenda and/or Bulletins issued prior to bid opening
(2) Certificate as to Corporate Bidder
(3) List of Proposed Subcontractors
(4) Schedule of Values
(5) Alternate Proposals and Unit Prices
b. Within fourteen days after bid opening:
(1) Use of Minority and Female Vendor Forms
(2) Summary of Bid Activity with Minority and Female Subcontractors/Vendors
(3) Six -Month Workforce Projection
c. Execution of Contract:
(1) Insurance Certificate
(2) Performance Bond
(3) Labor and Material Payment Bond
(4) Schedule of Work (bar chart)
(5) Federal Tax Identification Number
END OF SECTION
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS INS -6
PHILLIPS HALL ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADE
Cornell University, Ithaca, New York
BID FORM
Submitted by: Date
To: Nancy A. Phelps, Director
Facilities Contracts
121 Humphreys Service Building
Cornell University
Ithaca, New York 14853
Gentlemen:
The undersigned,
a
(Name of Bidder)
(Type of Firm, State of Incorporation, if applicable)
of
(Address)
having carefully examined the Instructions to Bidders, the "Conditions of the Contract" (General,
Division 1 - "General Requirements"), and the Drawings, Specifications and associated Bid Documents
dated April 21, 2016 prepared by Barton & Loguidice, D.P.C, 443 Electronics Parkway, Liverpool,
New York 13088, as well as the premises and conditions affecting the work, proposes to furnish all
material, equipment, labor, plant, machinery, tools, supplies, services, applicable taxes and specified
insurance necessary to perform the entire work, as set forth in, and in accordance with the said
documents for the following considerations:
1. BASE BID
a. All work complete, for the sum of
for MATERIALS, SUPPLIES, LABOR, and
SERVICES AND ALL OTHER COSTS.
($ )
BID FORM BF -1
2. ALTERNATE PROPOSAL
a. The undersigned, if awarded the Contract, proposes to perform work in addition to or in
place of the scope of the work shown and specified herein as associated with the Base Bid in accordance
with the following Alternate Proposals, which amounts are to be added or deducted to the amount of the
Base Bid as indicated for the Alternates specified in Division 1 of the Specifications.
b. If the Bidder desires to indicate that the acceptance of any Alternate or Alternates will
result neither in an addition to nor a deduction from the value of the work, he shall enter the phrase "No
Change" in response to such Alternate or Alternates.
c. It is understood that the Owner reserves the right to accept or reject any or all of the
following Alternate Proposals within sixty ( 60 ) calendar days following the award of a construction
contract.
Alternate No. Description
ADD DEDUCT
NONE $ $
BID FORM BF -2
3. START OF WORK AND TIME FOR COMPLETION
a. The undersigned agrees, if awarded the Contract, to commence work at the site within
fifteen (15) calendar days after date of issuance of written notice to proceed and to complete the project
no later than November 1, 2016.
4. LIST OF PROPOSED PRINCIPAL SUBCONTRACTORS
a. The undersigned agrees, if awarded the Contract, to employ subcontractors from the
following list for the Sections or Subdivisions of work stated below subject to the following provisions:
(1) Prior to the award of the Contract, the Owner and Architect reserve the right to review
the list of "Proposed Principal Subcontractors", and to delete from it the name or names of any to whom
they may have a reasonable objection. The Contractor may make the final selection of principal
subcontractors at his option from the resulting list after the award of the Contract.
b. Bidder shall list the names of at least one subcontractor for each Section or Subdivision
of the work listed below and shall limit the listing for each such Section or Subdivision to THREE (3)
names.
c. If Bidder does not propose to employ a Subcontractor for any Section or Subdivision of
the work listed below, he shall enter the name of his firm for each such Section or Subdivision.
PAINTING
SITE WORK/EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS
BID FORM BF -3
5. PRINCIPAL SUBDIVISIONS OR ELEMENTS OF THE WORK TO BE PERFORMED
BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR'S FORCES
a. If awarded a Contract, we will perform the following portions of the Work with forces
directly employed by the undersigned:
b. If awarded a Contract, the Contractor's main Project Manager will be:
(include resume with bid)
The Owner reserves the right to reject the names of any to whom they have a reasonable
objection.
c. If awarded a Contract, the Contractor's main Superintendent will be:
(include resume with bid)
The Owner reserves the right to reject the names of any to whom they have a reasonable
objection.
6. TIME PROGRESS SCHEDULE
a. The undersigned agrees, if awarded the Contract, to furnish a "Construction Progress
Schedule" showing the starting and completion dates for all principal trades and subdivisions of the
Work, together with such additional information related thereto as may reasonably be required. Such
schedule shall be in conformance with General Requirements, Section 01 32 15, 1.3, A.
7. BONDS
a. Performance and Payment Bonds. The undersigned agrees, if awarded the Contract to
execute and deliver to the Owner "Performance" and "Labor and Material Payment Bonds" in such form
as acceptable to the Owner and in an amount equal to 100% of the Contract Sum. Such bonds will be
furnished by
(Name of Surety)
b. Bonding Rate for Change Orders. %
c, Bid Bond. A Bid Bond in the amount of $ (10% of Bid
Amount) is attached to this Bid.
BID FORM BF -4
8. SCHEDULE OF VALUES
a. The undersigned agrees, prior to the award of a construction contract and upon the
request of the Architect or Owner, to submit a complete, itemized and detailed "Schedule of Values"
including Alternates elected, if any, showing the amount allocated to the various trades and subdivisions
of the work, aggregating the total Contract Sum.
b. To facilitate the evaluation of Bids, the undersigned has included in each part of his Bid
the following values for the trades and/or subdivisions of the work as listed below. Values for work
included under Alternate Proposals are excluded. Values relative to General Contractor's costs for
General Conditions are excluded.
Spec
Section
Trades and/or Subdivision
Division 1 General Requirements
Division 9 Painting
Division 26 Electrical
Division 31 Earthwork
Division 32 Exterior Improvements
Total
Values Included
in Base Bid
Labor Material
Total Combined Bid $
BID FORM BF -5
9. SUBSTITUTIONS
a. The Base Bid is predicated on compliance with the Drawings and Specifications without
substitutions.
b. The Bidder may offer substitutions for any item noted in the Specifications, with the
exception of Form of Contract, General Conditions and General Requirements - Division I, by listing in
the space below the proposed substitution, together with the amount to be deducted from the Base Bid if
the substitution is accepted.
c. The Owner reserves the right to accept or reject any proposed substitution.
d. The Bidder may offer a substitution for General Conditions, Article 2.05,
Superintendence by Contractor, by listing in the space below the proposed percentage of supervision to
be provided onsite, together with the amount to be deducted from the Base Bid if the substitution is
accepted.
Percentage of Supervision %
Deduction from Base Bid
$( )
e. The sum stated includes any modifications of work or additional work that may be
required by reason of acceptance of substitution. Substitute materials must be approved and accepted by
the Owner in writing before same may be used in lieu of those named in the Specifications.
Item and Specification
Description of Reference Deduction from Base Bid
Substitution Section & Page No. Labor Material
BID FORM BF -6
10. ACCEPTANCE
a. The undersigned agrees that this Proposal shall remain in force and effect for a period of
not less than sixty (60) calendar days following the bid due date.
b. If written notice of acceptance of this Proposal is mailed, telegraphed or delivered to the
undersigned within sixty (60) calendar days after the date of opening of Bids, or any time thereafter
before this Proposal is withdrawn, the undersigned will within ten (10) calendar days after the date of
such mailing, telegraphing or delivery of such notice, execute an Agreement between Contractor and
Owner, amended and/or supplemented, if required, in accordance with the Proposal as accepted.
c. The undersigned further agrees, if requested by the Owner, to furnish Performance and
Payment Bonds pursuant to Article 7 herein within ten (10) calendar days of issuance of such notice.
d. It is understood and agreed that the Owner reserves the right to accept any of the
Alternate Proposals listed within sixty (60) calendar days following the award of a construction contract.
e. It is understood and agreed that the Owner reserves the right to reject any or all
proposals, to waive any informalities in bidding, and to hold all proposals for the above noted period of
time.
BID FORM BF -7
11. ADDENDUM RECEIPT
a. Receipt of the following addenda to the Terms and Conditions, Drawings or
Specifications is acknowledged:
Dated:
Addendum No. Dated:
Addendum No. Dated:
Addendum No. Dated:
Addendum No. Dated:
Addendum No. Dated:
By:
Title:
Business Address:
(Bidder)
BID FORM BF -8
CERTIFICATE OF NON -COLLUSION
By submission of this bid, each bidder and each person signing on behalf of any bidder certifies, and in
the case of a joint bid each party thereto certifies as to its own organization, under penalty of perjury, that
to the best of his knowledge and belief:
a. The prices in this bid have been arrived at independently without collusion, consultation,
communication, or agreement, for the purpose of restricting competition, as to any matter relating to such
prices with any other bidder or with any competitor.
b. Unless required by law, the prices which have been quoted in this bid have not been
knowingly disclosed by the bidder and will not knowingly be disclosed by the bidder prior to opening,
directly or indirectly, to any other bidder or with any competitor.
c. No attempt has been made or will be made by the bidder to induce any other persons,
partnership, or corporation to submit or not submit a bid for the purpose of restricting competition.
Dated:
By:
Title:
(Bidder)
BID FORM BF -9
CERTIFICATE AS TO CORPORATE BIDDER
I, certify that I am the
of the Corporation named as Bidder within this Bid Form for
General Contractors; that , who signed said Bid Form on
behalf of the bidder was then of said Corporation; that I know his
signature; that his signature thereto is genuine and that said Bid Form and attachments thereto were duly
signed, sealed and executed for and in behalf of said Corporation by authority of its governing body.
Dated:
(Secretary -Clerk)
(CORPORATE SEAL)
BID FORM BF -10
GENERAL CONDITIONS
FOR
PHILLIPS HALL ELECTRIC SERVICES UPGRADE
CORNELL UNIVERSITY
ITHACA, NEW YORK
Rev 07-2014
GENERAL CONDITIONS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
ARTICLE 1 INTERPRETATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
Section 1.01 Owner 1
Section 1.02 Meaning and Intent of Specifications, Plans
and Drawings 1
Section 1.03 Order of Precedence 1
ARTICLE 2 CONTRACTOR
Section 2.01 Contractor's Obligations 2
Section 2.02 Contractor's Title to Materials 2
Section 2.03 "Or Equal" Clause 2
Section 2.04 Quality, Quantity and Labeling 3
Section 2.05 Superintendence by Contractor 3
Section 2.06 Subsurface or Site Conditions 4
Section 2.07 Representations of Contractor 4
Section 2.08 Verifying Dimensions and Site Conditions 4
Section 2.09 Copies of Contract Documents for Contractors 5
Section 2.10 Meetings 5
Section 2.11 Related Work 5
Section 2.12 Surveys and Layout 5
Section 2.13 Errors, Omissions or Discrepancies 5
Section 2.14 Project Labor Rates 6
Section 2.15 Daily Reports 6
ARTICLE 3 INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE
Section 3.01 Access to the Work 6
Section 3.02 Notice for Testing 6
Section 3.03 Inspection of Work 7
Section 3.04 Inspection and Testing 7
Section 3.05 Defective or Damaged Work 7
Section 3.06 Acceptance 7
ARTICLE 4 CHANGES IN WORK
Section 4.01 Changes 8
Section 4.02 Form of Change Orders 10
ARTICLE 5 TIME OF COMPLETION
Section 5.01 Time of Completion 10
Rev 07-2014
ARTICLE 6
Section 6.01
Section 6.02
Section 6.03
ARTICLE 7
Section 7.01
ARTICLE 8
Section 8.01
ARTICLE 9
Section 9.01
ARTICLE 10
Section 10.01
Section 10.02
Section 10.03
Section 10.04
Section 10.05
Section 10.06
Section 10.07
Section 10.08
Section 10.09
Section 10.10
ARTICLE 11
Section 11.01
Section 11.02
ARTICLE 12
Section 12.01
Section 12.02
Section 12.03
Section 12.04
ARTICLE 13
TABLE OF CONTENTS
TERMINATION
Termination for Cause
Termination for Convenience of Owner
Owner's Right to do Work
DISPUTES
Disputes Procedure
SUBCONTRACTS
Subcontracting
COORDINATION AND COOPERATION
Cooperation with Other Contractors
PROTECTION OF RIGHTS, PERSONS AND PROPERTY
Accidents and Accident Prevention
Adjoining Property
Emergencies
Bonds
Risks Assumed by the Contractor
Contractor's Compensation and Liability Insurance
Liability Insurance of the Owner
Owner's and Contractor's Responsibilities for
Fire and Extended Coverage Insurance Hazards
Effect of Procurement of Insurance
No Third Party Rights
Page
11
11
12
12
13
13
15
16
16
16
16
17
18
18
19
19
USE OR OCCUPANCY PRIOR TO ACCEPTANCE BY OWNER
Substantial Completion 19
Occupancy Prior to Acceptance 19
PAYMENT
Provision of Payment
Withholding Payments
Documents and Conditions Precedent to Final Payment
Final Payment and Release
TAX EXEMPTION
20
22
22
23
Section 13.01 Tax Exemption 24
11 Rev 07-2014
TABLE OF CONTENTS
ARTICLE 14 GUARANTEE
Section 14.01 Guarantee
ARTICLE 15 STANDARD PROVISIONS
Page
24
Section 15.01 Provisions Required by Law Deemed Inserted 25
Section 15.02 Laws Governing the Contract 25
Section 15.03 Assignments 25
Section 15.04 No Third Party Rights 25
Section 15.05 Waiver of Rights of Owner 25
Section 15.06 Nondiscrimination and Affirmative Action 25
Section 15.07 Limitation on Actions 26
Section 15.08 Owner's Representative 27
ARTICLE 16 ACCOUNTING, INSPECTION AND AUDIT 27
ARTICLE 17 CONTRACTOR PERFORMANCE EVALUATION 27
ARTICLE 18 ROYALTIES AND PATENTS 27
ARTICLE 19 CONFIDENTIALITY AND USE OF OWNER'S NAME
Section 19.01 Release of Information 27
Section 19.02 Confidential Information 28
Section 19.03 Use of Owner's Name 28
ARTICLE 20 CORNELL UNIVERSITY STANDARDS OF
ETHICAL CONDUCT 29
iii
Rev 07-2014
EXHIBITS
A Change Order
A-1 Change Order Documentation Instructions
Construction Contract Change Order Request
Construction Contract Change Order Summary
B Schedule of Values for Contract Payment
C Final Release
D Application and Certificate for Payment
E Guarantee
F Form I Contractor's Affirmative Action Plan
Use of MBE and WBE Vendors
Form II Contractor's Affirmative Action Plan
Summary of Bid Activity with MBE and WBE
Subcontractors and Vendors
Form III Affirmative Action Workforce Report
Form IV Minority -Women Utilization Report
G Labor Rate Breakdown
H Stored Materials Invoicing Documentation
I Contractor Performance Evaluation
iv
Rev 07-2014
ARTICLE 1-- INTERPRETATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
Section 1.01 - Owner
A. The Owner is Cornell University as identified in the Agreement and referred to
throughout the Contract Documents as the "Owner" or "Cornell University".
B. Ownership of Documents: All drawings, specifications, computations, sketches,
test data, survey results, photographs, renderings and other material relating to the Work,
whether furnished to or prepared by the Contractor, are the property of Cornell University. The
Contractor shall use such materials or information therefrom only in connection with the Work of
this Contract. When requested, the Contractor shall deliver such materials to Cornell University.
C. The Owner shall give all orders and directions contemplated under the Contract
relative to the execution of the Work. The Owner shall determine the amount, quality,
acceptability, and fitness of the Work and shall decide all questions which may arise in relation
to said Work. The Owner's estimates and decisions shall be final except as otherwise expressly
provided.
D. Any differences or conflicts concerning performance which may arise between
the Contractor and other Contractors performing Work for the Owner shall be adjusted and
determined by the Owner.
E. The table of contents, titles, captions, headings, running headlines, and marginal
notes contained herein and in said documents is intended to facilitate reference to various
provisions of the Contract Documents and in no way affect the interpretation of the provisions to
which they refer.
Section 1.02 - Meaning and Intent of Specifications, Plans and Drawings
The meaning and intent of all specifications, plans and drawings shall be determined in a
manner approved by the Owner.
Section 1.03 - Order of Precedence
A. Should a conflict occur in or between or among any parts of the Contract
Documents that are entitled to equal preference, the more expensive way of doing the Work, the
better quality or greater quantity of material shall govern, unless the Owner otherwise so directs
in writing.
B. Drawings and specifications are reciprocal. Anything shown on the plans and
not mentioned in the specifications, or mentioned in the specifications and not shown on the
plans, shall have the same effect as if shown or mentioned in both.
C. Requirements of reference standards form a part of these specifications to the
extent indicated by the reference thereto. When provisions of reference standards conflict with
provisions in these specifications, the specifications shall govern.
Rev 07-2014
ARTICLE 2 -- CONTRACTOR
Section 2.01 - Contractor's Obligations
A. The Contractor shall, in good workmanlike manner, perform all the Work
required by the Contract within the time specified in the Contract. The Contractor shall comply
with all terms of the Contract, and shall do, carry on, and complete the entire Work to the
satisfaction of the Owner.
1. All labor for this project which is normally under the jurisdiction of one of the
local unions as covered in the contract between the Tompkins -Cortland Building
Trades Council, Maintenance Division and Cornell University shall be
performed by Union labor.
B. The Contractor shall furnish, erect, maintain, and remove such construction plant
and such temporary Work as may be required.
C. The Contractor shall provide and pay for all labor, material, tools, equipment,
machinery, as well as utility connections, transportation, and all other facilities and services
necessary for the proper execution and completion of the Work, except as otherwise specified
elsewhere in the Contract Documents.
D. Whenever a provision of the Specifications conflicts with agreements or
regulations in force among members of trade associations, unions, or councils which regulate or
distinguish what work shall or shall not be included in the work of a particular trade, the
Contractor shall make all necessary arrangements to reconcile such conflict without delay,
damage, or cost to the Owner and without recourse to the Architect or the Owner. In case
progress of the Work is affected by undue delay in furnishing or installing items of material or
equipment required under the Contract because of a conflict involving such agreement or
regulations, the Owner or the Architect may require that other material or equipment of equal
kind and quality be provided at no additional cost to the Owner.
Section 2.02 - Contractor's Title to Materials
A. The Contractor warrants that the Contractor has full, good and clear title to all
materials and supplies used by the Contractor in the Work, free from all liens, claims or
encumbrances.
B. All materials, equipment and articles which become the property of the Owner
shall be new unless specifically stated otherwise.
Section 2.03 - "Or Equal" Clause
A. Whenever a material, article or piece of equipment or method is identified on the
plans or in the specifications by reference to manufacturers' or vendors' names, trade name,
catalogue number, or make, no others may be substituted. Any and all other "Or Equal"
considerations will be handled under this Section in accordance with General Requirements,
Section 01 25 00.
2 Rev 07-2014
B. Where the Architect approves a product proposed by the Contractor and said
proposed product requires a revision or redesign of any part of the Work covered by this
Contract, or the Work covered by other contracts, all said revision or redesign, and all new
drawings and details required therefor shall be provided by the Contractor and shall be approved
by the Architect. All time spent by the Architect or its agents to evaluate the proposed
substitution and or necessary engineering cost to accommodate the requested change shall be
reimbursed to the Owner by the Contractor via the Change Order procedure.
Section 2.04 - Quality, Quantity and Labeling
A. The Contractor shall furnish materials and equipment of the quality and quantity
specified in the Contract. Unless otherwise provided, all materials and articles incorporated into
the work shall be new and of the most suitable grade of their respective kinds for the purpose.
When required by the Contract Documents or when directed by the Owner, the Contractor shall
supply the Owner's Representative, for their acceptance, full information concerning any material
which the Contractor contemplates incorporating into the work. Materials and articles installed
or used without such acceptance shall be at the risk of subsequent rejection.
B. When materials are specified to conform to any standard, the Owner may require
that the materials delivered to the Site shall bear manufacturer's labels stating that the materials
meet said standards.
C. The above requirements shall not restrict or affect the Owner's right to test
materials as provided in the Contract.
D. Whenever several alternative materials or items are specified by name or other
particular reference for one use, the Owner's Representative may require the Contractor to submit
in writing a list of the particular materials or items the Contractor intends to use before the
Contract is executed.
Section 2.05 - Superintendence by Contractor
A. The Contractor shall employ a full-time competent construction superintendent
and necessary staff; the construction superintendent shall devote full time to the Work and shall
have full authority to act for the Contractor at all times. The Contractor shall provide the Owner
with the names and authority of such personnel in writing.
B. If at any time the superintendent is not satisfactory to the Owner, the Contractor
shall, if requested by the Owner, replace said superintendent with another superintendent
satisfactory to the Owner. There shall be no change in superintendent without the Owner's
approval.
C. The Contractor shall remove from the Work any employee of the Contractor or
of any Subcontractor when so directed by the Owner.
3 Rev 07-2014
Section 2.06 - Subsurface or Site Conditions
A. The Contractor acknowledges that it has assumed the risk and that the contract
consideration includes such provision as the Contractor deems proper for all subsurface
conditions as the Contractor could reasonably anticipate encountering from the provisions of the
Contract Documents, borings, rock cores, topographical maps and such other information as the
Owner made available to the Contractor or from their own inspection and examination of the site
prior to the Owner's receipt of bids.
B. In the event that the Contractor encounters subsurface physical conditions at the
site differing substantially from those shown on or described or indicated in the Contract
Documents and which could not have been reasonably anticipated from the aforesaid information
made available by the Owner or from the Contractor's aforesaid inspection and examination of
the site, the Contractor shall give immediate notice to the Owner of such conditions before they
are disturbed. Such notice shall include probable cost and/or any impact to the schedule. The
Owner will thereupon promptly investigate the conditions and if Owner finds that they do
substantially differ from that which should have been reasonably anticipated by the Contractor,
the Owner shall make such changes in the drawings and specifications as may be necessary and a
change order shall be issued.
Section 2.07 - Representations of Contractor
The Contractor represents and warrants:
A. That the Contractor is financially solvent and is experienced in and competent to
perform the Work;
B. That the Contractor is familiar with all Federal, State, or other laws, ordinances,
orders, building codes, rules and regulations, which may in any way affect the Work;
C. That any temporary and permanent Work required by the Contract can be safely
and satisfactorily constructed.
D. That the Contractor has carefully examined the Contract and the Site of the
Work and that, from the Contractor's own investigations is satisfied as to the nature and location
of the Work, the character, quality and quantity of surface and subsurface materials likely to be
encountered, the character of equipment and other facilities needed for the performance of the
Work, the general and local conditions, and all other materials or items which may affect the
Work. The Contractor has correlated those observations with the requirements of the Contract
Documents and has made all other investigations essential to a full understanding of the Work
and the difficulties which may be encountered in performing the Work.
Section 2.08 - Verifying Dimensions and Site Conditions
A. The Contractor shall take all measurements at the Site and shall verify all
dimensions and site conditions at the Site before proceeding with the Work. If said dimensions
or conditions are found to be in conflict with the Contract, the Contractor immediately shall refer
said conflict to the Owner.
4 Rev 07-2014
B. During the progress of Work, the Contractor shall verify all field measurements
prior to fabrication of building components and equipment, and proceed with the fabrication to
meet field conditions.
C. The Contractor shall consult all Contract Documents to determine exact location
of all Work and verify spatial relationships of all Work. Any question concerning said location
or spatial relationships shall be submitted in a manner approved by the Owner.
D. Specific locations for equipment, pipelines, ductwork and other such items of
Work, where not dimensioned on plans, shall be determined in consultation with the Owner and
other affected Contractors and Subcontractors.
E. The Contractor shall be responsible for the proper fitting of the Work in place.
F. Should failure of the Contractor to perform services under this section result in
additional costs to the Owner, the Contractor shall be responsible for such additional costs.
Section 2.09 - Copies of Contract Documents for Contractors
A. The Owner shall furnish to the Contractor, without charge, up to ten (10) sets of
Contracts Documents and one (1) set of reproducible sepias.
B. Any sets in excess of the number mentioned above may be furnished to the
Contractor at the cost of reproduction and mailing.
C. All drawings, specifications, and copies thereof furnished by the Owner are the
property of the Owner. They are not to be used on other work, and with the exception of the
signed Contract Set, are to be returned to the Owner on request at the completion of the work.
Section 2.10 - Meetings
The Contractor and all subcontractors as requested shall attend all meetings as directed
by the Owner or the Owner's Representative.
Section 2.11 - Related Work
The Contractor shall examine the Contract for related work to ascertain the relationship
of said work to the Work under the Contract.
Section 2.12 - Surveys and Layout
Unless otherwise expressly provided in the Contract, the Owner shall furnish the
Contractor all surveys of the property necessary for the Work, but the Contractor shall lay out the
Work.
Section 2.13 - Errors, Omissions or Discrepancies
The Contractor shall examine the Contract thoroughly before commencing the Work and
report in writing any errors or discrepancies to the Owner or the Owner's Representative.
5 Rev 07-2014
Section 2.14 - Project Labor Rates
The Contractor shall submit to the Owner, for review and approval, within thirty (30)
days after Contract is awarded all trade labor rates inclusive of fringe benefits, taxes, insurance
for the duration of the individual craft agreement in accordance with Exhibit G. Revised rates
shall be provided within thirty (30) days of signing any new agreements with the individual crafts
during this project.
Section 2.15 — Daily Reports
The Contractor's Construction Superintendent shall submit a Daily Report to the Cornell
University Project Manager or the Resident Field Engineer at the job site. Such reports shall, at
a minimum, contain the following information:
Name of Project
Project Number
Date of Report
Weather Conditions
Equipment on the site
Contractors on site including name and number of employees on site for each
contractor
Work/area and activity for each contractor
Overtime worked and planned work progress
Environmental problems and corrections
Other information, such as special events, occurrences, materials delivered, accidents
or injuries, recommendations, suggestions, visitors, inspections, equipment start-up
and check out, occupancy, etc.
ARTICLE 3 -- INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE
Section 3.01 - Access to the Work
The Owner and Architect, or their duly authorized representatives, assistants, or
inspectors shall at all times and for any purpose have access to the work and the premises used
by the Contractor, and the Contractor shall provide safe and proper facilities therefor. In
addition, the Contractor shall, whenever so requested, give the Owner and Architect or their duly
authorized representatives access to the proper invoices, bills of lading, specifications, etc.,
which may be required in determining the adequacy and/or quantity of materials used in
completion of the work.
Section 3.02 - Notice for Testing
If the Contract Documents, laws, ordinances, rules, regulations, or orders of any public
authority having jurisdiction require any work to be inspected, tested, accepted, or approved, the
Contractor shall give the Owner timely notice of its readiness and of the date arranged so the
Owner may observe such inspection, testing, or approval. The Contractor shall bear all costs of
such inspection, tests, and approvals unless otherwise provided.
6
Rev 07-2014
Section 3.03 - Inspection of Work
A. The Contractor will cooperate in all ways to facilitate the inspection and
examination of the work. The inspections and examinations will be carried out in such a manner
that the work will not be delayed.
B. All Work, all materials whether or not incorporated in the Work, all processes of
manufacturer, and all methods of construction shall be, at all times and places, subject to the
inspection of the Owner and the Owner shall be the final judge of the quality and suitability of
the Work. Any Work not approved by the Owner shall immediately be reconstructed, made
good, replaced or corrected by the Contractor including all Work of other Contractors destroyed
or damaged by said removal or replacement.
C. Required certificates of inspection, testing, acceptance, or approval shall be
secured by the Contractor and promptly delivered to the Owner.
Section 3.04 - Inspection and Testing
All materials and equipment used in the Work shall be subject to inspection and testing
in accordance with accepted standards to establish conformance with specifications and
suitability for uses intended, unless otherwise specified in the Contract. If any Work shall be
covered or concealed without the approval or consent of the Owner, said Work shall, if required
by the Owner, be uncovered for examination. If any test results are below specified minimums,
the Owner may order additional testing. The cost of said additional testing, any additional
professional services required, and any other expenses incurred by the Owner as a result of said
additional testing shall be paid by the Contractor. Reexamination of any part of the Work may
be ordered by the Owner, and if so ordered the Work must be uncovered by the Contractor. If
said Work is found to be in accordance with the Contract, the Owner shall pay the cost of
reexamination and replacement. If said Work is found not to be in accordance with the Contract,
the Contractor shall pay the cost of reexamination and replacement.
Section 3.05 - Defective or Damaged Work
If, in the opinion of the Owner, it is undesirable to replace any defective or damaged
materials or to reconstruct or correct any portion of the Work injured or not performed in
accordance with the Contract, the compensation to be paid to the Contractor shall be reduced by
an amount which, in the judgment of the Owner, shall be deemed to be equitable.
Section 3.06 - Acceptance
No previous inspection shall relieve the Contractor of the obligation to perform the Work
in accordance with the Contract. No payment, either partial or full, by the Owner to the
Contractor shall excuse any failure by the Contractor to comply fully with the Contract
Documents. The Contractor shall remedy all defects, paying the cost of any damage to other
Work resulting therefrom.
7 Rev 07-2014
ARTICLE 4 -- CHANGES IN WORK
Section 4.01 - Changes
A. The Owner, without invalidating the Contract, may order changes within the
general scope of the Contract and the Contractor shall promptly comply with such change orders.
B. A change order is a written direction to the Contractor signed by the Owner,
issued after execution of the Contract, authorizing a change in the Work, extra work, or an
adjustment in the Contract price or time of performance.
C. No claims for changes, extra work or additional time to complete the Contract or
an adjustment in the Contract price shall be allowed unless such change is ordered in writing by
the Owner.
D. The Owner shall determine the amount by which the Contract consideration is to
be increased or decreased by a change order by one (1) or more of the following methods:
1. By agreement with the Contractor.
2. By applying the applicable price or prices previously bid and approved.
This method shall be used if the Contract contains applicable unit prices.
(i)
To the extent that Unit Prices are applicable, as determined by the
Owner, work shall be priced and paid for or credited in accordance
with such Unit Prices; except that a Unit Price shall not apply to any
portion of work which is either reduced or increased by more than
25%. Said Unit Prices shall be valid for the duration of the project
as applicable, unless stipulated elsewhere in the Contract
Documents.
(ii) For Unit Price items, additions and deletion of like items shall be
algebraically summed and then multiplied by the applicable Unit
Prices. For Direct Labor and Material items, all additions and
deletions shall be algebraically summed for each subcontractor and
then multiplied by the applicable markup.
(iii) Unit Prices are for work complete, measured in place and cover
profit and all other costs and expenses. Unit Prices include, without
limit, all conditions of the contract and all general requirements such
as layout, reproduction of Drawings and Specifications, testing and
inspection, shop drawing and sample coordination, supervision (field
and home office), small tools and expendable items, insurance,
taxes, temporary facilities and services, including access and safety,
"as -built" drawings, and general and administrative overhead and
profit.
8 Rev 07-2014
3. By estimating the fair and reasonable cost of:
(i) Labor, including all wages, required wage supplements and
insurance required by law paid to employees below the rank of
superintendent directly employed at the Site.
(ii) Materials
(iii) Equipment, excluding hand tools, which in the judgment of the
Owner, would have been or will be employed exclusively and
directly on the Work.
4. By determining the actual cost of the extra work in the same manner as in
Subsection 3 except the actual costs of the Contractor shall be used in lieu
of estimated costs.
E. Mark-ups:
1. Work performed by the Contractor. Where the Work is performed directly
by the Contractor by adding to the total of such estimated costs a sum
equal to fifteen percent (15%) thereof.
2. Work performed by a Subcontractor. Where the change order work is
performed by a Subcontractor under contract with the Contractor, by
adding a sum equal to fifteen (15%) of said costs for the benefit of said
Subcontractor, and by adding for the benefit of the Contractor an
additional sum equal to ten percent (10%) of said costs.
3. Work performed by a Sub -Subcontractor. Where work is performed by a
Sub -Subcontractor, by adding the sum equal to fifteen percent (15%) of
said costs for the benefit of said Sub -Subcontractor, by adding for the
benefit of the Subcontractor an additional sum equal to five percent (5%)
of said cost and by adding for the benefit of the Contractor an additional
sum equal to five percent (5%) of said cost.
4. No markup shall be paid on the premium portion of overtime pay.
5. No markup shall be paid on insurance, taxes, fringe benefits or bond cost.
Where the Work involves both an increase and a reduction in similar or
related Work, the above percentage override shall be applied only on the
amount, if any, that the cost of the increase exceeds the cost of the
reduction.
F. Regardless of the method used by the Owner in determining the value of a
change order, the Contractor, within thirty (30) calendar days after a request for the estimate of
value shall submit to the Owner a detailed breakdown of the Contractor's estimate, including all
subcontractors details, of the value of the Change Order Work, in the format detailed in Exhibit
A-1. Each submission shall include a paper copy and an electronic .pdf format of all
documentation.
9 Rev 07-2014
G. Unless otherwise specifically provided for in a change order, the compensation
specified therein includes a full payment for both the Work covered by the order and for any
damage or expense incurred by the Contractor by any delays, including any delays to other Work
to be done under the Contract resulting from said change order. The Contractor waives all rights
to any other compensation for said damage or expense.
H. The Contractor shall furnish satisfactory bills, payrolls and vouchers covering all
items of cost and when requested by the Owner shall give the Owner access to accounts and
records relating thereto.
Section 4.02 - Form of Change Orders
All change orders shall be processed, executed and approved on the Owner's change
order form, which is included herein as Exhibit "A" and made a part of the Contract Documents.
No alteration to this form shall be acceptable to the Owner and no payment for change order
Work shall be due the Contractor unless a change order has been issued and approved on said
form.
ARTICLE 5 -- TIME OF COMPLETION
Section 5.01 - Time of Completion
A. The Work shall be commenced at the time stated in the written order of the
Owner and shall be completed no later than the date of completion specified in the Contract.
All required overtime to maintain progress schedule is included in the Base Bid.
B. The date of beginning and the time for completion of the Work, as specified in
the Contract, are essential conditions of the Contract.
C. The Work shall be prosecuted diligently at such rate of progress as shall insure
full completion within the time specified. It is expressly understood and agreed, that the time for
the completion of the Work described herein is a reasonable time, taking into consideration the
average climatic range and usual business and labor conditions prevailing in the locality of the
Site.
D. Time is of the essence on each and every portion of the Work. In any instance in
which additional time is allowed for the completion of any Work, the new time of completion
established by said extension shall be of the essence. If in the Architect's or Owner's judgment,
it becomes necessary at any time during construction to accelerate and/or complete certain areas
of the project, the Contractor shall concentrate efforts and manpower on designated areas.
E. Where Work occurs within occupied areas, perform same only on approved
schedule, so as not to interfere with normal operation of occupied areas.
F. The Contractor shall not be charged with damages or any excess cost if the
Owner determines that the Contractor is without fault and the Contractor's reasons for the time
extension are acceptable to the Owner. The Contractor shall not be charged with damages or any
excess cost for delay in completion of the work if the Owner determines that the delay is due to:
10
Rev 07-2014
any preference, priority or allocation order duly issued by the
Government of the United States or the State of New York;
2. unforeseeable cause beyond the control and without the fault or
negligence of the Contractor, and approved by the Owner, including, but
not limited to, acts of God or of public enemy, acts of the Owner, fires,
epidemics, quarantine, restrictions, strikes, freight embargoes and
unusually severe weather.
G. The time for completion can only be extended by change order and may be
extended for:
1. all of the Work, or
2. only that portion of the Work altered by the change order.
H. Any claim for extension of time shall be made in writing to the Owner not more
than ten (10) days after the commencement of the delay; otherwise it shall be waived.
ARTICLE 6 -- TERMINATION
Section 6.01 - Termination for Cause
In the event that any provision of this Contract is violated by the Contractor or by any
Subcontractor of the Contractor, the Owner may serve written notice upon the Contractor, and
upon the Contractor's surety, if any, of the Owner's intention to terminate the Contract. The
notice shall briefly state the reasons for the termination and shall specify a termination date. If
arrangements satisfactory to the Owner are not made to remove and remedy the violation, the
Contract shall terminate upon the date specified by the Owner in the notice. In the event of
termination, the Owner may take over and complete the Work at the expense of the Contractor.
The Contractor and Contractor's surety shall be liable to the Owner for all costs thereby incurred
by the Owner. In the event of such termination the Owner may take possession of and may
utilize such materials, appliances, and plant as may be located on the Site and which may be
necessary or useful in completing the Work.
Section 6.02 - Termination for Convenience of Owner
The Owner, at any time, may terminate the Contract in whole or in part. Any said
termination shall be effected by delivering to the Contractor a notice of termination specifying
the extent to which performance of Work under the Contract is terminated and the date upon
which said termination becomes effective. Upon receipt of the notice of termination, the
Contractor shall act promptly to minimize the expenses resulting from said termination. The
Owner shall pay the Contractor for costs actually incurred by the Contractor up to the effective
date of said termination, but in no event shall the Contractor be entitled to compensation in
excess of the total consideration of the Contract. In the event of said termination the Owner may
take over the Work and prosecute same to completion.
11
Rev 07-2014
Section 6.03 - Owner's Right to do Work
The Owner may, after notice to the Contractor, without terminating the Contract and
without prejudice to any other right or remedy the Owner may have, perform or have performed
by others all of the Work or any part thereof and may deduct the cost thereof from any monies
due or to become due the Contractor.
ARTICLE 7 -- DISPUTES
Section 7.01 - Disputes Procedure
A. If the Contractor claims that any Work which the Contractor has been ordered to
perform will be Work which should have been authorized or directed by change order, or that
any action or omission of the Owner is contrary to the terms of the Contract, the Contractor shall:
1. File a notice with the Owner which sets forth the basis of the
Contractor's claim and requests a resolution of the dispute. Such notice
shall be filed within fifteen (15) working days after being ordered to
perform the disputed work or within fifteen (15) working days after
commencing performance of the disputed work, whichever is earlier, or
within fifteen (15) working days after the act or omission of the Owner
which the Contractor claims is contrary to the terms of the Contract.
2. Proceed diligently with the performance of the work in accordance with
the instructions of the Owner pending the resolution of the dispute by
the Owner.
3. Promptly comply with the order of the Owner regarding the disputed
matter.
4. Any such decision, or any other decision of the Owner in respect to a
dispute, shall be final unless the Contractor, within ten (10) working
days after such decision, shall deliver to the Owner a verified written
statement which sets forth the Contractor's contention that the decision is
contrary to a provision of the contract. Pending the decision of the
Owner, the Contractor shall proceed in accordance with the original
decision. The Owner shall determine the validity of the Contractor's
claim and such determination shall be final. The Contractor may file a
notice with the Owner reserving its rights in connection with the dispute
but shall comply with the Owner's decision and complete the work as
directed.
B. No claim for additional costs regarding changed or extra work shall be allowed
unless the work was done pursuant to a written order of the Owner.
C. The value of claims for extra work, if allowed, shall be determined by the
methods described in the Contract. Refer to Article 4 of these General Conditions.
12
Rev 07-2014
D. The Contractor's failure to comply with any or all parts of Article 7 shall be
deemed to be:
1. a conclusive and binding determination on the part of the Contractor that
the order, work, action or omission is not contrary to the terms and
provisions of the Contract;
2. a waiver by the Contractor of all claims for additional compensation,
time extension, or damages as a result of said order, work, action or
omission.
ARTICLE 8 -- SUBCONTRACTS
Section 8.01 - Subcontracting
A. The Contractor may utilize the services of Subcontractors.
B. The Contractor shall submit to the Owner, in writing, the name of each proposed
Subcontractor and Sub -Subcontractor, as required by the Contract. The Contractor shall not
award any Work to any Subcontractor or Sub -Subcontractor without the prior written approval of
the Owner.
C. The Contractor shall be fully responsible for the Work, acts and omissions of
Subcontractors, and of persons either directly or indirectly employed by Subcontractors.
D. The Contractor shall cause appropriate provisions to be inserted in all
subcontracts relative to the Work to bind Subcontractors to the Contractor by the terms of the
Contract insofar as applicable to the Work of Subcontractors, indemnification and to give the
Contractor the same power to terminate any subcontract that the Owner may exercise over the
Contractor.
E. The Contractor's use of Subcontractors shall not diminish the Contractor's
obligation to complete the Work in accordance with the Contract. The Contractor shall control
and coordinate the Work of Subcontractors.
F. Nothing contained in the Contract shall create any contractual relationship
between Subcontractors and the Owner.
ARTICLE 9 -- COORDINATION AND COOPERATION
Section 9.01 - Cooperation with Other Contractors
A. Normally, the Work will be performed by a single Contractor. However, the
Owner reserves the right to perform work related to the Work with its own forces or award
separate contracts. In that event, the Contractor shall coordinate its operations with the Owner's
forces or separate Contractors.
13
Rev 07-2014
B. The Owner cannot guarantee the responsibility, efficiency, unimpeded
operations or performance of any contractor. The Contractor acknowledges these conditions and
shall bear the risk of all delays including, but not limited to, delays caused by the presence or
operations of other contractors.
C. The Contractor shall keep informed of the progress and workmanship of other
contractors and shall notify the Owner immediately of lack of progress or defective workmanship
on the part of other contractors where said delay or defective workmanship may interfere with
the Contractor's operations.
D. Failure of a Contractor to keep so informed and failure to give notice of lack of
progress or defective workmanship by others shall be construed as acceptance by the Contractor
of said progress and workmanship as being satisfactory for proper coordination with the Work.
E. If the Contractor notifies the Owner, in writing, that another contractor on the
Site is failing to coordinate the work of said contractor with the Work, the Owner shall
investigate the charge. If the Owner finds it to be true, the Owner shall promptly issue such
directions to the other contractor with respect thereto as the situation may require. The Owner
shall not be liable for any damages suffered by the Contractor by reason of the other contractor's
failure to promptly comply with the directions so issued by the Owner, or by reason of another
contractor's default in performance.
F. If the Owner shall determine that the Contractor is failing to coordinate the Work
with the work of other contractors as the Owner has directed:
1. the Owner shall have the right to withhold any payments due under the
Contract until the Owner's directions are complied with by the Contractor; and
2. the Contractor shall indemnify and hold the Owner harmless from any
and all claims or judgments for damages and from any costs or damages to which
the Owner may be subjected or which the Owner may suffer or incur by reason
of the Contractor's failure promptly to comply with the Owner's directions.
G. Should the Contractor sustain any damage through any act or omission of any
other contractor having a contract with the Owner or through any act or omission of any
Subcontractor of said other contractor, the Contractor shall have no claim against the Owner for
said damage.
H. Should any other contractor having a Contract with the Owner sustain damage
through any act or omission of the Contractor or its Subcontractor, the Contractor shall reimburse
said other contractor for all said damages and shall indemnify and hold the Owner harmless from
all said claims.
14
Rev 07-2014
ARTICLE 10 -- PROTECTION OF RIGHTS, PERSONS AND PROPERTY
Section 10.01 - Accidents and Accident Prevention
A. The Contractor shall at all times take reasonable precautions for the safety of
persons engaged in the performance of the work. The Contractor shall comply fully with all
applicable provisions of federal, state, and local law. The Contractor alone shall be responsible
for the safety, efficiency and adequacy of the Contractor's Work, plant, appliances and methods,
and for any damage which may result from the failure or the improper construction, maintenance,
or operation of said Work, plant, appliances and methods.
B. The Contractor shall maintain an accurate record of all cases of death,
occupational disease, and injury requiring medical attention or causing loss of time from work,
arising out of or in the course of employment on Work under the Contract, and shall immediately
notify the Owner in writing of any injury which results in hospitalization or death. The
Contractor shall supply the Owner with all Contractor and Subcontractor written accident
investigation forms and accident reports prepared.
C. The Contractor shall provide to the Project Manager, Material Safety Data
Sheets (OSHA Form 20 or the equivalent) for all chemicals to be used on site. All chemicals
requiring any precautionary measures (eg. special storage or disposal requirements, personal
protective equipment, or additional ventilation), shall be brought to the attention of Cornell
University for review and approval, prior to their use on site.
1. All chemicals brought on site by the Contractor shall be clearly labeled. The
label shall state the identity of the chemical, any associated hazards, and the
Contractor's name.
2. All Contractor employees who are using chemicals shall be made aware of the
hazards associated with their use. Safe chemical handling procedures in
accordance with OSHA or other governmental agencies, and manufacturer's
recommendations shall be used at all times.
3. The Contractor shall dispose of all chemicals in accordance with EPA and
Cornell University requirements, regardless of the size of the container or the
quantity of waste, and must receive prior approval of Cornell University.
D. The Contractor shall be responsible for the initiation, maintenance and
supervision of safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work.
E. The Contractor shall, at all times, guard the Owner's property from injury or loss
in connection with the Work. The Contractor shall, at all times, guard and protect the
Contractor's Work. The Contractor shall replace or make good any said loss or injury unless said
loss or injury is caused directly by the Owner.
F. The Contractor shall have full responsibility to install, protect and maintain all
materials and supplies in proper condition and forthwith repair, replace and make good any
damage thereto until Final Acceptance.
15
Rev 07-2014
Section 10.02 - Adjoining Property
A. The Contractor shall be required to protect all the adjoining property and to
repair or replace any such properties damaged or destroyed by the Contractor, its employees or
subcontractors thereof, by reason of, or as a result of activities under, for or related to the
Contract.
Section 10.03 - Emergencies
A. In case of an emergency which threatens loss or injury to persons or property,
the Contractor will be allowed to act, without previous instructions from the Owner, in a diligent
manner, to the extent required to avoid or limit such loss or injury, and the Contractor shall
notify the Owner immediately thereafter of the action taken.
Section 10.04 - Bonds
A. Before commencing the performance of any work covered by the Contract, the
Contractor shall furnish to the Owner any required Bonds. The failure of the Contractor to
supply the required Bonds within ten (10) days after the Contract signing shall constitute a
default.
Section 10.05 - Risks Assumed by the Contractor
A. Indemnification. To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Contractor
shall indemnify and hold harmless the Owner and its agents and employees from and against all
claims, damages, losses, fines, and expenses, including attorneys' fees, arising out of or resulting
from the performance of the work including, but not limited to, those arising out of bodily or
personal injury, sickness, disease, death, or injury or destruction of tangible property, including
the loss of use resulting therefrom, to which the Owner, its agents or employees may be
subjected by reason of any negligent act or omission, willful misconduct, violation of law, or
breach of this Contract by the Contractor, or any of its subcontractors, anyone directly or
indirectly employed by any of them, or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable,
regardless of whether or not it is caused in part by the Owner, except to the extent caused by
Owner's own negligence.
1. In the event that any party is requested but refuses to honor the
indemnity obligations hereunder, then the party indemnifying shall, in addition
to all other obligations, pay the cost of bringing any such action, including
attorneys' fees, to the party requesting indemnity.
B. Neither the Owner's final acceptance of the work to be performed hereunder nor
the making of any payment shall release the Contractor from its obligations under this Section.
The enumeration elsewhere in the Contract of particular risks assumed by the Contractor or of
particular claims for which the Contractor is responsible shall not be deemed to limit the effect of
the provisions of this Section or to imply that the Contractor assumes or is only responsible for
risk or claims of the type enumerated.
16
Rev 07-2014
Section 10.06 - Contractor's Compensation and Liability Insurance
A. The Contractor shall procure and maintain, at its own cost and expense, until
final acceptance by the Owner of all the work covered by this Contract, the following kinds of
insurance:
1. Worker's Compensation Insurance. A policy complying with the
requirements of the laws of the State of New York and any other laws that may
be applicable thereto, including Coverage B - Employer's Liability with a limit of
not less than $1,000,000.
2. Contractor's Comprehensive General Liability Insurance. A standard
comprehensive general liability insurance policy, with contractual, completed
operations, explosion, collapse and underground property damage coverage's
issued to and covering the liability of the Contractor for all work and operations
under this Contract, all obligations assumed by the Contractor under this
Contract and all damage to work performed by subcontractors on your behalf.
The Contractor shall provide Broad Form Comprehensive General Liability
Insurance, and the Owner shall be an additional insured in the policy. The
policy shall include cross liability coverage and shall be endorsed to indicate that
it is primary coverage. The completed operations coverage's shall be maintained
for not less than two years after acceptance of the work. The coverage under
such policy shall be not less than a combined single limit for Bodily Injury and
Property Damage as follows, or such limits carried by the Contractor, whichever
is greater:
BODILY INJURY AND PROPERTY
DAMAGE LIABILITY (BROAD FORM)
$ 5,000,000 Each Occurrence
$ 5,000,000 Aggregate
3. Automobile Liability Insurance. A policy covering the use in connection
with the work covered by the Contract Documents of all owned, non -owned and
hired vehicles bearing, or, under the circumstances under which they are being
used, required by the Motor Vehicle Laws of the State of New York to bear
license plates. The coverage under such policy shall be not less than a combined
single limit for Bodily Injury and Property Damage of:
BODILY INJURY AND
PROPERTY DAMAGE LIABILITY
$ 1,000,000 Each Person
$ 1,000,000 Each Accident
B. In addition to maintaining all of the above insurances, the Contractor shall
indemnify and hold harmless the Owner and its agents and employees from and against liability,
including additional premium due because of the Contractor's failure to maintain coverage limits
as required under this section.
17
Rev 07-2014
C. Insurance similar to that required of the Contractor shall be provided by or on
behalf of all subcontractors to cover their own operations performed under this Contract. The
Contractor shall be held responsible for any modifications in these insurance requirements as
they apply to subcontractors.
D. Before commencing the performance of any work covered by the Contract, the
Contractor shall furnish to the Owner a current certificate or certificates, in duplicate, of the
insurance required under the foregoing provisions including copies of subcontractor's
certificates. Such certificates shall be on a form prescribed by the Owner, shall list the various
coverage's and shall contain, in addition to any provisions hereinbefore required, a provision that
the policy shall not be changed or cancelled and that it will be automatically renewed upon
expiration and continued in force until final acceptance by the Owner of all the work covered by
the Contract, unless the Owner is given thirty (30) days written notice to the contrary. Upon
renewal of each of the Contractor's insurance coverage's, the Owner shall be provided with a
new certificate of insurance showing such renewal. Certificates and written notices shall be
directed to the Office of Facilities Contracts. The Contractor shall furnish the Owner with a
certified copy of each policy including any and all exclusions to such policy.
E. If at any time any of the above required insurance policies should be cancelled,
terminated or modified so that insurance is not in effect as above required, then, if the Owner
shall so direct, the Contractor shall suspend performance of the work covered in the Contract. If
the said work is so suspended, no extension of time shall be due on account thereof. The Owner
may, at its option, obtain insurance affording coverage equal to that above required, at the
Contractor's expense.
Section 10.07 - Liability Insurance of the Owner
A. The Owner, at its own cost and expense, shall procure and maintain such liability
insurance as will, in its opinion, protect the Owner from its contingent liability to others for
damages because of bodily injury, including death, and property damage which may arise from
operations under this Contract.
18
Rev 07-2014
Section 10.08 - Owner's and Contractor's Responsibilities for Fire and Extended Coverage
Insurance Hazards
A. The Contractor shall purchase and maintain in force a builders risk insurance
policy on the entire work. Such insurance shall be written on a completed value form and in an
amount equal to the initial contract sum and modified by any subsequent modifications to the
contract sum. The insurance shall name Cornell University and the State of New York, all
subcontractors and sub- subcontractors. The insurance policy shall contain a provision that the
insurance will not be cancelled or allowed to expire until the Contractor has given at least thirty
(30) days prior written notice to Cornell University. The insurance shall cover the entire work at
the site, including reasonable compensation for architects services and expenses made necessary
by an insured loss. Insured property shall include portions of the work located away from the site
and in transit to the site. The policy shall cover the cost of removing debris and demolition as
may be legally necessary. The policy shall cover any boiler or machinery loss which may be
suffered during installation and until final acceptance. The insurance required shall be written to
cover "all risk" of physical loss including a loss due to collapse. Any deductible shall be the
responsibility of the Contractor but in no case shall the deductible be more than $10,000 unless
Cornell University has agreed to a higher deductible. The Contractor shall provide to Cornell
University a certificate of insurance and a summary of coverage's including all endorsements and
exclusions prior to commencement of the work. Once the policy is received, the Contractor shall
provide a copy of such policy to Cornell University. There shall be a mutual waiver of recovery
between Cornell University, the Contractor and all other parties to the extent such losses are
covered by the builders risk policy. If Cornell University wishes to occupy the building prior to
final acceptance and if the policy contains a provision which limits coverage for such partial
occupancy, the parties agree work together to obtain consent of the insurance company for such
partial occupancy or use under mutually acceptable terms.
B. Losses, if any, under such insurance shall be payable to the Owner.
C. The Contractor shall be responsible for any and all loss of materials connected
with the construction due to unexplainable disappearance, theft or misappropriation of any kind
or nature.
D. The foregoing provisions shall not operate to relieve the Contractor and
subcontractors of responsibility for any loss or damage to their own or rented property or
property of their employees, of whatever kind or nature, or on account of labor performed under
the Contract incident to the repair, replacement, salvage, or restoration of such items, including
but not limited to tools, equipment, forms, scaffolding, and temporary structures, including their
contents, regardless of ownership of such contents, except for such contents as are to be included
in and remain a part of the permanent construction. The Owner shall in no event be liable for
any loss or damage to any of the aforementioned items, or any other property of the Contractor,
subcontractors and the Architect, or employees, agents, or servants of same, which is not to be
included in and remain a part of the permanent construction. The Contractor and subcontractors
severally waive any rights of recovery they may have against the Owner and the Architect for
damage or destruction of their own or rented property, or property of their employees of
whatever kind or nature.
19
Rev 07-2014
Section 10.09 - Effect of Procurement of Insurance
A. Neither the procurement nor the maintenance of any type of insurance by the
Owner or the Contractor shall in any way be construed or be deemed to limit, discharge, waive or
release the Contractor from any of the obligations and risks imposed upon the Contractor by the
Contract or to be a limitation on the nature or extent of such obligations and risks.
Section 10.10 - No Third Party Rights
A. Nothing in the Contract shall create or give to third parties; any claim or right of
action against the Contractor, the Architect, and the Owner beyond such as may legally exist
irrespective of the Contract.
ARTICLE 11 -- USE OR OCCUPANCY PRIOR TO ACCEPTANCE BY OWNER
Section 11.01 — Substantial Completion
A. The term "substantial completion" means the completion of the Work to the
extent that Cornell University may have uninterrupted occupancy or use of the facility or
specified portion thereof for the purpose for which intended. The Contractor shall obtain all
certificates of occupancy required prior to occupancy, and any electrical, mechanical and
plumbing certificates, or other certificates or required approvals and acceptances by City,
County, and State governments or other authority having jurisdiction.
Section 11.02 - Occupancy Prior to Acceptance
A. If, before Final Acceptance, the Owner desires Beneficial Occupancy of the
Work, or any part thereof, which is completed or partly completed, or to place or install therein
equipment and furnishings, the Owner shall have the right to do so, and the Contractor shall in no
way interfere with or object to said Beneficial Occupancy by the Owner.
B. Said Beneficial Occupancy (1) shall not constitute acceptance of space, systems,
materials or elements of the Work, nor shall said Beneficial Occupancy affect the start of any
guarantee period, and (2) shall not affect the obligations of the Contractor for Work which is not
in accordance with the requirements of the Contract or other obligations of the Contractor under
the Contract.
C. The Contractor shall continue the performance of the Work in a manner which
shall not unreasonably interfere with said use, occupancy and operation by the Owner.
ARTICLE 12 -- PAYMENT
Section 12.01 - Provision for Payment
A. The Owner agrees to pay the Contract Price to the Contractor for the
performance of this Contract and the fulfillment of all the Contractor's obligations. The Contract
Price means all costs reimbursable under the Contract Documents.
20
Rev 07-2014
B. The final certificate of the Architect shall certify that the Contract has been
completed within the stipulated time, and shall not be issued until all drawings and specifications
have been returned to the Owner. The issuance of said certificates, however, or any payments
made thereon shall not lessen the total responsibility of the Contractor to complete the work to
the satisfaction of the Owner in accordance with the Contract.
C. Payments on the Contract Price shall be made each month as the work progresses
in accord with the following procedure:
1. The Contractor's schedule of values, including quantities, aggregating
the total Contract Price, divided so as to facilitate payments to subcontractors as
specified herein, shall be the basis for monthly progress payments. This
schedule, attached hereto as Exhibit "B" and made a part of the Contract
Documents, when approved by the Owner and Architect shall be used as a basis
for progress payments. In applying for payments, the Contractor shall submit a
statement based upon this approved schedule.
2. (a) On a date agreed upon by the Owner, Architect, and Contractor, a
meeting shall be held by the Owner to review the work completed and
materials on hand. This meeting shall review each item to be submitted
by the Contractor in the requisition for payment.
(b) On the first day of each month, or as soon thereafter as practicable,
the Contractor shall submit a written statement, including Contract
Number, full name of the project and the name of the Owner's
Representative as set forth in Article 15, Section 15.08, in approved
format to the Architect with five (5) copies, setting forth in detail the
cost of the work done and materials delivered to the job site up to and
including the last day of the previous month and shall make application
for payment of ninety percent (90%) of the amount of said statement,
less the aggregate of all previous payments made by the Owner against
the Contract Price.
(c) Each statement and application shall be accompanied by duplicate
copies of an affidavit, executed by the Contractor, certifying that the
statement is true and correct, and that all bills for labor, and materials
incorporated in or delivered to the job, due and payable at the time of the
preceding progress payment, have been paid. Before final payment is
made, the Contractor shall submit evidence that all payrolls, material
bills and other indebtedness incurred in connection with the Contract
have been paid, including final waivers of any liens.
(d) If, pursuant to a prior written agreement with the Owner, payments
are requested on account of materials or equipment not incorporated in
the work which have been delivered and suitably stored at the site, or at
some other location, such payments shall be conditioned upon
submission by the Contractor of bills of sale, insurance certificates,
notice of bonded warehousing, in accordance with Exhibit "H". The
Contractor shall bear the cost of transporting materials stored off-site to
the site.
21
Rev 07-2014
3. Each such application for payment shall be subject to the review and
approval of the Architect. If the Architect finds that the affidavit and application
for payment are acceptable and that all the above requirements in connection
therewith have been complied with, the Architect shall, within seven (7) calendar
days after receiving such application for payment, certify to the Owner that the
payment applied for is due and payable to the Contractor.
The Architect shall submit the approved applications for payment to:
Facilities Contracts
121 Humphreys Service Building
Cornell University
Ithaca, New York 14853
4. The issuance of a Certificate for Payment constitutes a representation by
the Architect to the Owner, based on the date of the Application for Payment,
that the work has progressed to the point indicated, that, to the best of their
knowledge, information, and belief, the quality of the work is in accordance with
the Contract Documents and that the Contractor is entitled to payment in the
amount certified.
After the Architect has issued a Certificate for Payment, the Owner shall
make payment in the manner provided in the Agreement within thirty (30)
calendar days of receipt of the approved Certificate from the Architect.
However, by issuing a Certificate for Payment, the Architect shall not
hereby be deemed to represent that the Architect has made exhaustive or
continuous on-site inspections to check the quality or quantity of the work or that
the Architect has reviewed the construction means, methods, techniques,
sequences, or proceedings or that the Architect has made any examination to
ascertain how or for what purpose the Contractor has used the monies previously
paid on account of the Contract Sum.
5. Any reduction with respect to retention shall be done in accordance with
the Change Order provisions as outlined in Article 4 of these General
Conditions. The Contractor shall submit to the Owner a written request for such
reduction including a Consent of the Surety for such reduction.
6. The remaining ten percent (10%) of the value of the work done and
materials furnished and installed under this Agreement shall be retained by the
Owner as part security for the faithful performance of the Contractor's work
within the time specified, and shall be paid as indicated in Section 12.04.
D. "Schedule of Amounts for Contract Payments" and "Schedule Contractors
Monthly Requisitions" (AIA Document G702; Application and Certificate for Payment) must be
submitted, in the form as those contained herein as Exhibit "D", to comply with requirements for
tax exemption.
22
Rev 07-2014
Section 12.02 - Withholding Payments
A. The Owner may, on account of subsequently discovered evidence, withhold or
nullify the whole or a part of any Certificate to such extent as may be necessary to protect the
Owner from loss on account of:
1. Defective work not remedied.
2. To assure payment of just claims of any persons supplying labor or
materials for the work and to discharge any lien filed against the Owner's
property.
3. A reasonable doubt that the Contract can be completed for the balance of
the Contract Price then unpaid.
4. Damage to another Contractor.
5. Unsatisfactory prosecution of the work by the Contractor.
6. Failure to provide and maintain an acceptable Critical Path Method
Network Schedule.
Section 12.03 — Documents and Conditions Precedent to Final Payment
A. As -Built Documentation
1. Prior to acceptance by the Owner of all work covered by the Contract, the
Contractor shall furnish to the Owner through the Architect one (1) set of
current reproducible full-size Contract Drawings on which the Contractor has
recorded in a neat and workmanlike manner all instances where actual field
construction differs from work as indicated on the Contract Drawings.
B. Final Documentation:
1. Prior to final payment, and before the issuance of a final certificate for payment
in accordance with the provisions of these General Conditions, file the following
documents with the Owner.
a. Warranties, Bonds, Service & Maintenance Contracts and any other
extended guarantees stated in the technical sections of the Specifications.
b. Release or Waiver of Lien for the Contractor and Sub -Contractors in
accordance with Exhibit C, attached hereto.
c. Project Record Documents as defined in General Requirements Section
01 78 39.
d. Notification that Final Punch List work has been completed.
e. Manufacturers Instruction and Maintenance Manuals as defined in General
Requirements Section 01 78 23.
23
Rev 07-2014
f. Fixed Equipment Inventory as defined in General Requirements Section
01 78 22.
2. The Contractor shall also provide a CD containing scanned .pdf format and/or
Word Documents of all documentation.
Section 12.04 - Final Payment and Release
A. When the Contractor determines that the work or a designated portion thereof is
substantially complete, the Contractor shall prepare for submission to the Owner a list of items to
be completed or corrected. This list, prepared by the Contractor, shall constitute a complete
detailed list of defects and deficiencies which, when remedied, will complete all Contract
requirements. The submittal shall be accompanied by a statement to that effect.
B. The failure to include any items on such list does not alter the responsibility of
the Contractor to complete all work in accordance with the Contract Documents. When the
Architect, on the basis of an inspection, determines that the work is substantially complete, the
Architect will then prepare a Certificate of Substantial Completion.
C. Upon receipt of written notice that the work is ready for final inspection and
acceptance, the Architect will promptly make such inspection and, when the Architect finds the
work acceptable under the provisions of the Contract Documents, and the Contract fully
performed, and if bonds have been required, the written Consent of the Surety to the payment of
the balance due, and a satisfactory Release of Lien, attached hereto as Exhibit "C" and made a
part of the Contract Documents, has been submitted by the Contractor, each subcontractor and
sub -subcontractor, the Contractor will promptly issue a final Certificate for Payment, stating that
to the best of their knowledge, information, and belief, and on the basis of their observations and
inspections the work has been completed in accordance with the terms and conditions of the
Contract Documents, and that the entire balance is due and payable.
D. All prior certificates upon which progress payments may have been made, being
estimates, shall be subject to correction to the final certificate.
E. The acceptance by the Contractor of the final payment aforesaid shall constitute
a general release of the Owner and its agents or representatives from all claims and liability to
the Contractor.
ARTICLE 13 -- TAX EXEMPTION
Section 13.01 - Tax Exemption
A. The Owner is exempt from payment of Federal, State and local taxes, including
sales and compensating use taxes on all materials and supplies incorporated into the completed
Work. These taxes are not to be included in bids. This exemption does not apply to tools,
machinery, equipment or other property leased by or to the Contractor or a Subcontractor, or to
supplies and materials which, even though they are consumed, are not incorporated into the
completed Work, and the Contractor and Subcontractors shall be responsible for and pay any and
all applicable taxes, including sales and compensating use taxes, on said leased tools, machinery,
equipment or other property and upon all said unincorporated supplies and materials.
24
Rev 07-2014
B. The Contractor and Subcontractor shall obtain any and all necessary certificates
or other documentation from the appropriate governmental agency or agencies, and use said
certificates or other documentation as required by law, rule or regulation.
ARTICLE 14 -- GUARANTEE
Section 14.01 - Guarantee
A. The Contractor, at the convenience of the Owner, shall remove, replace and/or
repair at their own costs and expense any defects in workmanship, materials, ratings, capacities
or characteristics occurring in or to the work covered by Contract for the period of one (1) year
or within such longer period as may otherwise be provided in the Contract, the period of such
guarantee to commence with the Owner's final acceptance of all work covered under the
Contract, and the Contractor, upon demand, shall pay for all damage to all other work resulting
from such defects and all expenses necessary to remove, replace and/or repair such work which
may be damaged in removing, replacing or repairing the said defects. Acceptance means final
acceptance of the entire work, early partial occupancy notwithstanding
B. In some instances the nature of the work may require the Owner to accept
various components, equipment, spaces or phase of the project. In such cases the Contractor
shall submit a separate guarantee for the Owner's acceptance on the form attached hereto as
Exhibit "E". Upon completion of the project, the Contractor shall submit to the Owner a
guarantee for the project on the form attached hereto as Exhibit "E".
ARTICLE 15 -- STANDARD PROVISIONS
Section 15.01 - Provisions Required by Law Deemed Inserted
Each and every provision of law or clause required by law to be inserted in the Contract
shall be deemed to be inserted therein.
Section 15.02 - Laws Governing the Contract
The Contract shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York, without reference
to conflict of law principles. Any and all proceedings relating to the subject matter hereof shall
be maintained in New York State Supreme Court, Tompkins County or the federal district court
for the Northern District of New York, which courts shall have exclusive jurisdiction for such
purposes.
Section 15.03 - Assignments
The Contractor shall not assign the Contract in whole or in part without prior written
consent of the Owner.
Section 15.04 - No Third Party Rights
Nothing in the Contract shall create or shall give to third parties any claim or right of
action against the Owner, beyond such rights as may legally exist irrespective of the Contract.
25
Rev 07-2014
Section 15.05 - Waiver of Rights of Owner
A. None of the provisions of the Contract will be considered waived by the Owner
except when such waiver is given in writing.
Section 15.06 - Nondiscrimination and Affirmative Action
A. The Contractor shall submit copies of their Affirmative Action Program and the
Affirmative Action Programs of its proposed subcontractors within thirty (30) days after
execution of a contract. A meeting to review these forms will be scheduled by the Owner after
receipt of the same. Such Affirmative Action Programs must be satisfactory to the Owner. The
Contractor shall designate a Compliance Officer in their organization who shall be responsible
for implementing the Affirmative Action Program of the Contractor and its subcontractors. Said
Compliance Officer shall make such periodic, but not less than monthly, reports on the Plans'
progress and on the number of women and minority workers employed. These reports shall be
submitted to the Owner Representative on the Affirmative Action Workforce Report and
Minority - Women Utilization Report attached hereto as Exhibit "F".
B. The Contractor agrees, in addition to any other nondiscrimination provisions of
the Contract, that the Contractor shall comply fully with and shall cooperate in the
implementation of any Affirmative Action Requirements for Equal Employment Opportunity and
Minority Business Enterprises (MBE) participation required by the Owner, at no additional cost
to the Owner. Any such requirements shall be incorporated in their entirety in all subcontracts of
any tier.
C. These provisions shall be deemed supplementary to the nondiscrimination
provisions required by applicable federal and state law.
D. The Contractor shall submit for Owner approval, a plan of affirmative action
designed to assure minority group members an equal opportunity in employment and subcontract
work within thirty (30) days of contract award. The Contractor's Affirmative Action Plan must
be approved by the Owner.
E. The following forms, attached hereto as Exhibit "F" and made a part of the
Contract Documents, are to be used in submitting Affirmative Action Plans and hereby made a
part of the Contract Documents.
1. Use of MBE and WBE Vendors (Form I)
2. Summary of bid Activity with MBE and WBE Subcontractors and
Vendors (Form II)
3. Affirmative Action Workforce Report (Form III)
4. Minority -Women Utilization Report (Form P1)
This Plan is supplementary to all federal and state nondiscrimination
requirements. Cornell University is an Equal Employment Opportunity Employer.
26
Rev 07-2014
F. The goals for participation (minority and female), expressed in percentage terms
for the Contractor's aggregate work force in each trade on all construction work, are as follows:
Carpenters 4.8%
Electricians 14.1%
Laborers 7.8%
Masons 2.8%
Painters 25.7%
Plumbers 5.9%
Sheetmetal Workers 4.0%
G. The Contractor shall demonstrate compliance with these goals by submission of
the Affirmative Action Workforce Report (Exhibit F — Form III) on a monthly basis. The Prime
Contractor shall provide a single monthly report inclusive of all subcontractor information for the
project labor. On-site office personnel should not be included in the "workforce" totals. Such
forms shall be submitted to:
Facilities Contracts
121 Humphreys Service Building
Cornell University
Ithaca, New York 14853
Section 15.07 - Limitation on Actions
No action or proceeding shall be filed or shall be maintained by the Contractor
against the Owner unless said action shall be commenced within six (6) months after receipt by
the Owner of the Contractor's final requisition or, if the Contract is terminated by the Owner,
unless said action is commenced within six (6) months after the date of said termination.
Section 15.08 - Owner's Representative
The Owner shall designate a representative authorized to act in its behalf with
respect to the Project. The Owner or its representative shall examine documents and shall render
approvals and decisions pertaining thereto promptly, to avoid unreasonable delay in the progress
of the Contractor's work. Only directives from Cornell University's designated representative
(Deb Melanson) shall be recognized by the Contractor.
27
Rev 07-2014
ARTICLE 16 -- ACCOUNTINGS, INSPECTION AND AUDIT
The Contractor agrees to keep books and records showing the actual costs incurred for
the Work. Such books and records (including, without limitation, any electronic data processing
files used by the Contractor in analyzing and recording the Work) shall be open for inspection
and audit by the Owner and its authorized representatives at reasonable hours at the Contractor's
local office or at the Owner's office, if necessary, and shall be retained by the Contractor for a
period of seven years after the Work has been completed, except that if any litigation, claim or
audit is started before the expiration date of the seven year period, the records shall be retained
until all litigation, claims or audit findings involving the records have been resolved.. Each Sub -
Contractor shall be similarly obligated to maintain, for inspection and audit by the Owner, books
and records respecting the Work. If requested by the Owner, the Contractor shall furnish copies
of any and all subcontracts, purchase orders and/or requisitions of any nature associated with the
project.
ARTICLE 17 — CONTRACTOR PERFORMANCE EVALUATION
The Owner shall schedule a meeting at fifty percent (50%) based on project invoicing
and at project completion to review with the Contractor their performance for the project unless
performance warrants additional reviews. The Owner shall present its review based on the
attached "Contractor Performance Evaluation", Exhibit I. The Contractor shall be given the
opportunity to provide input as to the findings of the evaluation after completion by the Owner.
ARTICLE 18 --ROYALTIES AND PATENTS
The Contractor shall pay all royalties and license fees and shall defend all suits or claims
for infringement of any patents, and shall save Cornell University harmless from loss on account
thereof; except that Cornell University shall be responsible for all such loss when a particular
process or product is specified by Cornell University unless the Contractor shall have reason to
believe that the particular process or product infringes a patent, in which event it shall be
responsible for loss on account thereof unless it promptly provides such information to Cornell
University.
ARTICLE 19 -- CONFIDENTIALITY AND USE OF OWNER'S NAME
Section 19.01 - Release of Information
The Contractor shall not divulge information concerning the Work (including news
releases, internal house organs, applications for permits, etc.) to anyone without Cornell
University's prior written approval, except to subcontractors and suppliers to the extent that they
need such information to perform their work. The Contractor shall require a similar agreement
from each such subcontractor and supplier, requiring their compliance with the foregoing.
Cornell University reserves the right to release all information, as well as to time its release and
specify its form and content. The Contractor may obtain Cornell University's approval to release
information by submitting such request to the Cornell University Project Manager.
28
Rev 07-2014
Section 19.02 Confidential Information
The term "Confidential Information" means all unpublished information obtained or
received from Cornell University during the term of this Contract which relates to Cornell
University's research, development, manufacturing and business affairs. The Contractor shall not
disclose confidential information to any person, except to its employees and subcontractors to the
extent that they require it in the performance of their Work, during the term of this Contract and
until authorized by Cornell University in writing. The Contractor and its subcontractors shall
hold all confidential information in trust and confidence for Cornell University, and shall use
confidential information only for the purpose of this Contract. - The Contractor _ and its
subcontractors shall require all of their employees to whom confidential information is revealed
to comply with these provisions. The Contractor shall have an agreement with each
subcontractor, requiring their compliance with the foregoing. If it becomes necessary for the
Contractor to defend in case of litigation related to its services rendered, permission shall be
sought from Cornell University, who shall not unreasonably withhold such permission, before
any disclosures are made. This Section does not apply to information which (1) is or becomes
known in public domain or (2) is learned by the Contractor from third parties.
Section 19.03 Use of Owner's Name
The Contractor shall not use, in its external, advertising, marketing program, or other
promotional efforts, any date, pictures, or other representation of the Owner except on the
specific written authorization in advance of the Owner's Representative.
ARTICLE 20 -- COHELL UNIVERSITY STANDARDS OF ETHICAL CONDUCT
Cornell University expects all executive officers, trustees, faculty, staff, student
employees, and others, when acting on behalf of the university, to maintain the highest standard
of ethical conduct as per Cornell University's Policy 4.6 - Standards of Ethical Conduct, a copy
of which is available at http://finance.fs.cornell.edu/contracts/forms/contractors.cfm. This
includes treating equally all persons and firms currently ;doing business with or seeking to do
business with or for Cornell University, whether as contractors, subcontractors, or suppliers.
Such persons and firms are respectfully reminded that Cornell University employees and their
families may not personally benefit from Cornell University's business relationships by the
acceptance of gifts or gratuities, defined as a gift in excess of $75.00 given to a Cornell employee
for personal use. Items not considered gifts/gratuities include occasional business meals, items of
an advertising nature, and items that are generally distributed to all potential customers. In
addition, it is expected that the Contractor's officers and employees shall conduct all business
related to this Contract within the highest ethical standards, observing applicable policies,
practices, regulations, law, and professional standards. All parties are expected to report
violations of this policy to appropriate university personnel. You may file a report to on the web
https://secureethicspoint.com/domain/en/report custom.asp?clientid=6357 ; or contact Cornell
University through EthicsPoint by dialing toll-free 1-866-293-3077.
29
Rev 07-2014
Cornell Univers ty
Facilities Services
CHANGE OER_
Cornell University
Facilities Contracts
121 Humphreys Service Building
Ithaca, New York 14853
EXHIBIT "A"
Distributionto
OWNER
ARCHITECT
CONTRACTOR ,-
FIELD
OTHER
PROJECT: CHANGE ORDER NUMBER:
TO (Contractor). INITIATION DATE:
You are directed to make the following changes in this Contract:
em No.
Description
OWNER'S CONTRACT NO:
CONTRACT DATE:
Reference Amount
Not valid until signed by both the Owner and Contractor.
Signature of the Contractor indicates the Contractor's agreement herewith, including any adjustments in the Contract Price or Contract Time.
The original (Contract Price) was
Net change by previously authorized Change Orders___ $
The (Contract Price) prior to this Change Order was_ $
------------- --------------------
The (Contract Price) will be (increased) (decreased) (unchanged) by this Change
The new (Contract Price) including this Change Order will be________ $
The Contract Time will be (increased) (decreased) (unchanged) by
The Date of Substantial Completion as of the date of this Change Order therefore is
AUTHORIZED SIGNATURES:
CORNELL UNIVERSITY
CONTRACTOR OWNER
BY
TITLE
DATE
BY,
TITLE
DATE
( ) Days.
EXHIBIT "A-1"
CORNELL UNIVERSITY
Division of Facilities Services
Construction Contract Change Order Forms
Instructions to Change Order Documentation
Facilities Services ("FS") has created this Standard Change Contract Change Order Request and
Change Order Summary Forms to facilitate preparation of contract change orders in conformity
with construction contract requirements. The forms have been prepared to comply with contract
requirements presented in the General Conditions, dated July 2014.
The Change Order Request form shall be used by the Contractor and by all Subcontractors in
preparing their cost estimates for services associated with the Changed Work. The Contractor
shall submit to the Owner the Change Order Summary Form with all associated back-up
documentation.
Direct Cost of the Work:
1. Direct Labor — Include the "wages paid" hourly direct labor and/or foreman
necessary to perform the required change. "Wages paid" is the burdened labor rate
documented in accordance with Section 2.14 — Project Labor Rates of the General
Conditions. "Assigned Personnel or Work Crews" should be stated by trade or type of
work performed not by name of person or company title. For example carpenter, mason,
backhoe operator, etc. Supervisory personnel in district or home office shall not be
included. Supervisory personnel on the job -site, but with broad supervisory
responsibility and paid as salaried personnel, shall not be included as Direct Labor
2. Direct Material — Include the acquisition cost of all materials directly required to
perform the required change. Examples of "Unit of Measure" include square feet, cubic
yards, linear feet, days, gallons, etc.
3. Equipment — Include the rental cost of equipment items necessary to perform the
change. For company-owned equipment items, include documentation of internal rental
rates. Charges for small tools, and craft specific tools are not allowed.
Bond Premiums
The Contractor's actual documented bond premium rate shall be added to all direct and
indirect costs of the proposed change.
Overhead & Profit
The Contractor's overhead & profit rate shall be added to all direct and indirect costs of
the proposed change in accordance with the Contract.
EXHIBIT "A-1"
COR ELL E I"E SITS:'
FACILITIES RVICES
PR
Nmv. of Contractor
DESC ONOF'WORK
kCT CHANGE ORDER RE
COST OF WO -,
iltith Supp
ASSIGNED PERSONNEL OR WO
Sim -S C O OR TOTAL
OHRP [tate
TOTAL C'OST PLUS O:IH.&P (SUM 4, , 6, 7)
B nd Pre ` " Runt
TOT. 'a DAlSa DDD /DFT,F.TED OSI C'F C ULE
z
CID
>'
U
O • w
U
a=
O .
4, I.
CA0
44 0
w• �
0
w
Name of Contractor
cn
rn
U
co
~"
CCS
i O o
o
cid 0
aU
e
c
64
6c}
H
0
Each Allowance must be listed as a Separate Item.
cu
0
•
•
'6 O
N U
0 0
• �.
H a.
W
z < U
FINAL RELEASE EXHIBIT "C"
FINAL WAIVER OF CLAIMS AND LIENS AND RELEASE OF RIGHTS
Date Contract Date
Proj ect Contract Price
Address Net Extras and Deductions
City Adjusted Contract Price
County Amount Previously Paid
State Balance Due - Final Payment
The undersigned hereby acknowledges that the above Balance Due when paid represents payment in full for all
labor, materials, etc., furnished by the below named Contractor or Supplier in connection with its work on the above
Project in accordance with the Contract.
In consideration of the amounts and sums previously received, and the payment of $
being the full and Final Payment amount due, the below named Contractor or Supplier does hereby waive and release
the Owner from any and all claims and liens and rights of liens upon the premises described above, and upon
improvements now or hereafter thereon, and upon the monies or other considerations due or to become due from the
Owner or from any other person, firm or corporation, said claims, liens and rights of liens being on account of labor,
services, materials, fixtures or apparatus heretofore furnished by the below named Contractor or Supplier to the
Project. The premises as to which said claims and liens are hereby released are identified as follows:
The undersigned further represents and warrants that he/she is duly authorized and empowered to sign and execute
this waiver on his/her own behalf and on behalf of the company or business for which he/she is signing; that it has
properly performed all work and furnished all materials of the specified quality per plans and specifications and in a
good and workmanlike manner, fully and completely; that it has paid for all the labor, materials, equipment and
services that it has used or supplied, that it has no other outstanding and unpaid applications, invoices, retentions,
holdbacks, expenses employed in the prosecution of work, chargebacks or unbilled work or materials against the
Owner as of the date of the aforementioned last and final payment application; and that any materials which have
been supplied or incorporated into the above premises were either taken from its fully -paid or open stock or were
fully paid for and supplied on the last and final payment application or invoice.
The undersigned further agrees to defend, indemnify and hold harmless the Owner for any losses or expenses
(including without limitation reasonable attorneys' fees) should any such claim, lien or right of lien be asserted by the
below named Contractor or Supplier or by any of its or their laborers, material persons or subcontractors.
In addition, for and in consideration of the amounts and sums received, the below named Contractor or
Supplier hereby waives, releases and relinquishes any and all claims, rights or causes of action in equity or law
whatsoever arising out of through or under the above mentioned Contract and the performance of work pursuant
thereto.
The below named Contractor or Supplier further guarantees that all portions of the work furnished and
installed are in accordance with the Contract and that the terms of the Contract with respect to this guarantee will
remain in effect for the period specified in said Contract.
Sworn to before me this Corporation or Business Name
Day of 20 By:
Title:
O
z
O
0
0
•0
v
0
0
0
0
•
H
N
r
C7
z
V
W
2
a
0
V
APPLICATION NO.:
TO OWNER:
CONTRACT DA
VIA ARCHITECK
FROM CONTRACTOR:
CONTRACT F
o 22
G a, Tavc
1,0•°0•
• C 0. o
a
• v C C
O v v .
02
,c v o
o g• ,a0
v
v o
c>ca• w
oa' O TC
• O
w C cTa
h
cu U V -
w ~
▪ a.b.8
d 0 V V
• ^ v V
e 8
▪ .V 0
.00-b
•0Q U R
• U
�
▪ c
wove:a
o � a0
• O
"y3u 1')c 4.1 0
13:.`,14
t%1' V w0
.0 'O
b 0
c • o 0
=CI ▪ 00E
V
3
0
Z 00
2a
a
CC
0 u
LL 6 V
Z
07;
43
2
J
a�8
0
(i) a@ Q
d
C
c V
CC 0 .9
Z u c
O~400
CONTRACTOR:
w
0
<0 U
IR q q
1. ORIGINAL CONTRACT SUM
2 , Net change by Change Orders
0
0
W • Y
O
F-
CC
p
�s v
0.0
tup EOW
W • V +
ac `• oQ
00 a`c
U • < I a
Z
EO 0~ 0
O V
W
U a y
vN
q q
at,
O
z
ARCHITECT'S CERTIFICATE FOR PAYMENT
N
.0 '.•
-
0w
z
uJ
173
W • C
Q�
W
-.) •/,
• c
OV
EXHIBIT "D"
8. CURRENT PAYMENT DUE
C
0
• c
• ca
0 v
✓ E
c
o.V
aO
Q iJ
hi:
A. 0
w v 0
Ly [ • 4
a O
< E
N
• a c
4.;v0
0u
- .0
0 vJ
cvo
O C
o'` 00
C v 'G
y
v• Eo
▪ 0 L
✓ V
✓ s 'o
c ,a
DEDUCTIONS
ADDITIONS
CHANGE ORDER SUMMARY
C
0
2
.0
0
O
a
ro
0 C 0
0
0
0
.0
w
0
z
V
W
z
0
)
AIA DOCUMENT G703 (Instructions on reverse side)
CONTINUATION SHEET
APPLICATION NO.:
\ 8
/ 8
\
§ L.
3=
ELI
<j)/
Q=V.v
§) 0 co 00
\ 3 V. )
0\2
/
< « ]
\ ' /
e @ k »
7 ,...`4
\
Q ca 0
4 z ( §
/ (\ \
/ 2 Ti 0
c 0 ; \
(} 2 8
2 a ] \
o.\0
< 0 - u
< 8 3 2
APPLICATION DATE:
/
to
EXHIBIT "D"
/
2•
RETAINAGE
(IF VARIABLE)
RATE)
_
0 _&
)//,
ƒ \
&
C.7
«+
»
TOTAL
COMPLETED
AND STORED
TO DATE
(D+E+F)
MATERIALS
PRESENTLY
STORED
(NOT IN
D OR E)
tu
WORK COMPLETED
THIS PERIOD
0
FROM PREVIOUS
APPLICATION
(D + E)
0
SCHEDULED
VALUE
_
DESCRIPTION OF WORK
.d
fb
ez
/
2•
GUARANTEE
Date:
EXHIBIT "E"
In accordance with plans and specifications and the terms and conditions of our contract with Cornell
University dated , we hereby guarantee
the as found in the specifications
for , Ithaca, New York to be free
(Project Title)
from defects in materials and workmanship for the period of year(s) from
, the date of acceptance by the Owner.
(Date)
By:
Title:
(COMPANY)
EXHIBIT "F"
FORM I
CC®IR 1114 UNIIIIR II
CONTRACTOR'S AFFIRMATIVE ACTION PLAN
Use of MBE and WBE Vendors
Please print or type all information,
except where a signature is required.
PROJECT:
Amount of Contract: $
Name of Prime Contract Bidder:
Address (Street, City, State and Zip Code):
Telephone Number (Including Area Code): Trade:
1. List previous Cornell University work done by your firm:
2. Do you intend to subcontract any work on this project? Yes No
A. What is the total dollar value of work you intend to subcontract?
Amount $ AND Range: From $ to $
3. Do you intend to purchase supplies and/or use vendor services?
A. What is the total dollar value of your intended purchase and/or vendor?
Amount $ AND Range: From $
to $
4. List the work you plan to subcontract in area A. below and list the items you propose to purchase
and/or vendor services you propose to use in area B. Use additional sheet(s) if required.
A. Trade Amount of Work to be B. Supplies and/or Vendor Services
Subcontracted
Trade
Amount
1
Item
Amount
EXHIBIT "F"
FORM I
5. Indicate by dollar value and percentage of contract, the total of your goal for minority and female
vendors and subcontractor participation including your goal for purchases and services. (The
percentage given should be a percentage of your total contract amount.
MBE Amount $ AND Percentage
WBE Amount $ AND Percentage
6. Indicate your goal for minority participation in the labor force by dollar value and percentage of
total monthly manpower per trade.
MBE Amount $ AND Percentage
WBE Amount $ AND Percentage
7. List MBE and WBE vendors utilized by your firm over the past five (5) years:
MBE or WBE Vendor
CONTRACT
(Indicate which) ADDRESS PROJECT TRADE AMOUNT
This space provided for any comments your organization may have regarding the utilization of MBE and
WBE vendors:
OFFICER OF PRIME CONTRACT BIDDER:
Name and Title: Date:
Signature:
2
EXHIBIT "F"
FORM II
CONTRACTOR'S AFFIRMATIVE ACTION PLAN
Summary of Bid Activity with MBE and WBE
Subcontractors and Vendors
Please print or type all information,
except where a signature is required.
PROJECT:
Name of Prime Contract Bidder:
Address (Street, City, State and Zip Code):
Contact Person (Name, Title and Telephone Number):
MBE and WBE
Subcontractor/Vendor Item/ Bid Submitted: Award Status Date of
(Indicate which) Trade Date Amount Date Amount Elimination
EXPLANATION OF ELMINATION: Include meetings held for negotiation, etc.
(Use additional sheet if necessary)
OFFICER OF FIRM:
Name and Title: Date:
Signature:
LTIVE ACTION WO
I-,
Iffl %
Aa. 4k
.
P.
UA
0 t
4,
.
..„.
Q -- `-'
4 a A i
.`1
..,....11
6 0,
5 4
c, 41
4
t.=
...
in 4,
4 4.11
li Kt
ij
...0.
. ,
ii
ili
W.
r
ii 411
_
.
14'
6 3
,c.
p.,
m
':
,
‘9 114
..; ,
.74
a ..X
,
S
0
0
0
4.4
0
H
U
H
0
U
P.
H
0
U
O
ctiH
a
z
0
0
o
0
4c--5
5
E o
U
U
0
0 0 0
W
Trade
Women Firm
Name - Awards
ah
o
u
Dollar
Amount
of
MBE Contract
0
b
H
Minority Firm
Name - Awards
Dollar
Amount
of
Subcontract
1
Craft
and/or
Trade
Prime Contractor,
Subcontractor and
Sub -Subcontractor's Name
EXHIBIT '!G„
TRADE
E <ai4TDATEa
E il� TIO DATE.t
Tares and Insnranee a per Hour
1 f p1 a
Dssabiliti
TOTAL
Pa} aoll Taxes and Insurance gates:
Vacation
Health & We e
Pension
Annuity
Education r" Tri.
Imitistry
n1 c x a c csa
COM rACTOR'S O
Ic t labar� ",ims
ac amd c€st ` xed
EXHIBIT "H"
Cornell ll U iver ity
Facilities Services
STORED MATERIALS INVOICING
DOCUAIENTATION
'TRACTOR:
APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT NO. DATE:
Provide :Specific Locution of Materials Stored:
Attach au Invoice of Quantified Stateiiient of Va
Attach a"C'ertificate oflvsiiiance for the alnve specified Mair
"Cornell University" as a loss payee with respect to the spec'
iereby agrees to transfer complete ownership of all luted nitite3iatls to i ornell T n vevillya'ttlte
made to Contractor for the above referenced Application for Paynien Th Contractor remains
11 conti'acttuil requirements for the al ove listed iiiatertials including cirnipleke tisT011ation and
EXHIBIT "I"
Co University
Services
sector Performance
Evaluation
Perfor ance
Reese give me rating each 3 Add comments as ui tas us3i zau
Quality of aPkaa Bre 1 2 3' 4ge "G di3re"� rRt Br arEk Sip
b ma xsia qu3vd Y
T -qukr qs
Ch3rige Olden
Summary Sheet
iPr tb ;.c
Contracttai
Quality ofViorkmanship
Schedulin
Snub
MBENYBE Participation
t Adrninistration
Reda
shatss
apeevie
ei Ratl
Contract C
ut
Comr
nts
Ratin Per
Category
1,5
10
10
7
coring
0.00
0:00
0.00
0:00
Q.4 1
Ra ng R re
ComeWCentractor Evaluation Review ntaut {Page 5 to be flby Contractor before the discussion meeting)
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
FOR
PHILLIPS HALL
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADE
CORNELL UNIVERSITY
ITHACA, NEW YORK
April 21, 2016
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SECTION 01 11 00 SUMMARY OF WORK 1
1.0 GENERAL 1
1.1 DESCRIPTION 1
1.2 WORK UNDER OTHER CONTRACTS 2
2.0 PRODUCTS - NOT USED 2
3.0 EXECUTION - NOT USED 2
SECTION 01 14 00 WORK RESTRICTIONS 1
1.0 GENERAL 1
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS 1
1.2 CONTRACTOR USE OF PREMISES 1
1.3 PARKING 2
1.4 CHANGEOVERS AND CONTINUITY OF SERVICES 3
1.5 OBSTACLES, INTERFERENCE AND COORDINATION 3
1.6 EQUIPMENT ARRANGEMENTS 4
1.7 EXISTING EQUIPMENT, MATERIALS, FIXTURES, ETC. 5
1.8 EXAMINATION OF PREMISES, DRAWINGS, ETC 5
1.9 STAND DOWN DATES 6
1.10 WORKING HOURS 6
2.0 PRODUCTS - NOT USED 6
3.0 EXECUTION - NOT USED 6
SECTION 01 25 00 SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS 1
1.0 GENERAL 1
1.1 DESCRIPTION 1
1.2 DEFINITIONS 1
1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS 2
1.4 PRODUCTS LIST 2
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE 2
1.6 PROCEDURES 3
1.7 EQUIVALENTS - APPROVED EQUAL 3
1.8 CONTRACTOR'S OPTIONS 4
1.9 SUBSTITUTIONS 6
1.10 COMPARABLE PRODUCTS 7
1.11 CONTRACTOR'S REPRESENTATION 8
1.12 ARCHITECT'S DUTIES 8
2.0 PRODUCTS - NOT USED 8
3.0 EXECUTION - NOT USED 8
April 21, 2016
SECTION 01 31 19 PROJECT MEETINGS 1
1.0 GENERAL 1
1.1 DESCRIPTION 1
1.2 PRE -CONSTRUCTION MEETING 1
1.3 PROGRESS MEETINGS 3
2.0 PRODUCTS - NOT USED 4
3.0 EXECUTION - NOT USED 4
SECTION 01 31 50 ELECTRONIC PROJECT MANAGEMENT 1
1.0 GENERAL 1
1.1 SUMMARY 1
1.2 RELATED SECTIONS 1
1.3 DEFINITIONS 1
1.4 PROCEDURES 1
1.5 PROCESS OVERVIEW 2
1.6 ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 4
2.0 PRODUCTS - NOT USED 4
3.0 EXECUTION - NOT USED 4
SECTION 01 32 16 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE 1
1.0 GENERAL 1
1.1 SUMMARY 1
1.2 FORM OF SCHEDULES 1
1.3 CONTENT OF SCHEDULES 1
1.4 PROGRESS REVISIONS 2
1.5 SUBMISSIONS 3
2.0 PRODUCTS - NOT USED 3
3.0 EXECUTION 3
3.1 DISTRIBUTION 3
SECTION 0132 33 PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION 1
1.0 GENERAL 1
1.1 DESCRIPTION 1
1.2 SUBMITTALS 1
2.0 PRODUCTS - NOT USED 1
3.0 EXECUTION 1
3.1 EXISTING CONDITION PHOTOGRAPHS 1
3.2 PROGRESS PHOTOGRAPHS 2
3.3 FINAL COMPLETION PHOTOGRAPHS 2
April 21, 2016
SECTION 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 1
1.0 GENERAL 1
1.1 DESCRIPTION 1
1.2 SUBMITTAL REGISTRY AND SCHEDULE 1
1.3 SHOP DRAWINGS 2
1.4 PRODUCT DATA 3
1.5 SAMPLES 4
1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE AND QUALITY CONTROL SUBMITTALS 5
1.7 COORDINATION DRAWINGS 6
1.8 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES 9
1.9 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 10
1.10 RECORD SUBMITTALS 11
1.11 RESUBMISSION REQUIREMENTS 12
1.12 ARCHITECT'S DUTIES 12
1.13 DISTRIBUTION 13
2.0 PRODUCTS - NOT USED 13
3.0 EXECUTION - NOT USED 13
SECTION 01 35 29 GENERAL HEALTH & SAFETY 1
1.0 GENERAL 1
1.1 DESCRIPTION 1
1.2 CONTRACTOR'S PROJECT SITE SPECIFIC PLAN 1
1.3 ASBESTOS 2
1.4 LEAD 3
1.5 SITE VISITS 3
1.6 CONFINED SPACE 3
2.0 PRODUCTS - NOT USED 3
3.0 EXECUTION - NOT USED 3
SECTION 01 35 43 GENERAL ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS 1
1.0 GENERAL 1
1.1 DESCRIPTION 1
1.2 RELATED SECTIONS 1
1.3 SUBMITTALS 1
1.4 JOB SITE ADMINISTRATION 1
1.5 CLEARING, SITE PREPARATION AND SITE USE 2
1.6 SPOIL AND BORROW 2
1.7 NOISE AND VIBRATION 2
1.8 DUST CONTROL 3
1.9 PROTECTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT 3
1.10 TEMPORARY RE-ROUTING OF PIPING AND DUCTWORK 4
1.11 HAZARDOUS OR TOXIC MATERIALS 4
1.12 DISPOSAL OF WASTE MATERIAL AND TITLE 5
April 21, 2016
2.0 PRODUCTS - NOT USED 5
3.0 EXECUTION - NOT USED 5
SECTION 01 35 44 SPILL CONTROL 1
1.0 GENERAL 1
1.1 SPILL PREVENTION 1
1.2 SPILL CONTROL PROCEDURES 1
1.3 SPILL REPORTING AND DOCUMENTATION 4
2.0 PRODUCTS - NOT USED 5
3.0 EXECUTION - NOT USED 5
SECTION 01 41 00 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS 1
1.0 GENERAL 1
1.1 PERMITS AND LICENSES 1
1.2 INSPECTIONS 1
1.3 COMPLIANCE 1
1.4 OWNER'S REQUIREMENTS 2
2.0 PRODUCTS - NOT USED 2
3.0 EXECUTION - NOT USED 2
SECTION 01 42 00 REFERENCES 1
1.0 GENERAL 1
1.1 INTENT OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 1
1.2 RELATED DOCUMENTS 1
1.3 DEFINITIONS 1
1.4 OWNER AGREEMENTS 3
1.5 INDUSTRY STANDARDS 4
1.6 ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS 5
2.0 PRODUCTS - NOT USED 17
3.0 EXECUTION - NOT USED 17
SECTION 01 45 00 QUALITY CONTROL 1
1.0 GENERAL 1
1.1 DESCRIPTION 1
1.2 CONTROL OF ON-SITE CONSTRUCTION 1
1.3 CONTROL OF OFF-SITE OPERATIONS 2
1.4 TESTING 3
1.5 OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE 3
2.0 PRODUCTS - NOT USED 3
3.0 EXECUTION - NOT USED 3
April 21, 2016
SECTION 01 45 29 TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES 1
1.0 GENERAL 1
1.1 DESCRIPTION 1
1.2 QUALIFICATIONS OF LABORATORY 1
1.3 LABORATORY DUTIES 2
1.4 LIMITATIONS OF AUTHORITY OF TESTING LABORATORY 3
1.5 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES 3
2.0 PRODUCTS - NOT USED 3
3.0 EXECUTION - NOT USED 3
SECTION 01 50 00 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 1
1.0 GENERAL 1
1.1 DESCRIPTION 1
1.2 REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATORY AGENCIES 1
2.0 PRODUCTS 1
2.1 MATERIALS, GENERAL 1
2.2 TEMPORARY FIRST AID FACILITIES 1
2.3 TEMPORARY FIRE PROTECTION 1
2.4 CONSTRUCTION AIDS 3
2.5 SUPPORTS 3
2.6 TEMPORARY ENCLOSURES 4
2.7 TEMPORARY WATER CONTROL 5
2.8 TREE, PLANT AND LAWN PROTECTION 5
2.9 GUARDRAILS AND BARRICADES 6
2.10 ACCESS ROADS AND PARKING AREAS 6
2.11 PROJECT IDENTIFICATION AND SIGNS 6
2.12 SECURITY 6
2.13 FIELD OFFICES 6
3.0 EXECUTION 7
3.1 PREPARATION 7
3.2 GENERAL 7
3.3 REMOVAL 8
SECTION 01 51 00 TEMPORARY UTILITIES 1
1.0 GENERAL 1
1.1 DESCRIPTION 1
1.2 REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATORY AGENCIES 1
2.0 PRODUCTS 1
2.1 MATERIALS, GENERAL 1
2.2 TEMPORARY ELECTRICITY, LIGHTING AND WATER 1
2.3 TEMPORARY USE OF ELEVATOR 2
2.4 TEMPORARY HEAT AND VENTILATION 3
April 21, 2016
2.5 TEMPORARY CONTRACTOR TELEPHONE SERVICE 4
2.6 TEMPORARY SANITARY FACILITIES 4
3.0 EXECUTION 4
3.1 REMOVAL 4
SECTION 01 57 13 SOIL EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL 1
1.0 GENERAL 1
1.1 DESCRIPTION 1
1.2 SUBMITTALS 1
1.3 PLAN AND IMPLEMENTATION GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 1
1.4 PERFORMANCE STANDARDS 1
1.5 EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL PLAN COMPONENTS 2
1.6 INSPECTIONS 3
2.0 PRODUCTS - NOT USED 3
3.0 EXECUTION - NOT USED 3
SECTION 01 66 00 STORAGE AND PROTECTION 1
1.0 GENERAL 1
1.1 DESCRIPTION 1
1.2 TRANSPORTATION AND HANDLING 1
1.3 ON-SITE STORAGE 1
1.4 PALM ROAD STORAGE 2
1.5 PROTECTION 3
1.6 PROTECTION AFTER INSTALLATION 4
2.0 PRODUCTS - NOT USED 4
3.0 EXECUTION - NOT USED 4
SECTION 01 71 23 FIELD ENGINEERING 1
1.0 GENERAL 1
1.1 DESCRIPTION 1
1.2 QUALIFICATION OF SURVEYOR 1
1.3 SURVEY REFERENCE POINTS 1
1.4 PROJECT SURVEY REQUIREMENTS 2
1.5 RECORDS 2
1.6 SUBMITTALS 3
2.0 PRODUCTS - NOT USED 3
3.0 EXECUTION - NOT USED 3
April 21, 2016
SECTION 01 73 29 CUTTING, PATCHING AND REPAIRING 1
1.0 GENERAL 1
1.1 DESCRIPTION 1
1.2 SUBMITTALS 2
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE 2
1.4 WARRANTIES 4
2.0 PRODUCTS 4
2.1 MATERIALS 4
3.0 EXECUTION 4
3.1 INSPECTION 4
3.2 PREPARATION 5
3.3 PERFORMANCE 5
3.4 CLEANING 7
SECTION 01 77 00 PROJECT CLOSEOUT 1
1.0 GENERAL 1
1.1 INSPECTIONS 1
1.2 SUBMITTALS 2
1.3 FINAL CLEAN UP 3
1.4 MAINTENANCE STOCK 3
2.0 PRODUCTS - NOT USED 3
3.0 EXECUTION - NOT USED 3
SECTION 01 78 22 FIXED EQUIPMENT INVENTORY 1
1.0 GENERAL 1
1.1 FIXED EQUIPMENT INVENTORY 1
2.0 PRODUCTS - NOT USED 2
3.0 EXECUTION - NOT USED 2
SECTION 01 78 23 OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA 1
1.0 GENERAL 1
1.1 DESCRIPTION 1
1.2 FORM OF SUBMITTALS 1
1.3 CONTENT OF MANUAL 2
1.4 MANUAL FOR MATERIALS AND FINISHES 3
1.5 MANUAL FOR EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS 4
1.6 SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS 6
1.7 INSTRUCTIONS OF OWNER'S PERSONNEL 7
1.8 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 7
April 21, 2016
2.0 PRODUCTS - NOT USED 7
3.0 EXECUTION - NOT USED 7
SECTION 01 78 36 WARRANTIES AND BONDS 1
1.0 GENERAL 1
1.1 DESCRIPTION 1
1.2 SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS 1
1.3 FORM OF SUBMITTALS (HARD COPY) 2
1.4 FORM OF SUBMITTALS (ELECTRONIC COPY) 2
1.5 TIME OF SUBMITTALS 2
1.6 ROOF WARRANTY PACKAGE 2
1.7 SUBMITTALS REQUIRED 3
2.0 PRODUCTS - NOT USED 3
3.0 EXECUTION - NOT USED 3
SECTION 01 78 39 RECORD DOCUMENTS 1
1.0 GENERAL 1
1.1 DESCRIPTION 1
1.2 MAINTENANCE OF DOCUMENTS AND SAMPLES 1
1.3 RECORDING 2
1.4 SUBMITTAL 6
2.0 PRODUCTS - NOT USED 6
3.0 EXECUTION - NOT USED 6
April 21, 2016
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 11 00
Ithaca, New York SUMMARY OF THE WORK
SECTION 01 11 00 SUMMARY OF WORK
1.0 GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION
A. Work to be Done
1. This project includes replacement and upgrade of the main 208V and 480V electrical
distribution equipment in Phillips Hall, and replacement of the existing 13.2kV loop
switch. Work includes demolition and removal of existing gear including oil -filled
transformers, and circuit modifications and extensions to connect existing circuits to
new distribution equipment. The CT's associated with the existing metering shall be
reconnected to the new service transformer by the contractor.
2. Work also includes installation of a new 2 -way concrete encased duct bank from
manhole 16 to the Phillips Hall transformer vault, and installation of a new 13.2kV
circuit from manhole 16.
3. Replace existing lighting within the Phillips Hall electric vault, prep and paint floor
as specified.
B. The Scope of the Work
1. The scope of the WORK in all SECTIONS of this Specification shall consist of the
furnishing of all labor, materials, equipment and appliances and the performance of
the Work required by the Contract Documents and/or by the conditions at the site,
joining all parts of this Work with itself and the Work of others to form a complete,
functioning entity.
2. Items not specifically mentioned in the Specifications or shown on the drawings, but
which are inherently necessary to make a complete working installation, shall be
included.
PHILLIPS HALL SUMMARY OF WORK
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADE
01 11 00-1
April 21, 2016
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 11 00
Ithaca, New York SUMMARY OF THE WORK
3. It is the intent and purpose of the Contract Documents to cover and include under
each item all materials, machinery, apparatus, and labor necessary to properly install
materials and equipment, adjust and put into perfect operation the respective portions
of the installation specified and to so interconnect the various items or sections of the
work as to form a complete and operating whole. Any equipment, apparatus,
machinery, material and small items not mentioned in detail, and labor not
hereinafter specifically mentioned, which may be found necessary to complete or
perfect any portion of the installation in a substantial manner, and in compliance with
the requirements stated, implied, or intended in the Contract Documents, shall be
furnished without extra cost to the Owner. The Contractor shall provide the greatest
quantity, highest quality, highest degree of safety, and most stringent material,
equipment or Work. Should the Drawings or the Specifications disagree in
themselves or with each other, the Contractor shall provide the better quality or
greater quantity of work and/or materials unless otherwise directed by written
addendum to the Contract.
1.2 WORK UNDER OTHER CONTRACTS
A. The Contractor shall cooperate with other contracts performing related work, including
providing labor, materials and other costs necessary to satisfactorily coordinate the Contract
work with work performed under others contracts.
B. Preceding Work:
1. The Cornell Line Crew will have pulled one new set of 15kV cables from manhole
138 to manhole 16, and into the Phillips Hall transformer vault prior to the start of
construction for the Phillips Hall Electric Service Upgrade. This set of cables will be
re -purposed for the Phillips project and will need to be landed on the new loop switch
by the Contractor.
2.0 PRODUCTS — NOT USED
3.0 EXECUTION — NOT USED
***END OF SECTION 01 11 00***
PHILLIPS HALL SUMMARY OF WORK 01 11 00-2
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADE April 21, 2016
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 14 00
Ithaca, New York WORK RESTRICTIONS
SECTION 01 14 00 WORK RESTRICTIONS
1.0 GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions and
Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 CONTRACTOR USE OF PREMISES
A. All traffic and pedestrian control measures shall be compliant with the National Manual on
Uniform Traffic Control Devices for Streets and Highways (MUTCD) and 17 NYCRR
Chapter V (New York Supplement), (https://www.dot.ny.ov/mutcd) and all other local
laws and regulations.
B. The Contractor shall carry on the Work in the manner which will cause the least
interruption to pedestrian and vehicular traffic and permit access of emergency vehicles at
all times.
C. The Work shall be scheduled and performed in such a manner that at least one lane of
traffic will be maintained on all public streets. Two flag persons, equipped with radio
communication devices, must be provided for any activity blocking a traffic lane. One lane
of traffic must be maintained at all times. Where traffic must cross open trenches, the
Contractor shall provide suitable bridges and railings; including pedestrian bridges.
D. The Contractor shall maintain 20' minimum fire lane access.
E. The Contractor shall post and maintain flag persons and suitable signs indicating that
construction operations are under way and other warning signs as may be required.
F. The Contractor shall safeguard the use by the public and Owner of all adjacent highways,
roadways and footpaths, and shall conform to all laws and regulations concerning the use
thereof, especially limitations on traffic and the movement of heavy equipment. Access to
the site for delivery of construction materials and/or equipment shall be made only at the
locations shown in the Contract Documents or approved by the Owner's Representative.
G. The Contractor shall make every effort to keep dirt and debris from making its way to
roadways. The Contractor shall immediately remove dirt and debris which may collect on
permanent roadways due to the Work.
H. The Contractor shall limit the extent of its activities to that area of the site defined on the
Contract Drawings as being within the Contract Limit Lines.
PHILLIPS HALL WORK RESTRICTIONS
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADE
01 14 00-1
April 21, 2016
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 14 00
Ithaca, New York WORK RESTRICTIONS
For that portion of the Work required under this Contract which must be performed in other
than the defined areas both on-site and off, including operations involving delivery and
removal of materials, the Contractor shall schedule and coordinate its activities through the
Owner's Representative, to meet the approval of the Owner and minimize disruption of the
normal scheduled activities of the occupants of adjacent spaces.
J. It is the Owner's expectation that the Contractor will take protective measures to minimize
damage caused by construction activities including, but not limited to, the use of personal
lifts, material handling equipment, on-site material storage, etc. All portions of the site,
including the staging area and those areas affected by the work, shall be returned to their
original condition after completion of Work. Such repair work shall include lawn
restoration and reseeding, if required, and shall be included in the Contractor's Guarantee of
Work.
K. Routes to and from the location of the Work shall be as indicated in the Contract or as
directed by the Owner's Representative. Temporary roadways shall be closed only with
prior approval of the Owner's Representative.
L. Parking may be made available for staging at Palm Road, or other pre -determined area for
the duration of the project. The Contractor will be responsible for fencing, securing and
maintaining the designated area. All vehicles at Palm Road must be registered with
Transportation Services.
1.3 PARKING
A. The Owner may designate an area for parking of essential Contractor vehicles near the
project site.
B. The Contractor shall make all arrangements, and bear the cost, for transportation of all trade
persons from the designated parking area to the construction site as necessary.
C. It should be noted that there is a fee for all parking on the Cornell University campus. The
Contractor is responsible for the payment for all parking costs imposed by the Owner. The
Contractor should contact the Project Manager (Debra Melanson) for additional
information. The Contractor will be required to complete a "New Construction Employee
Form" for each permit requested. This form may be found at
http://finance.fs.cornell.edu/contracts/forms/contractors.cfm.
D. Contractor shall cooperate with Transportation Services and/or other authorities having
jurisdiction, as follows:
1. Ensure parking by all employees of the Contractor, subcontractors, material suppliers,
and others connected with this project only within construction fence or the
designated parking area.
2. Prohibit employees from parking in any other areas, roads, streets, grounds, etc.
3. Discharge any employee refusing to comply with these requirements.
4. Ensure proper transportation of personnel between the designated parking area and the
construction site.
PHILLIPS HALL WORK RESTRICTIONS
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADE
01 14 00-2
April 21, 2016
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 14 00
Ithaca, New York WORK RESTRICTIONS
B. The Contractor shall remove from the parking area and staging area all temporary trailers,
rubbish, unused materials, and other materials belonging to the Contractor or used under the
Contractor's direction during construction or impairing the use or appearance of the
property and shall restore such areas affected by the work to their original condition, and, in
the event of its failure to do so, the same shall be removed by the Owner at the expense of
the Contractor, and the Contractor shall be liable therefore.
1.4 CHANGEOVERS AND CONTINUITY OF SERVICES
A. Make all changeovers, tie-ins and removals, etc., of any part of the Work that would affect
the continuity of operation of the adjacent services at approved times that will not interfere
with the Owner's operations. Secure approval of Owner before proceeding.
B. Make all necessary temporary connections required to permit operation of the building
services and/or equipment. Remove the connections after need has ceased.
C. The Contractor may be permitted to make changeovers during normal working hours at the
Owner's discretion. Should the Contractor perform this Work outside of normal working
hours, no extra payment will be made for resulting overtime expenses.
D. When connecting new facilities do not shut off any existing Mechanical/Electrical facilities
or services without prior written approval of Owner's Representative.
E. The Contractor shall not, except in an emergency condition, shutdown any utility without
the express permission of the Owner's Representative. Major, affecting life safety or
outside contract limit lines, shutdowns of utilities will be performed by Cornell University
to enable Contractor to perform required work. Major shutdowns shall be defined as those
affecting life safety or which are outside the project site limits.
F. Maintain domestic water and firewater in service at all times. No service may be out for
more than twenty-four (24) hours. Maintain firewater flow capability (hose, if necessary) to
all buildings and coordinate with Cornell Utilities, Cornell Environmental Health and
Safety (EH&S), and City of Ithaca Fire Department.
G. All shutdowns to be scheduled a minimum of seven (7) calendar days in advance and
requests shall be submitted via ePM system to the Owner's Representative.
H. IN THE EVENT OF AN EMERGENCY WHERE THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE
IS NOT AVAILABLE, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL DIAL 911 IMMEDIATELY.
1.5 OBSTACLES, INTERFERENCE AND COORDINATION
A. General
1. Plans show general design arrangement. Install work substantially as indicated and
verify exact location and elevations; DO NOT SCALE PLANS.
PHILLIPS HALL WORK RESTRICTIONS
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADE
01 14 00-3
April 21, 2016
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 14 00
Ithaca, New York WORK RESTRICTIONS
2. Due to small scale of Drawings, it is not possible to indicate all offsets, fittings,
changes in elevations, interferences, etc. Make necessary changes in the Work,
equipment locations, etc., after notification to the Owner's Representative and
Architect. Obtain approval from same, as part of Contract, to accommodate work to
obstacles and interferences encountered.
3. Obtain written approval for all major changes before installing. If requested, submit
drawings, detailing all such deviations or changes.
4. Exposed to view mechanical units, ductwork, conduit, pipes or other building
equipment are essential parts of the artistic effect of the building design and shall be
installed in locations as shown on the drawings. Conformance to given dimensions
and alignments with the structural system, walls, openings, indicated centerlines are a
requirement of the Contract and the Contractor shall familiarize himself with the
critical nature of proper placement of these items. The Contractor shall notify the
Architect of conflicts which would cause such equipment to be installed in locations
other than as indicated on the Drawings. The Contractor shall not proceed with the
installation of exposed to view mechanical units, ductwork, conduit, pipes, etc. until
all conflicts have been identified by the Contractor and resolutions to conflicts
approved by the Architect.
B. Interference
1. Install work so that all items are operable and serviceable and avoid interfering with
removal of rails, filters, belt guards and/or operation of doors, etc. Provide easy and
safe access to valves, controllers, motor starters and other equipment requiring
frequent attention.
1.6 EQUIPMENT ARRANGEMENTS
A. Since all equipment of equal capacity is not necessarily of same arrangement, size of
construction, these Plans are prepared on basis of one manufacturer as "basis -of -design
equipment", even though other manufacturers' names are mentioned.
B. If Contractor elects to use specified equipment other than "design equipment" which differs
in arrangement, size, etc., the Contractor does so subject to following conditions:
1. Submit detailed drawings indicating proposed installations of equipment and showing
maintenance and service space required.
2. If revised arrangement meets approval, make all required changes in the work of all
trades, including but not limited to louvers, panels, structural supports, pads, etc. at no
increase in Contract. Provide larger motors and any additional control devices,
valves, fittings and other miscellaneous equipment required for proper operation of
revised layout, and assumes responsibility for proper location of roughing in and
connections by other trades.
PHILLIPS HALL WORK RESTRICTIONS
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADE
01 14 00-4
April 21, 2016
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 14 00
Ithaca, New York WORK RESTRICTIONS
3. If revised arrangement does not meet approval because of increase in pressure loss,
possibility of increase in noise, lack of space or headroom, insufficient clearance for
removal of parts, or for any other reason, provide equipment which conforms to
Contract Drawings and Specifications.
1.7 EXISTING EQUIPMENT, MATERIALS, FIXTURES, ETC.
A. Where existing equipment, piping, fittings, etc. are to be removed, Contractor shall submit
complete list to Owner. All items that Owner wishes to retain shall be carefully removed
and salvaged and delivered to building storage where directed by Owner. Items that Owner
does not wish to retain shall be removed from the site and legally disposed.
1.8 EXAMINATION OF PREMISES, DRAWINGS, ETC.
A. Before Submitting Proposal
1. Examine all Drawings and Specifications relating to Work of all trades to determine
scope and relation to other work.
2. Examine all existing conditions affecting compliance with Plans and Specifications,
by visiting site and/or building.
3. Ascertain access to site, available storage and delivery facilities.
B. Before Commencing Work on Any Phase or in any Area
1. Verify all governing dimensions at site and/or building.
2. Inspect all adjacent work.
3. All work is to be conducted in such a manner as to cause a minimum degree of
interference with the Campus' operation and academic schedule.
C. Tender of Proposal Confinns Agreement
1. All items and conditions referred to herein and/or indicated on accompanying
Drawings.
2. No consideration, additional monies or time extensions will be granted for alleged
misunderstanding.
D. Existing or Archived Drawings
1. Existing or Archived drawings of impacted buildings are appended in electronic
fonnat only for reference and informational purposes. These historic drawings are not
to be considered contract drawings and are provided "FOR INFORMATION ONLY".
The Owner makes no representation as to the accuracy of the drawings as representing
current conditions.
PHILLIPS HALL WORK RESTRICTIONS
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADE
01 14 00-5
April 21, 2016
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 14 00
Ithaca, New York WORK RESTRICTIONS
1.9 STAND DOWN DATES
A. Strict and effective enforcement by Contractor's management and supervision of the
following dates and hours is required.
1. Stand -Down Dates (No construction work and no deliveries on site):
a. Commencement Weekend
• Saturday, May 28, 2016
• Sunday, May 29, 2016
b. Reunion Weekend
• Saturday, June 11, 2016
• Sunday, June 12, 2016
2. Restricted Work Dates (delivery & demolition restrictions but otherwise work as
usual):
Friday, May 27, 2016 Commencement weekend- deliveries and work
outside fence stop at noon
Thursday, Friday June 9-10, 2016 Reunion guest arrivals- no work outside fence;
no demo or utility work inside fence
Friday, June 10, 2016 Reunion weekend- deliveries and work outside
fence stop at noon
Friday, May 27, 2016 Commencement weekend- deliveries and work
outside fence stop at noon
3. Student and Campus Life
Residence Halls Open
August 19, 2016
❖ No deliveries, no hauling materials into or out of the project site.
All work to be contained to the fenced area of the project site.
1.10 WORKING HOURS
A. Normal work hours are 6AM-dusk Monday -Saturday except during above noted
restrictions. This means that Contractor shall not permit any noise generating activities that
could disturb residents to take place outside of these hours. Should any conditions
necessitate work to extend beyond these hours — Contractor may submit a detailed request
with reasonable advance notice to Cornell. Cornell (at its sole discretion) may issue a
written relaxation of the above but Contractor is advised never to assume that it will be
granted.
2.0 PRODUCTS — NOT USED
3.0 EXECUTION — NOT USED
***END OF SECTION 01 14 00***
PHILLIPS HALL WORK RESTRICTIONS
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADE
01 14 00-6
April 21, 2016
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 25 00
Ithaca, New York SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS
SECTION 01 25 00 SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS
1.0 GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION
A. The Contractor shall furnish and install the products specified, under the options and
conditions for substitutions stated in this Section.
1.2 DEFINITIONS
A. Substitutions: Changes in products, materials, equipment, and methods of construction
from those required by the Contract Documents and proposed by Contractor.
1. Substitutions for Cause: Changes proposed by Contractor that are required due to
changed Project conditions that are beyond the Contractor's control, such as
unavailability of product, or regulatory changes.
a. Products that are not available from Contractor's preferred suppliers does not
constitute unavailability of product.
2. Substitutions for Convenience: Changes proposed by Contractor or Owner that are
not required in order to meet other Project requirements but may offer advantage to
Contractor or Owner.
B. Products: Items obtained for incorporating into the Work, whether purchased for Project or
taken from previously purchased stock. The teen "product" includes the terms "material,"
"equipment," "system," and terms of similar intent.
1. Named Products: Items identified by manufacturer`'s product naive, including make or
model number or other designation shown or listed in manufacturer's published
product literature that is current as of date of the Contract Documents.
2. New Products: Items that have not previously been incorporated into another project
or facility. Items salvaged from other projects are not considered new products.
Items that are manufactured or fabricated to include recycled content materials are
considered new products, unless indicated otherwise.
3. Comparable Product: Product that is demonstrated and approved through submittal
process to have the indicated qualities related to type, function, dimension, in-service
performance, physical properties, appearance, and other characteristics that equal or
exceed those of specified product.
PHILLIPS HALL SUBSTITUTIONS AND 01 25 00-1
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADE PRODUCT OPTIONS April 21, 2016
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 25 00
Ithaca, New York SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS
C. Basis -of -Design Product Specification: A specification in which a specific manufacturer's
product is named and accompanied by the words "basis -of -design product," including make
or model number or other designation, to establish the significant qualities related to type,
function, dimension, in-service performance, physical properties, appearance, and other
characteristics for purposes of evaluating comparable products of additional manufacturers
named in the specification.
1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Substitution Requests: Submit indicated number of copies of each Substitution Request
Form, attached hereto, for consideration. Identify product or fabrication or installation
method to be replaced. Include Specification Section number and title and Drawing
numbers and titles.
1. In addition to submission of Substitution Request Form, substitutions shall be listed
on the Bid Form with description, specification references, and corresponding change
in base bid
1.4 PRODUCTS LIST
A. Within thirty (30) days after the award of Contract, submit to the Architect five copies of a
complete list of products which are proposed for installation.
B. Tabulate the products by listing under each specification section title and number.
C. For products specified only by reference standards, list for each such product:
1. Name and address of the manufacturer.
2. Trade name.
3. Model or catalog designation.
4. Manufacturer's data:
a. Reference standards.
b. Performance test data.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Compatibility of Substitutions: Investigate and document compatibility of proposed
substitution with related products and materials. Engage a qualified testing agency to
perform compatibility tests recommended by manufacturers.
B. Compatibility of Options: If Contractor is given option of selecting between two or more
products for use on Project, select product compatible with products previously selected,
even if previously selected products were also options.
PHILLIPS HALL SUBSTITUTIONS AND 01 25 00-2
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADE PRODUCT OPTIONS April 21, 2016
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 25 00
Ithaca, New York SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS
1. Contractor is responsible for providing products and construction methods compatible
with other products and construction methods.
2. If a dispute or compatibility issue arises over concurrently selectable but incompatible
products, Architect will determine which products shall be used.
1.6 PROCEDURES
A. Coordination: Modify or adjust affected work as necessary to integrate work of accepted
substitutions and approved comparable products.
1.7 EQUIVALENTS — APPROVED EQUAL
A. Equivalents or Approvals - General
1. The words "similar and equal to", or "or equal", "equivalent" and such other words of
similar content and meaning shall for the purposes of this Contract be deemed to mean
similar or equivalent to one of the named products. For the purposes of Paragraph A
and B of this Section 1.4 and for the purposes of Bidding Documents, the word
"products" shall be deemed to include the words "articles", "materials", "items",
"equipment" and "methods". Whenever in the Contract documents one or more
products are specified, the words "similar and equal to" shall be deemed inserted.
2. Whenever any product is specified in the Contract documents by a reference to the
name, trade name, make or catalog number of any manufacturer or supplier, the intent
is not to limit competition, but to establish a standard of quality which the Architect
has determined is necessary for the Project. The Contractor may at its option use any
product other than that specified in the Contract Documents provided the same is
approved by the Architect in accordance with the procedures set forth in Paragraph B
of this Section 1.4. In all cases the Architect shall be the sole judge as to whether a
proposed product is to be approved and the Contractor shall have the burden of
proving, at its own cost and expense, to the satisfaction of the Architect, that the
proposed product is similar and equal to the named product. In making such
determination the Architect may establish such objective and appearance criteria as it
may deem proper that the proposed product must meet in order for it to be approved.
3. Nothing in the Contract Documents shall be construed as representing, expressly or
implied, that the named product is available or that there is or there is not a product
similar and equal to any of the named products and the Contractor shall have and
make no claim by reason of the availability or lack of availability of the named
product or of a product similar and equal to any named product.
4. The Contractor shall have and make no claim for an extension of time or for damages
by reason of the time taken by the Architect or by reason of the failure of the Architect
to approve a product proposed by the Contractor.
5. Request for approval of proposed equivalents will be received by the Architect only
from the Contractor.
PHILLIPS HALL SUBSTITUTIONS AND 01 25 00-3
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADE PRODUCT OPTIONS April 21, 2016
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 25 00
Ithaca, New York SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS
B. Equivalents or Approvals After Bidding
1. Request for approval of proposed equivalents will be considered by the Architect after
bidding only in the following cases: (a) the named product cannot be obtained by the
Contractor because of strikes, lockouts, bankruptcies or discontinuance of
manufacturer and the Contractor makes a written request to the Architect for
consideration of the proposed equivalent within ten (10) calendar days of the date it
ascertains it cannot obtain the named product; or (b) the proposed equivalent is
superior, in the opinion of the Architect, to the named product; or (c) the proposed
equivalent, in the opinion of the Architect, is equal to the named product and its use is
to the advantage of the Owner, e.g., the Owner receives an equitable credit, acceptable
to it, as a result of the estimated cost savings to the Contractor from the use of the
proposed equivalent or the Owner determines that the Contractor has not failed to act
diligently in placing the necessary purchase orders and a savings in the time required
for the completion of the construction of the Project should result from the use of the
proposed equivalent; or (d) the proposed equivalent, in the opinion of the Architect, is
equal to the named product and less than ninety (90) calendar days have elapsed since
the Notice of Award of the Contract.
2. Where the Architect pursuant to the provisions of this Section 1.4 approves a product
proposed by the Contractor and such proposed product requires a revision or redesign
of any part of the work covered by this Contract, all such revision and redesign and all
new Drawings and details required therefore shall be subject to approval of the
Architect and shall be provided by the Contractor at its own cost and expense.
3. Where the Architect pursuant to the provisions of this Section approves a product
proposed by the Contractor and such proposed product requires a different quantity
and/or arrangement of duct work, piping, wiring, conduit or any other part of the work
from that specified, detailed or indicated in the Contract Documents, the contractor
shall provide the same at its own cost and expense.
1.8 CONTRACTOR'S OPTIONS
A. For products specified only by reference standard, select any product meeting that standard,
by any manufacturer.
B. For products specified by naming several products or manufacturers, select any one of
products and manufacturers named.
1. Products:
a. Restricted List (Products): Where Specifications include paragraphs or
subparagraphs titled "Products" or that include the phrase "provide one of the
following", and include a list of names of both manufacturers and products,
provide one of the products listed that complies with requirements. Comparable
products for Contractor's convenience will not be considered.
Substitutions may be considered, unless otherwise indicated.
PHILLIPS HALL SUBSTITUTIONS AND 01 25 00-4
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADE PRODUCT OPTIONS April 21, 2016
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 25 00
Ithaca, New York SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS
b. Non -restricted List (Available Products): Where Specifications include
paragraphs or subparagraphs titled "Available Products" or that include the
phrase "include, but are not limited to, the following", and include a list of
names of both available manufacturers and products, provide one of the products
listed, or an unnamed product, that complies with requirements. Comply with
requirements in "Comparable Products" Article for consideration of an unnamed
product.
2. Manufacturers:
a. Restricted List (Manufacturers): Where Specifications include paragraphs or
subparagraphs titled "Manufacturers" or that include the phrase "provide
products by one of the following", and include a list of manufacturers' names,
provide a product by one of the manufacturers listed that complies with
requirements. Comparable products for Contractor's convenience will not be
considered.
Substitutions may be considered, unless otherwise indicated.
b. Non -restricted List (Available Manufacturers): Where Specifications include
paragraphs or subparagraphs titled "Available Manufacturers" or that include
the phrase "include, but are not limited to, the following", and include a list of
available manufacturers, provide a product by one of the manufacturers listed, or
a product by an unnamed manufacturer, that complies with requirements.
Comply with requirements in "Comparable Products" Article for consideration
of an unnamed manufacturer's product.
3. Basis -of -Design Product: Where Specifications name a product, or refer to a product
indicated on Drawings, and include a List of manufacturers, provide the specified or
indicated product or a comparable product by one of the other named manufacturers.
Drawings and Specifications indicate sizes, profiles, dimensions, and other
characteristics that are based on the product named.
a. Restricted List (List of Manufacturers): Where Specifications include
paragraphs or subparagraphs titled "Basis -of -Design Product", and include a list
of other manufacturers' names, provide the specified or indicated product or a
comparable product by one of the other named manufacturers that complies with
requirements.
Comply with requirements in "Comparable Products" Article for
consideration of an unnamed product by one of the other named
manufacturers.
Substitutions may be considered, unless otherwise indicated.
b. Non -restricted List (No List of Manufacturers): Where Specifications include
paragraphs or subparagraphs titled "Basis -of -Design Product", and do not
include a list of other manufacturers' names, provide the specified or indicated
product or a comparable product by another manufacturer that complies with
requirements. Comply with requirements in "Comparable Products" Article for
consideration of an unnamed manufacturer's product.
PHILLIPS HALL SUBSTITUTIONS AND 01 25 00-5
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADE PRODUCT OPTIONS April 21, 2016
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 25 00
Ithaca, New York SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS
C. For products specified by naming one or more products or manufacturers and stating "or
equal", the Contractor shall submit a request as for substitutions, for any product or
manufacturer not specifically named. Such substitution shall have been listed on Bid Fonn
as required in Instructions to Bidders. If not so listed, no substitution will be allowed.
D. For products specified by naming only one product and manufacturer, no option and no
substitution will be considered unless listed on the Bid Form as provided in the Instructions
to Bidders.
1.9 SUBSTITUTIONS
A. Substitutions for Cause: Submit requests for substitution immediately on discovery of need
for change, but not later than 21 days prior to time required for preparation and review of
related submittals.
B. Substitutions for Convenience: Submit requests for substitution within thirty (30) days of
contract award.
C. Submit a separate request for each substitution. Support each request with:
1. Completed "Request for Substitution" form in eBuilder. A request for substitution of
a product, material, or process for that specified in the Contract Documents must be
formally submitted as such accompanied by evidence that the proposed substitution
(1) is equal in quality and serviceability to the specified item; (2) will not entail
changes in detail and construction of Other Work; (3) will be acceptable to the
Architect and Owner's Design Consultant's in achieving design and artistic intent; and
(4) will not result in a cost and/or schedule disadvantage.
2. Complete data substantiating compliance of the proposed substitution with
requirements stated in Contract Documents:
a. Product identification, including manufacturer's name and address.
b. Manufacturer's literature; identify:
Product description.
- Reference standards.
- Performance and test data.
c. Samples, as applicable.
d. Name and address of similar projects on which product has been used, and the
date of each installation.
3. An itemized comparison of the proposed substitution with the product specified listing
any variations.
4. Data relating to any changes in the construction schedule.
5. The effect of the substitution on each separate contract of the Project.
PHILLIPS HALL SUBSTITUTIONS AND 01 25 00-6
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADE PRODUCT OPTIONS April 21, 2016
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 25 00
Ithaca, New York SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS
6. List any changes required in other work or projects.
7. Designate any required license fees or royalties.
8. Designate availability of maintenance services, and source of replacement materials.
D. Substitutions shall not result in additions to the Contract Sum.
E. Substitutions will not be considered as having been accepted when:
1. They are indicated or implied on shop drawings or product data submittals without a
formal request from the Contractor.
2. They are requested by a subcontractor or supplier.
3. The acceptance will require substantial revision of Contract Documents.
F. Substitute products shall not be ordered or installed without written acceptance of the
Owner.
G. The Owner and the Architect shall be the sole judges of the acceptability of a proposed
substitution.
1.10 COMPARABLE PRODUCTS
A. Conditions for Consideration: Contractor's request for approval of comparable product will
be considered when the following conditions are satisfied. If the following conditions are
not satisfied, Architect may reject or return requests without action, except to record
noncompliance with these requirements. Where products or manufacturers are specified by
name, submit the following, in addition to other required submittals, to obtain approval of
an unnamed product or manufacturer:
1. Evidence that the proposed product does not require revisions to the Contract
Documents that it is consistent with the Contract Documents and will produce the
indicated results, and that it is compatible with other portions of the Work.
2. Detailed comparison of significant qualities of proposed product with those named in
the Specifications. Significant qualities include attributes such as performance,
weight, size, durability, visual effect, sustainable design characteristics, warranties,
and specific features and requirements indicated. Indicate deviations, if any, from the
product specified.
3. Evidence that proposed product provides specified warranty.
4. List of similar installations for completed projects with project names and addresses
and names and addresses of architects and owners, if requested.
5. Samples, if requested.
PHILLIPS HALL SUBSTITUTIONS AND 01 25 00-7
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADE PRODUCT OPTIONS April 21, 2016
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 25 00
Ithaca, New York SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS
1.11 CONTRACTOR'S REPRESENTATION
A. In making a formal request for a substitution the Contractor represents that:
1. By submitting Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples and similar submittals, the
Contractor thereby represents that he has determined and verified all dimensions,
quantities, field dimensions, relations to existing work, coordination with work to be
installed later, coordination with information on previous Shop Drawings, Product
Data, or Samples and compliance with all the requirements of the Contract
Documents. The accuracy of all such information is the responsibility of the
Contractor.
2. The Contractor has personally investigated the proposed product and has determined
that it is equal to or superior in all respects to that specified.
3. The Contractor will provide the same warranties or bonds for the substitution as for
the product specified.
4. The Contractor will coordinate the installation of an accepted substitution into the
Work, and will make such changes as may be required for the Work to be complete in
all respects.
5. The Contractor waives all claims for additional costs related to the substitution which
may subsequently become apparent.
1.12 ARCHITECT'S DUTIES
A. Review Contractor's requests for substitutions with reasonable promptness.
B. Transmit evaluations and recommendations to the Owner, so that the Owner can notify the
Contractor of the decision for acceptance or rejection of the request for substitution.
2.0 PRODUCTS — NOT USED
3.0 EXECUTION — NOT USED
***END OF SECTION 01 25 00***
PHILLIPS HALL SUBSTITUTIONS AND 01 25 00-8
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADE PRODUCT OPTIONS April 21, 2016
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 31 19
Ithaca, New York PROJECT MEETINGS
SECTION 01 31 19 PROJECT MEETINGS
1.0 GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION
A. The Owner will schedule and administer pre -construction meeting, periodic progress
meetings, and specially called meetings throughout the progress of the work.
1. Prepare agenda for meetings.
2. Distribute written notice of each meeting four days in advance of meeting date.
3. Make physical arrangements for meetings.
4. Preside at meetings.
5. Record the minutes; include all significant proceedings and decisions.
6. Duplicate and distribute copies of minutes after each meeting.
a. To all participants in the meeting.
b. To all parties affected by decisions made at the meeting.
c. To the Architect.
B. Representatives of Contractor, subcontractors and suppliers attending the meetings shall be
qualified and authorized to act on behalf of the entity each represents.
1.2 PRE -CONSTRUCTION MEETING
A. Schedule at least fifteen (15) days after date of Notice to Proceed.
B. Location: A central site, convenient for all parties.
C. Attendance:
1. Owner's Representative(s)
2. Contractor(s)
3. Architect and its professional consultants
4. Major Subcontractors
5. Major suppliers
6. Safety Representatives for the Owner and Contractor
PHILLIPS HALL PROJECT MEETINGS
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADE
01 31 19-1
April 21, 2016
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 31 19
Ithaca, New York PROJECT MEETINGS
D. Minimum Agendum:
1. Distribution and discussion of:
a. List of major subcontractors and suppliers
b. Projected Construction Schedules
2. Critical work sequencing
a. Identification of major shut downs and approximate schedule
3. Major equipment deliveries and priorities
4. Project Coordination
a. Designation of responsible personnel
5. Procedures and processing of:
a. Field decisions
b. Proposal requests
c. Submittals
d. Change Orders
e. Applications for Payment
f. Requests for Information
g. Daily Reports
6. Adequacy of distribution of Contract Documents
7. Procedures for maintaining Record Documents
8. Use of premises:
a. Office, work and storage areas
b. Owner's requirements
c. Job site personnel conduct
d. Building access and security
9. Temporary facilities, controls and construction aids
10. Temporary utilities
PHILLIPS HALL PROJECT MEETINGS
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADE
01 31 19-2
April 21, 2016
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 31 19
Ithaca, New York PROJECT MEETINGS
11. Safety and first-aid procedures
a. Contractor's Project Site Specific Plan
12. Security procedures
13. Housekeeping procedures
14. Affirmative Action Plan and Reporting requirements
1.3 PROGRESS MEETINGS
A. Schedule regular periodic meetings on the site, not less than once every two weeks
throughout the Construction period.
B. Attendance:
1. Architect
2. Architect's professional consultants when, in the opinion of the Owner, needed
3. General Contractor, including Site Superintendent
4. Owner's Representatives
5. Commissioning Agent, as appropriate to agenda
6. Subcontractors as appropriate to the agenda
7. Suppliers as appropriate to the agenda
8. Safety Representative
C. Minimum Agenda:
1. Review, approval of minutes of previous meeting
2. Review percentage of work to be in place by next meeting by individual trades
3. Review of work progress since previous meeting
4. Field observations, problems, and conflicts
5. Problems which impede Construction Schedule
6. Review of off-site fabrication, delivery schedules
7. Corrective measures and procedures to regain projected schedule
8. Revisions to Construction Schedule
9. Planned progress and schedule, during succeeding work period
PHILLIPS HALL PROJECT MEETINGS
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADE
0131 19-3
April 21, 2016
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 31 19
Ithaca, New York PROJECT MEETINGS
10. Coordination of schedules
11. Review submittal schedules; expedite as required
12. Maintenance of quality standards
13. Building Commissioning
14. Review status of all issued proposal requests and change orders
15. Review proposed changes for:
a. Effect on Construction Schedule and on completion date
b. Effect on other contracts of the Project
16. Other business
D. All decisions, instructions, and interpretations given by the Architect/Engineer or its
representative at these meetings shall be binding and conclusive on the Contractor.
2.0 PRODUCTS — NOT USED
3.0 EXECUTION — NOT USED
****END OF SECTION 01 31 19***
PHILLIPS HALL PROJECT MEETINGS
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADE
01 31 19-4
April 21, 2016
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 0131 50
Ithaca, New York ELECTRONIC PROJECT MANAGEMENT
SECTION 0131 50 ELECTRONIC PROJECT MANAGEMENT
1.0 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Owner Provided System: The Contractor will utilize the Owner's electronic Project
Management (e -PM) system eBuilder on this project.
1. The Owner shall manage the day to day use of the Owner provided ePM system and
organize the training, support and maintenance of the ePM Website System for the
entire project team for the period of its use on the Project.
B. There are no fees to utilize this system.
1.2 RELATED SECTIONS
A. General Conditions Article 9 — Coordination and Cooperation.
B. Section 01 33 00 — Submittal Procedures
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. ePM: defined as an internet-based information and project communication system that
allows the entire project team to collaborate in a centralized and secured repository. All
project -specific correspondence, workflow processes, and documentation will be stored
and routed within the ePM system.
1.4 PROCEDURES
A. Users will be provided a username and password. The Contractor shall log into the
e -PM system to enter the Project Documentation listed in section 2.0. All
correspondence should be communicated through the e -PM system.
B. Training
1. The Owner will hold training sessions to familiarize team members with the
system, and all Contractor staff are expected to attend one of these sessions or
otherwise receive proper training on the system's use. All cost for personnel
time and travel to attend the training as needed shall be included in the
Contractor's proposal
C. The Contractor shall provide on-site his or her own personal computer(s) and personal
computer equipment that will allow the Contractor and his/her staff to access and use
the ePM Website System in a timely and efficient manner. At a minimum the
Contractor is to provide the following equipment and software:
1. Web Browser: with high-speed connection, up/down loading capability
PHILLIPS HALL ELECTRONIC PROJECT MANAGEMENT
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADE (ePM) SYSTEM
01 31 50-1
April 21, 2016
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 31 50
Ithaca, New York ELECTRONIC PROJECT MANAGEMENT
2. Color printer and plotter capable of full-size document production
3. Scanner: capable of scanning a high volume of project documents clearly and
quickly
4. Digital Camera: (1) single lens reflex (SLR) type camera
5. Portable Document Format (PDF) Reader/writer software
D. Contractor shall log on to the ePM Website System on a daily basis, and as necessary
to be kept fully appraised of the project developments, correspondence, assigned tasks
and other matters that occur on the site. These may include but are not limited to
RFI's, action items, meeting minutes, discussion threads, schedule updates, submittals,
submittal log, punch list items, daily reports, site photos and/or videos and pre -
construction surveys.
1.5 PROCESS OVERVIEW
A. The Contractor is required to timely and accurately post, review, respond, and
collaborate with other team members using the following features and/or workflow
processes within the ePM system.
B. Project Team Directory — Contractor shall provide an updated directory of contact
information for all companies, subcontractors and project team members who are
engaged on this project.
C. Request for Information (RFI): All project RFI's will be submitted using the ePM
Website System. Attachments to RFI's (which may include sketches, photographs,
documentation, and the like, will be uploaded to the ePM Website System and attached
to the RFI electronically.
D. Meeting Minutes: Contractor shall enter meeting agendas, records and minutes in the
system for all applicable meetings as designated by the Owner.
E. General Communications, memorandums and Letters (Project Correspondence): Shall
be created in or posted to the ePM Website System in PDF format electronically linked
to action items. These action items shall include names of party (ies) required to
respond, time frame within which action is to be taken and any solutions the Contractor
recommends.
F. Drawings and Specifications: The Contract Documents will be posted to the ePM
Website System as directed by the Owner. The Owner shall retain the right to assign
download rights to active CAD or model files. CAD or model files, in any format,
posted to the ePM Website System are for viewing and printing only and cannot be
edited.
G. Submittals: All submittals shall be fully electronic. Reference Section 01 33 00.
H. Submittal Schedule and Log: Contractor shall post and/or update on a daily basis.
PHILLIPS HALL ELECTRONIC PROJECT MANAGEMENT
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADE (ePM) SYSTEM
01 31 50-2
April 21, 2016
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 31 50
Ithaca, New York ELECTRONIC PROJECT MANAGEMENT
Field Reporting: The Contractor shall post and/or update on a daily basis all reports
required by other specification sections. These reports include, but are not limited to,
daily construction reports, material location reports, unusual event reports, safety and
accident reports.
J. Project Photographs: Contractor shall upload project photographs to the ePM system,
field by date and type including but not limited to:
1. General Progress Photographs
2. RFI Issues
3. Non-Confonning Work
4. Special Events
5. As required by individual Specification Sections
K. Project Schedule: The contractor shall post, distribute, review, and/or respond to the
project schedule, monthly updates, and any other schedule submittals onto the ePM in
both native and PDF formats.
L. Permits & Approvals: Contractor shall upload and maintain current copies of all
permits and agency approvals that relate to the project.
M. Issue Tracking: Contractor to log and respond to issues that are related and affect other
stakeholders within the project team.
N. Quality Assurance: The Owner and/or Architect will issue reports on conforming items
in the ePM system. The Contractor is required to review and respond with corrective
actions in the system.
O. Change Management — Cost Events and Change Orders will be managed by the e -PM
system and the Contractor shall be responsible for reporting potential changes and
logging Requests for Change Orders in the system. The Contractor shall also upload
and manage all documentation supporting Requested Change Orders.
P. Pay Applications Requests (Invoices) — The Contractor shall create and submit invoices
for review by the Owner. Once the invoices are agreed to by the Owner then the
invoices should be submitted electronically per the instructions for the ePM system.
Budget and Cost Management — Contractor to provide estimates and work breakdown
structure (WBS) to provide Owner with accurate budget/cost analysis.
Q.
PHILLIPS HALL ELECTRONIC PROJECT MANAGEMENT
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADE (ePM) SYSTEM
01 31 50-3
April 21, 2016
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 31 50
Ithaca, New York ELECTRONIC PROJECT MANAGEMENT
1.6 ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
A. The Owner may change the standards for distribution and process prescribed above as
required to suit the project.
B. The Owner shall retain ownership of all data entered into either system and shall
administrate and distribute all information contained therein.
2.0 PRODUCTS — NOT USED
3.0 EXECUTION — NOT USED
****END OF SECTION 01 31 50***
PHILLIPS HALL ELECTRONIC PROJECT MANAGEMENT
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADE (ePM) SYSTEM
01 31 50-4
April 21, 2016
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 32 16
Ithaca, New York CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE
SECTION 0132 16 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE
1.0 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. The Contractor shall, within fourteen (14) calendar days of Notice to Proceed, prepare
and submit to the Owner estimated construction progress schedules for the entire Work,
with sub -schedules of related activities which are essential to the progress of the Work.
B. Conferences will be held with the Architect, Owner and Contractor at the start of the
project to agree mutually on a progress schedule which must be diligently followed.
C. Submit revised progress schedules periodically and when requested to do so by Owner.
D. Submit to Owner and Architect a cash flow projection in accordance with Schedule of
Values.
E. Submit electronic versions of all schedules, including updates, as well as all back-up to
the submitted schedules.
1.2 FORM OF SCHEDULES
A. Prepare Network Analysis system, or prepare schedules in the form of a horizontal bar
chart.
1. Provide separate horizontal bar for each trade or operation.
2. Horizontal time scale: Identify the first work day of each week.
3. Scale and spacing: To allow space for notations and future revisions.
B. Format of listings: The chronological order of the start of each item of work.
C. Identification of listings: By specification section numbers.
1.3 CONTENT OF SCHEDULES
A. Construction Progress Schedule:
1. Show the complete sequence of construction by activity.
2. Show the dates for the beginning, and completion of, each major element of
construction. Specifically list:
a. Site clearing
b. Site utilities
PHILLIPS HALL CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADE
01 32 16-1
April 21, 2016
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 32 16
Ithaca, New York CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE
c. Foundation work
d. Structural framing
e. Subcontractor work
f. Equipment installations
g. Finishes
h. Pre -Installation meetings
3. Show projected percentages of completion for each item, as of the first day of
each month.
4. Show estimated dates for the beginning and completion of work which must be
completed by or coordinated with the Owner such as hazardous materials
abatement, moving, training and other such items as they are identified.
B. Submittals Schedule for Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples: Confer with the
Architect and agree on all elements of the Submittals Schedule. The schedule will be
based on the understanding that minimum turn -around time in the Architect's office is
ten (10) working days. Some submittals or groups of submittals may take longer to
review. Submittals which do not confolln to the agreed schedule may be subject to
delays in processing. Show:
1. The dates for Contractor's submittals.
2. The dates reviewed submittals will be required from the Architect.
3. Confirmed lead time for manufacturing, production, fabrication and shipment to
the project site of all materials which have an impact on the critical path of the
Project's construction schedule.
1.4 PROGRESS REVISIONS
A. Indicate progress of each activity to date of submission.
B. Show changes occurring since previous submission of schedule:
1. Major changes in scope
2. Activities modified since previous submission
3. Revised projections of progress and completion
4. Other identifiable changes
C. Provide a narrative report as needed to define:
1. Problem areas, anticipated delays, and the impact on the schedule.
2. Corrective action recommended, and its effect.
PHILLIPS HALL CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADE
01 32 16-2
April 21, 2016
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 32 16
Ithaca, New York CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE
3. The effect of changes on schedules of other prime contractors.
1.5 SUBMISSIONS
A. Submit initial Construction Progress Schedules within fifteen (15) calendar days after
award of Contract.
1. Owner will review schedules and return review copy within ten (10) days after
receipt.
2. If required, resubmit within seven (7) days after return of review copy.
B. Submit progress revision schedules to accompany each application for payment.
C. Submit Submittals Schedule within thirty (30) calendar days after date of
commencement of work.
D. Submit one reproducible transparency and one opaque reproduction.
2.0 PRODUCTS - NOT USED
3.0 EXECUTION
3.1 DISTRIBUTION
A. Distribute copies of the reviewed schedules to:
1. Owner Job Site personnel
2. Subcontractors
3. Other concerned parties
B. Instruct recipients to report to the Contractor, in writing, any problems anticipated by
the projections of the schedule.
***END OF SECTION 0132 16***
PHILLIPS HALL CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADE
01 32 16-3
April 21, 2016
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 32 33
Ithaca, New York PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION
SECTION 0132 33 PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION
1.0 GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION
A. The Contractor shall provide existing condition photographs taken before commencement
of Work, progress photographs taken periodically during progress of the Work, and final
photographs upon completion and full occupancy of the building.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Progress Submittals
1. Key Plan: Submit key plan of Project area and building with notation of vantage
points marked for location and direction of each photograph.
2. Submit digital photograph electronic files, organizationally filed by week.
3. Submit image files within five (5) days of taking photographs.
4. Each photograph shall be identified with project title, date, and a description of the
view.
B. Closeout Submittals
1. Record Photograph Submittal Fonnat: Compile all photographs taken throughout the
work and submit in CD format. Submit one CD to Architect and one CD to Owner.
2.0 PRODUCTS — NOT USED
3.0 EXECUTION
3.1 EXISTING CONDITION PHOTOGRAPHS
A. Before commencement of selective demolition, take photographs of Project area and
surrounding areas, including existing items to remain during construction.
PHILLIPS HALL PHOTOGRAPHIC 01 32 33-1
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADE DOCUMENTATION April 21, 2016
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 32 33
Ithaca, New York PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION
3.2 PROGRESS PHOTOGRAPHS
A. Photographs shall be taken weekly in a mamier which completely documents the work.
B. The photographs shall be submitted to the Owner at the end of the first week for review.
C. Provide photographs of any wall, ceiling or floor assembly containing MEP, A/V or any
infrastructure that will thereafter become concealed -prior to closure. Note location on Key
Plan.
3.3 FINAL COMPLETION PHOTOGRAPHS
A. Photographs shall be taken in a manner which completely documents the completed work,
for submission as project record documents.
***END OF SECTION 01 32 33***
PHILLIPS HALL PHOTOGRAPHIC 01 32 33-2
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADE DOCUMENTATION April 21, 2016
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 33 00
Ithaca, New York SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
SECTION 0133 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
1.0 GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION
A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for submittals, including the
following:
1. Shop Drawings
2. LEED Submittals
3. Product Data
4. Samples
5. Quality Assurance and Quality Control Submittals
6. Coordination Drawings
7. Certification of Asbestos free products
B. Designate in the construction schedule, and/or in a separate Submittals Schedule, the dates
for submission and the dates reviewed Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples will be
needed.
C. With the exception of physical samples and color charts, or as otherwise approved by the
Owner, all submittals shall be electronic images in PDF format created electronically
(saved with commenting allowed) which shall be submitted for review and approval via the
electronic project management web site. PDFs shall be created directly from the native file
format electronically. Scanning of paper to PDF shall be used minimally. Any non-
electronic submittals shall be approved on a case by case basis and logged into the
electronic management system as directed by a Cornell representative.
1.2 SUBMITTAL REGISTRY AND SCHEDULE
A. The submittal registry and schedule shall list all submittals required by the specifications,
listed in order by the specification section in which they are required. Coordinate the
Submittal Schedule with the Contractor's Critical Path Method Construction Schedule and
other related documents. The Submittal Schedule shall include the following information:
1. Title
2. Related specification section and paragraph numbers
3. Subsection
PHILLIPS HALL SUBMITTAL PROCEDURE
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADE
0133 00-1
April 21, 2016
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 33 00
Ithaca, New York SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
4. Category of Submittal (Certification, Mock -Up, Operations/Maintenance Manual,
Product Data, Sample, Shop Drawing, Test Report, As Built, etc.)
5. Submittal Description including description of the part of the Work covered by the
submittal
6. Name of Subcontractor, if applicable
7. Corresponding activity or event number on the Contractor's Construction Schedule
8. Date due from Subcontractor
9. Date due to be submitted for review
10. Date due for submittal review to be completed
11. Date for transmittal to Subcontractor
12. Date for material or product delivery to project
13. Priority. Low, normal or high
14. Schedule dates for resubmittal of disapproved submittals
B. Schedule a resubmittal for each major submittal. Except where specified otherwise in the
contract documents, provide review times for submittals in accordance with Submittal
Procedures and Architect's Duties below.
C. Distribution: Initially submit the Submittal Schedule to the Owner for review via the
electronic Project Management system. A submittal schedule compliant with the
requirements of this section showing all submittals for the preliminary schedule submission
duration shall be submitted with the Contractor's preliminary schedule submittal described
in Section 01 32 16. The schedule shall also enumerate all submittals to be processed after
the initial preliminary schedule submission duration period, although the date for these
submittals does not have to be indicated. A final baseline submittal schedule showing all
submittals for the entire project shall be included in the baseline schedule submittal
described in section 01 32 16.
D. Updating: The Submittal Schedule shall be kept up-to-date by the Contractor until all
submittals are approved. Failure to provide the requested information, or delay in
submitting required submittals may result in the payment request being returned to the
Contractor until the required schedule or submittals are received.
1.3 SHOP DRAWINGS
A. Drawings shall be newly prepared information drawn accurately to scale by skilled
draftsmen and presented in a clear and thorough manner.
1. Highlight, encircle, or otherwise indicate deviations from Contract Documents.
2. Do not reproduce Contract Documents or copy standard information as basis of Shop
Drawings.
PHILLIPS HALL SUBMITTAL PROCEDURE
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADE
01 33 00-2
April 21, 2016
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 33 00
Ithaca, New York SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
3. Standard information prepared without specific reference to Project is not Shop
Drawing.
B. Shop Drawings include fabrication and installation Drawings, setting diagrams, schedules,
patterns, templates and similar Drawings. Include the following information:
1. Dimensions.
2. Identification of products and materials included by sheet and detail number.
3. Compliance with specified standards.
4. Notation of coordination requirements.
5. Notation of dimensions established by field measurements.
6. Submittal:
a. For electronic transmittal, submittals shall be distributed electronically via the
electronic project management system and will be reviewed and returned
electronically marked with action taken.
b. Maintain returned document as a "Record Document".
1.4 PRODUCT DATA
A. Product Data includes brochures, diagrams, standard schedules, performance charts, and
instructions that illustrate physical size, appearance and other characteristics of materials
and equipment. All submittals shall identify all products as being asbestos free, see Section
01 35 29.
B. Collect Product Data into a single submittal for each element of construction or system.
1. Clearly mark each copy to show applicable choices and options. Failure to do so with
result in rejection of the submission.
2. Show perfoinnance characteristics and capacities.
3. Show dimensions and clearances required.
4. Show wiring or piping diagrams and controls.
5. Where Product Data includes information on products that are not required, eliminate
or mark through information that does not apply.
6. Supplement standard information to provide information specifically applicable to the
Work.
7. Preliminary Submittal: Submit single copy of Product Data where selection of
options by Architect is required.
PHILLIPS HALL SUBMITTAL PROCEDURE
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADE
0133 00-3
April 21, 2016
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 0133 00
Ithaca, New York SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
8. Submittals:
a. For electronic transmittal, submittals shall be distributed electronically via the
electronic project management system and will be reviewed and returned
electronically marked with action taken.
b. Maintain one (1) copy as a "Record Document".
1.5 SAMPLES
A. Samples include partial sections of manufactured or fabricated components, cuts or
containers of materials, color range sets, and swatches showing color, texture, and pattern.
B. Office samples shall be of sufficient size and quantity to clearly illustrate:
1. Functional characteristics of the product, with integrally related parts and attachment
devices.
2. Full range of color, texture and pattern.
C. Field samples and mock-ups:
1. Contractor shall erect, at the Project site, at a location acceptable to the Architect.
2. Size or area: that specified in the respective specification section.
3. Fabricate each sample and mock-up complete and finished.
4. Remove mock-ups when directed by the Architect.
5. Perform necessary work to bring any area disturbed by mock-ups to the areas original
condition.
D. Submit fully fabricated Samples cured and finished as specified and physically identical
with material or product proposed.
1. Mount or display Samples in manner to facilitate review of qualities indicated.
2. Identify Samples with generic description, product name, and name of manufacturer.
3. Submit Samples for review and verification of size, kind, color, pattern, and texture.
4. Where variation in color, pattern, texture, or similar characteristics is inherent in
material or product represented, submit at least three (3) multiple units that show
approximate limits of variations.
5. Preliminary Submittals: Submit one (1) full set of choices where Samples are
submitted for Architect's selection of color, pattern, texture, or similar characteristics
from a range of standard choices.
PHILLIPS HALL SUBMITTAL PROCEDURE
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADE
01 33 00-4
April 21, 2016
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 33 00
Ithaca, New York SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
6. Submittals:
a. Submit four (4) sets for Architect's review. Architect will return at least one (1)
set marked with action taken. Maintain sets of Samples, as returned, at Project
Site, for quality comparisons throughout course of construction. Additionally,
for electronic transmittal, photograph sample and its label and attached to the
submittal item electronically via the electronic project management.
1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE AND QUALITY CONTROL SUBMITTALS
A. Quality assurance and quality control submittals include design data, test reports,
certifications, manufacturer's instructions, and manufacturer's field reports.
B. Professional design services or certifications: Where Contract Documents require
professional design services or certifications by a design professional, Contractor shall
cause such services or certifications to be provided by a qualified design professional,
whose registration seal shall appear on drawings, calculations, specifications, certifications,
Shop Drawings, and other submittals prepared by such professional. Architect shall be
entitled to rely upon adequacy, accuracy, and completeness of services, certifications, or
approvals performed by such design professionals.
C. Inspection and Test Reports: Requirements for submittal of inspection and test reports from
independent testing agencies as specified in the Contract Documents.
D. Manufacturer's instruction: Preprinted instructions concerning proper application or
installation of system or product.
E. Manufacturer's field reports: Reports documenting testing and verification by
manufacturer's field representative to verify compliance with manufacturer's standards or
instructions.
F. Submittals:
1. For electronic transmittal, submittals shall be distributed electronically via the
electronic project management system and will be reviewed and returned
electronically marked with action taken.
2. Maintain one (1) additional copy as "Record Document".
PHILLIPS HALL SUBMITTAL PROCEDURE
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADE
01 33 00-5
April 21, 2016
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 33 00
Ithaca, New York SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
1.7 COORDINATION DRAWINGS
A. The Contractor shall coordinate and manage the preparation and submittal of coordinated
layouts of the mechanical, electrical and fire protection systems and equipment for all areas;
drawn at a scale not less than 1/4" per foot showing on both plan and elevation including
but not limited to all equipment, ducts, pipe sleeves, piping including plumbing and,
sprinkler system, lighting, special supports and other items contained within the space.
Show mechanical and electrical services as well as architectural and structural features
drawn to scale. Provide electronic record of each coordination drawing submitted in TIFF
and PDF formats to the Owner. Provide coordination drawings for all corridors,
laboratories, offices, mechanical rooms, boiler room, shafts, tunnels, and all congested
areas. Copies of coordination drawings shall be distributed to all trades to assure a
complete, coordinated installation of work within the space available.
B. Submittal and review of coordination drawings will be required thirty (30) days prior to
commencement of fabrication and/or installation of any work item.
C. Prepare and submit coordinated layouts of the mechanical and electrical systems and
equipment for all areas; drawn at a scale not less than 3/8 inch =1 foot (1:32) showing on
both plan and elevation including but not limited to all equipment, ducts, pipe sleeves,
piping including plumbing and, sprinkler system, lighting, special supports and other items
contained within the space. Show mechanical and electrical services as well as architectural
and structural features drawn to scale. Provide copies of each coordination drawing
submitted. Provide coordination drawings for all spaces, including but not limited to,
corridors, laboratories, offices, mechanical rooms, boiler room, shafts, tunnels, and other
areas. Copies of coordination drawings shall be distributed to all trades to assure a
complete, coordinated installation of work within the space available.
1. Show architectural, structural and other adjacent work requiring coordination with
services. Show items, including but not limited to, access doors, ceiling grids, ceiling
construction, structural decks and framing, fixtures, devices, and other adjacent work
coordinated with services and architectural layouts shown on Drawings.
2. Prepare plans, sections, elevations, and details as needed to describe relationship of
various systems and components. Supplement plan drawings with section drawings
where required to adequately represent the Work.
3. Include room names and numbers of each space.
4. Coordinate the addition of trade -specific information to the coordination drawings by
multiple entities in a sequence that best provides for coordination of the information
and resolution of conflicts between installed components before submitting for
review.
5. Contract drawings are diagrammatic. Exact location of receptacles, light fixtures,
exit signs, fire alarm devices, and other devices shall be coordinated with the
Architectural Drawings and shall not be scaled from locations indicated on the
Mechanical and Electrical Drawings. Coordinate modifications in layout as
necessary to complete the Work in accordance with the design intent.
PHILLIPS HALL SUBMITTAL PROCEDURE
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADE
01 33 00-6
April 21, 2016
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 33 00
Ithaca, New York SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
6. Coordinate modifications in layout and components necessary to ensure maintenance
accessibility and prevent conflict between each portion of the Work.
7. Maintain maximum headroom at all locations. Unless indicated otherwise, all
mechanical and electrical systems and associated components are to be installed as
tight to underside of structure as possible.
8. Indicate functional and spatial relationships of components of architectural,
structural, mechanical, plumbing, fire protection, electrical systems, communications
systems, security systems, and other portions of the Work. Drawings shall indicate
dimensions, to avoid interference with existing conditions, structural frame, ceilings,
partitions, services, and other portions of the Work. Where conflicts occur with
placement of materials of various portions of the Work, Contractor shall be
responsible to resolve conflicts and coordinate the available space to acconunodate
each portion of the Work. Adjustments resulting from coordination shall be initialed
and dated by the entity(s) affected by the adjustments.
9. Indicate space requirements for routine maintenance and for anticipated replacement
of components during the life of the installation.
10. Show location and size of access doors and access panels required for access to
concealed dampers, valves, and other controls.
11. Indicate required installation sequences.
12. Indicate dimensions, elevations, and alignments shown on the Drawings.
Specifically note dimensions, elevations, and alignments that appear to be in conflict
with submitted equipment and minimum clearance requirements and notify Architect.
Provide alternate sketches to Architect indicating proposed resolution of such
conflicts. Minor dimension changes and difficult installations will not be considered
changes to the Contract.
13. Indicate suspended ceiling heights and show locations of visible ceiling -mounted
devices relative to acoustical ceiling grid.
14. Indicate locations of fire -rated partitions, smoke partitions, and other required
barriers.
15. Plenum Space: Indicate sub -framing for support of ceiling and wall systems,
mechanical and electrical equipment, toilet partitions, overhead -mounted equipment,
and related Work. Locate components within ceiling plenum to accommodate layout
of light fixtures indicated on Drawings. Indicate areas of conflict between light
fixtures and other components and notify Architect.
16. Exposed Ceiling Construction: In addition to other indicated information, show
fully -dimensioned locations of all items exposed at ceiling space. Indicate alignment
requirements and centerline locations of light fixtures, ducts, piping, conduit, and
other services. Show dashed outline locations of laboratory casework, shelving, and
other items that extend 7 feet or more above the floor.
PHILLIPS HALL SUBMITTAL PROCEDURE
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADE
01 33 00-7
April 21, 2016
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 0133 00
Ithaca, New York SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
17. Mechanical and Electrical Rooms: Provide coordination drawings for mechanical
and electrical rooms showing plans and elevations of mechanical, plumbing, fire -
protection, fire -alarm, and electrical equipment. Indicate paths of egress from rooms.
Indicate paths for equipment removal from rooms. Indicate clear areas required for
access and maintenance.
18. Structural Penetrations: Indicate scheduled and requested penetrations and openings
required for all disciplines. Request un -scheduled penetrations and openings where
Contractor has reviewed, analyzed, and coordinated all possible routing options and
structural penetrations are only feasible option to accommodate indicated ceiling
heights. Refer to the drawings for general guidelines and request confirmation by
Architect for structural penetrations.
19. Mechanical and Plumbing Work: Show dimensioned locations, sizes and bottom
elevations of ductwork, piping, and conduit runs, including insulation, bracing,
flanges, accessories, and support systems. Show locations of major components,
such as dampers, valves, diffusers, access doors, cleanouts and electrical distribution
equipment.
20. Electrical Work: Show electrical distribution, systems, equipment, and runs of
vertical and horizontal conduit 1-1/4 inches (32 mm) in diameter and larger. Show
light fixture, exit light, emergency battery pack, smoke detector, fire alarm, and other
device locations. Show panel board, switch board, switchgear, transformer, bus way,
generator, and motor control center locations. Show location of pull boxes and
junction boxes, dimensioned from column center lines. Show lighting control
systems. Show cable tray layouts including vertical and horizontal offsets and
transitions, clearances for access above and to side of cable trays, and vertical
elevation of cable trays above the floor or bottom of ceiling structure.
21. Fire Suppression System: Show locations of standpipes, mains piping, branch lines,
pipe drops, and sprinkler heads.
22. Refer to individual Sections for additional Coordination Drawing requirements for
Work in those Sections.
23. Contractor Sign -Off: Contractor and each entity performing portions of the Work
shall sign and date coordination drawings.
24. Review: Architect will review coordination drawings to confirm that the Work is
being coordinated, but not for the details of the coordination, which are Contractor's
responsibility. If Architect determines that coordination drawings are not being
prepared in sufficient scope or detail, or are otherwise deficient, Architect will so
inform Contractor, who shall make changes as directed and resubmit. Review of
coordination drawings shall not reduce Contractor's responsibility for final
coordination of installation and maintenance clearances of systems and equipment
with existing conditions and each portion of the Work.
D. Submittal and review of coordination drawings will be required before work can start in any
given area of the building.
PHILLIPS HALL SUBMITTAL PROCEDURE
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADE
0133 00-8
April 21, 2016
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 0133 00
Ithaca, New York SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
1.8 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES
A. Review submittals for compliance with Contract Documents and approve submittals prior to
transmitting to the Architect.
B. Specifically record deviations from Contract Document requirements, including minor
variations and limitation. Comply with requirements of Section 01 25 00 Substitutions and
Product Options.
C. Contractor's approval of submittals shall indicate that the Contractor has determined and
verified materials, field measurements and field construction criteria, and has checked and
coordinated information within each submittal with requirement of the Work and Contact
Documents. Field conflicts which arise from the contractor's failure to fully review and
approve submittals before ordering equipment, will result in the contractor being burdened
with all costs to remediate the situation.
D. Contractor shall be responsible for:
1. Compliance with the Contract Documents
2. Confirming and correlating quantities and dimensions
3. Selecting fabrication processes and techniques of construction.
4. Coordination of the work represented by each submittal with other trades.
5. Performing the work in a safe and satisfactory manner.
6. Compliance with the approved Construction Schedule.
7. All other provisions of the agreements.
E. It is understood that the Architect's notation on the submittals is not to be construed as an
authorization for additional work or additional cost.
F. If any notations represent a change to the Contract Sum, submit a cost proposal for the
change in accordance with procedures specified before proceeding with the work.
G. It is understood that the Architect's notation on the submittal is not to be construed as
approval of colors. Make all color -related submittals at one time.
H. Notify the Architect by letter of any notations made by the Architect which the Contractor
finds unacceptable. Resolve such issues prior to proceeding with the Work.
I. Begin no fabrication of work until all specified submittal procedures have been fulfilled.
J. Do not submit shop drawings, product data or samples representing work for which such
submittals are not specified. The Architect shall not be responsible for consequences of
inadvertent review of unspecified submittals.
K. The review of shop drawings shall not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility for proper
construction and the furnishing of materials and labor required even though the same may
not be indicated on the review shop drawings.
PHILLIPS HALL SUBMITTAL PROCEDURE
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADE
01 33 00-9
April 21, 2016
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 33 00
Ithaca, New York
L. Certify that only asbestos
Section 01 35 39
1.9 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
A.
Coordination
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
free material is used in the execution of all work. Reference
1. Coordinate submittals with perfor nance of construction activities in accordance with
the Submittal Schedule approved by the Architect and Owner.
2. Coordinate each submittal with fabrication, purchasing, testing, delivery, other
submittals and related activities that require sequential activity.
3. Prepare and transmit each submittal in accordance with the Submittals Schedule,
agreed to by all entities involved.
4. Prepare, review, approve and transmit each submittal sufficiently in advance of
performance of related construction activities to avoid delay.
5. Architect's Review: Allow ten (10) working days for Architect's initial processing of
each submittal requiring the Architect's review and response, except for longer
periods required as noted below, and where processing must be delayed for
coordination with subsequent submittals. The Architect will advise the Contractor
promptly when it is determined that a submittal being processed must be delayed for
coordination. Allow ten (10) working days for Architect's reprocessing of each
submittal. Notify the Architect when processing time for a submittal is critical to the
progress of the work, and the work would be expedited if its processing time could be
shortened.
An additional five (5) working days will be required for items specified in Divisions
2, 3, 5, 23 and 26, and for Architectural Woodwork, Hollow Metal Work and
Hardware Schedules.
6. Allow time for delivery in addition to review.
7. Allow time for reprocessing each submittal.
8. No extension of Contract Time will be authorized because of failure to prepare
submittals sufficiently in advance of Work to permit processing.
9. Submittals made which do not conform to the schedule are subject to delays in
processing by the Architect.
10. Refer to Section 01 32 16 Construction Schedules for requirements of the Submittals
Schedule.
11. Failure of the Contractor to obtain approval of Shop Drawings shall render all work
thereafter performed to be at Contractor's sole risk, cost and expense.
B. Submittal Preparation
1. Place permanent label or title block on each submittal for identification.
PHILLIPS HALL SUBMITTAL PROCEDURE
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADE
01 33 00-10
April 21, 2016
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 33 00
Ithaca, New York SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
2. Indicate naive of entity that prepared each submittal on label or title block.
3. Provide space on label or beside title block on Shop Drawings to record Contractor's
stamp, initialed or signed, certifying to review of submittal, action taken, verification
of products, field measurements and field construction criteria, and coordination of the
information within the submittal with requirements of the Work and of Contract
Documents.
4. Complete all fields on submittal item details in ePM system including meaningful
description.
5. Include the following information on submittal documentation:
a. Drawing, detail or specification references, including section number, as
appropriate to clearly identify intended use of product.
b. Field dimensions, clearly identified as such.
c. Relation to adjacent or critical features of the work or materials.
d. Applicable standards, such as ASTM or Federal Specification numbers.
e. Provide a blank space for the Architect's stamps
f. On transmittal, record relevant information including deviations from Contract
Document requirements, including minor variations and limitations.
6. Identification of revisions on re -submittals, other than those noted by the Architect on
previous submittals.
7. Shop drawings with the comment "by others" are not acceptable. All such work must
specifically identify the related responsible subcontractor.
C. Submittal Transmittal:
1. Transmit submittals via the electronic project management system to Architect unless
otherwise noted or directed.
2. Prepare and generate transmittal in ePM system for submission of samples. Package
sample and other each submittal appropriately for transmittal and handling.
1.10 RECORD SUBMITTALS
A. Provide a record copy of the submittal to the Commissioning Agent in electronic format.
Record copy shall be a clean copy (free of notes from the design professional) which has
been updated to reflect the "as -installed" system. Provide document in PDF format.
B. Record copy of the submittal must be forwarded to the Commissioning Agent within
fourteen (14) calendar days of the final approved submittal.
C. Provide a record copy of the submittal (hard and electronic format) for the O&M Manual.
PHILLIPS HALL SUBMITTAL PROCEDURE
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADE
01 33 00-11
April 21, 2016
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 33 00
Ithaca, New York SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
1.11 RESUBMISSION REQUIREMENTS
A. Make any corrections or changes noted on previous submittals.
B. Shop Drawings and Product Data:
1. Revise initial drawings or data, and resubmit as specified for the initial submittal.
2. Indicate any changes which have been made other than those noted by the Architect.
C. Samples: Submit new samples as required for initial submittal.
1.12 ARCHITECT'S DUTIES
A. Review submittals with reasonable promptness as identified in 1.8, paragraph 5 of this
Section.
B. Notations on the Submittal Review Stamp or eBuilder file mean the following:
1. "Approved (APP)" indicates that no deviations from the design concept have been
found and Work may proceed.
2. "Approved as Noted (AAN)" indicates that deviations from the design concept which
have been found are noted, and the Contractor may proceed accordingly.
3. "Revise and Resubmit (RAR)" indicates that Work covered by submittal, including
purchasing, fabrication, delivery, or other activity may not proceed. Revise or prepare
new submittal according to Architect's notations; resubmit without delay. Repeat if
necessary to obtain different action mark.
4. "Rejected (REJ)" indicates that Work covered by submittal, including purchasing,
fabrication, delivery, or other activity may not proceed. Revise or prepare new
submittal according to Architect's notations; resubmit without delay. Repeat if
necessary to obtain different action mark.
5. "On Hold (ONH)" is used in a very limited capacity and means that the Contractor
should not take action until the reason for hold has been cleared and may be required
to revise and resubmit.
6. "Not Reviewed (NRV)" is used for submittals that were submitted in error,
duplicate, or other reason that does not require review by the Architect but
need to be closed by the Contractor upon return to them
7. "For Record Only (FRO)": Submittals for information or record purposes, including
Quality Assurance and Quality Control Submittals, and Material Safety Data Sheets
(MSDS), will not require responsive action by the Architect.
a. Architect will forward informational submittals without action.
b. Architect will reject and return informational submittals not in compliance with
Contract Documents.
PHILLIPS HALL SUBMITTAL PROCEDURE
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADE
01 33 00-12
April 21, 2016
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 33 00
Ithaca, New York SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
C. Incomplete Submittals: Architect will return incomplete submittals without action.
D. Unsolicited Submittals: Architect will return unsolicited submittals to sender without
action.
E. Return submittals to Contractor for distribution, or for resubmission.
1.13 DISTRIBUTION
A. Distribute reviewed Shop Drawings and copies of Product Data when possible via the
electronic project management system to:
1. Job site file
2. Record Documents file
3. Subcontractors
4. Installers
5. Suppliers
6. Manufacturers
7. Fabricators
8. Architect
9. Owner
B. Do not permit use of unmarked copies or rejected copies of submittals in connection with
construction at Project Site or elsewhere where Work is in progress.
2.0 PRODUCTS — NOT USED
3.0 EXECUTION — NOT USED
***END OF SECTION 01 33 00***
PHILLIPS HALL SUBMITTAL PROCEDURE
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADE
01 33 00-13
April 21, 2016
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 35 29
Ithaca, New York GENERAL HEALTH & SAFETY
SECTION 01 35 29 GENERAL HEALTH & SAFETY
1.0 GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION
A. This Section provides requirements for general health and safety during the project. The
requirements of this Section shall apply to both Contractor and all tiers of sub -contractors
involved in the project.
B. In addition to the requirements of this Section, all laws and regulations by applicable local,
state, and federal agencies shall apply to the work of this contract. In some cases the
requirements of these Specifications may by intention exceed such legal requirements, but
in no case shall this Specification be interpreted or understood to reduce or eliminate such
requirements.
1.2 CONTRACTOR'S PROJECT SITE SPECIFIC PLAN
A. Contractors are required to submit a Project Site Specific Plan (PSSP) for review by Cornell
University representatives before commencement of work on the site. The PSSP should
address site specific information, controls and or requirements as it relates to the entire
scope of work for the project. All contractors shall use the Project Site Specific Plan
Template below to develop their Project's PSSP.
1. Within the PSSP Template are example(s) to use as reference. The provided examples
demonstrate Cornell University's expectations for providing detailed site specific
information, controls and requirements.
2. Project Site Specific Plan's that inadequately address site specific operations will be
returned with comments for resubmission. Failure to submit a PSSP may result in
delay of project and/or denial of the payment.
3. All projects must have the PSSP submitted via e -Builder for review and comment.
B. PSSP submittal should be submitted a minimum of ten (10) days prior to the
commencement of work on site. The Contractor may opt to submit their PSSP in phases.
The Contractor must submit a phase submission plan using the PSSP Submission table
included in the PSSP template for approval by Owner's Representative with initial
submission. Submit remaining phases no later than ten (10) days prior to the start of a new,
predetermined project phase or milestone.
1. Projects having less than a ten (10) day turn -around shall coordinate their submittal
with the Owner's Representative, who should coordinate with Occupational Health,
Safety and Injury Prevention (OHSIP), the University Fire Marshall's Office and
Contract College's Codes Enforcement Official, if applicable.
PHILLIPS HALL GENERAL HEALTH & SAFETY
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADE
01 35 29-1
April 21, 2016
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 35 29
Ithaca, New York GENERAL HEALTH & SAFETY
C. The Contractor is responsible for its employees and its subcontractors. Subcontractors are
required to submit their PSSP to the General Contractor. The General Contractor is
responsible to ensure all subcontractor(s) PSSP's are adequate per their scope of work.
D. The General Contractor is required to ensure their project's PSSP is accurately maintained
throughout the duration of the contract. Resubmission is required for any new scope
elements not previously addressed by the Contractor's original PSSP.
E. Definitions:
1. Project Site Specific Plan (PSSP): A structured document that details the scope of the
contract work and related site specific controls, requirements and information for
University and Contractor personnel. This document is not intended to be all
inclusive of all applicable local, state and federal laws and regulations for which the
General Contractor and its Subcontractor(s) are expected to comply.
2. Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ):
• The organization, office or individual responsible for approving equipment, an
installation or a procedure (NYS Fire Code).
• The local government, county government or state agency responsible for the
administration and enforcement of an applicable regulation or law (NYS
Building Code -§202.2).
3. Occupational Health, Safety and Injury Prevention (OHSIP): A division of Cornell
University's Environmental Safety and Health Department. The OHSIP division can
be contacted at (607)-255-8200, or by email at askEHS@cornell.edu
4. SME: The University's subject matter expert.
1.3 ASBESTOS
A. All products provided for use in construction at Cornell University are to be free of
asbestos. At Substantial Completion, prior to beneficial service, the Contractor shall provide
a signed certification form "Exhibit AC" stating that all Contractor supplied & installed
products are 100% asbestos free. The Contractor has to attach applicable Safety Data
Sheets/ Material Safety Data Sheets for each product documenting a 100% asbestos free
status. The University may provide random testing of products for asbestos content. Any
Contractor installed product found to contain asbestos shall be classified as defective work.
Defective work shall be corrected by the Contractor as specified in the General Conditions.
B. Attached for the Contractor's information are asbestos reports which represent samples
taken within the building. Additional surveying for asbestos is not possible at this time as
potential suspect materials are currently energized. In the event suspect asbestos containing
material (ACM) are encountered, the Contractor shall immediately notify the Owner to
allow the Owner's consultant to test materials prior to removal. The Contractor shall
assume such materials are asbestos containing.
C. Removal and disposal of asbestos containing material shall be performed by the Owner
under separate contract, if required.
PHILLIPS HALL GENERAL HEALTH & SAFETY
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADE
01 35 29-2
April 21, 2016
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 35 29
Ithaca, New York GENERAL HEALTH & SAFETY
1.4 LEAD
A. Building may contain lead based paint. The Contractor shall protect workers in accordance
with OSHA regulations. The Contractor selects the means and/or methods to address the
presence of lead based paint, and must concurrently protect its workers based on the
Contractor's means and/or methods. Lead was a common ingredient in paint until 1978.
Phillips Hall was constructed in 1955. The Contractor is required to submit a lead plan that
is site specific, indicating that the protective measures the Contractor proposes meet the
OSHA standard 1926.62 "Lead in Construction Standards". This site specific plan should
address the particular methods the Contractor intends to protect its workers, the building
occupants and the building structure based on its selection of addressing the presence of
lead based paint.
1.5 SITE VISITS
A. The undertaking of periodic Site Visits by Architects, Engineers or the Owner shall not be
construed as supervision of actual construction, or make them responsible for the safety of
any persons; or make them responsible for means, methods, techniques, sequences or
procedures of construction selected by the Contractor or its Subcontractors; or make them
responsible for safety programs and precautions incident to the Work, or for the safe access,
visit, use, Work, travel or occupancy of any person.
1.6 CONFINED SPACE
A. The Contractor shall be responsible for the identification of confined space in accordance
with OSHA requirements.
2.0 PRODUCTS — NOT USED
3.0 EXECUTION — NOT USED
***END OF SECTION 01 35 29***
PHILLIPS HALL GENERAL HEALTH & SAFETY
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADE
01 35 29-3
April 21, 2016
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 35 29
Ithaca, New York GENERAL HEALTH & SAFETY
CornellUniversity
CONTRACTOR'S CERTIFICATION OF
ASBESTOS FREE MATERIALS
(Exhibit AC)
a-Mbar:ion to:
OWNER
ARCHITECT
CONTRACTOR
FIELD
OTHER 0
PROJECT:
TO OWNER
(Nam dc Ad. d rez,i
COP.NFT T UNIVERSITY
Facilities Contracts
121 Hhreys Service Building
Ithaca, New Yui: 14853
CONTRACT NUMBER.:
CONTRACT FOR
CONTRACT DATE:
DATE OF ISSUANCE:
certifies that all nitexiaIs equi+inuthmisb&d for or installed in connection with all work,
ided with respect to the performance of the Contract referenced above be free of asbestos and
material The uncler- 1,1 shall provide any and all cloamients such certification
bly be required the Owner, inc ere applicable Safety Data Sheets :WS terial Safety Data
SUPPORTLNG DOCUMENTS ATTACHED HERETO:
Material Safety Data Sheets
CONTRA OR:
(M1311£1&Ldrs)
State of
)SS
Conroy of
Subscribed and sworn to before me this
Day of 20
BY:
NAME:
(Signature o f aut
.VP
(Printed name)
TITLE:
Cornell University
Environmental
Health and Safety
PROJECT SITE SPECIFIC PLAN (PSSP) HS9 CN TMP
General Health & Safety, Section 01 35 29 requires contractors to submit a Project Site Specific Plan (PSSP)
for review by Cornell University representatives before commencement of work on the site. The PSSP
should address site specific controls, information and or requirements as it relates to the contractor's scope of
�3
Contractor Company
Project Name
Project Address
Mobilization Date
Project Hours
Contract Value
Project Description/Scope of Contract:
work.
Project Manager
one
Construction Manager
r
eral�orif�'aCol`,-� �;�.�� �x�rt� ��.
1. �£ .�
_� �� iii •
Project Manager
Prior to commencement of work activities submit via c -Builder.
Maintain on pmjcct s site.
Superintendent
Site Safety Rep.
Safety Manager
Subcontractor?+
Please list project's subcontractors below or if subcontractors have not been awarded, include
subcontractor packages. E.g. Mechanical, Electrical, Plumbing, Concrete, Steel Erection, etc.
Subcontractor(s)
Name
(Responsible On -Site Person(s))
Phone
Email
Subcontractor or Subcontract Package Scope
of Work Description: (insert here)
Subcontractor or Subcontract Package Scope of Work Description: (insert here)
Subcontractor or Subcontract Package Scope
of Work Description: (insert here)
Subcontractor or Subcontract Package Scope of Work Description: (insert here)
Subcontractor or Subcontract Package Scope
of Work Description: (insert here)
Subcontractor or Subcontract Package Scope
of Work Description: (insert here)
Subcontractor or Subcontract Package Scope of Work Description: (insert here)
Subcontractor or Subcontract Package Scope of Work Description: (insert here)
111 add i ion to the regidremeins or i'SS1'. all laws and regulations by applicable local. store. and rederaI agencies shall apply io the work or this
contract.
Form HS9 CN TMP
Effective:
Maintain for duration of project'
Prior to commencement of work activities submit via c -Builder.
Maintain on pmjcct s site.
Cornell University
Environmental
Health and Safety
PROJECT SITE SPECIFIC PLAN (PSSP) HS9 CN TMP
The following table indicates those activities that may require a SEPARATE plan, in addition to the PSSP.
Please indicate whether these activities are applicable to your project, keeping EHS abreast of upcoming
project activities.
Ade
iival Sx>e
cable
ASBESTOS ABATEMENT
SME: IPP Asbestos Project Coordinator
MOBILE CRANE(s) ACTIVITIES
SME: OHSIP
The Crane Plan should include a minimum of the following;
• A detailed description and an aerial diagram of the crane's scope of work.
• The Date of Crane Activities, Contractor(s) performing crane activities,
Manufacture/Model of Crane, Contractor's Assembly/Disassembly Director,
Assembly/Disassembly Area, Crane Pad Location(s), Boom's Swing Radius,
Load's Path of Travel, Occupant Control Measures, Pedestrian Control Measures,
Traffic Control Pleasures, schedule of items to be hoisted, their weight and any
other critical information specific to the crane activities.
• Multiple crane site scenarios shall be explicitly addressed in the plan.
• Provide a copy of the Contracted Crane Operators NYS Crane Operators License.
• Provide a copy of the Contractors' Qualified Rigging and Signal Person training
certificates.
All plan(s) should be submitted a minimum of 10 days prior to the Crane's
anticipated arrival date.
EXCAVATION(s) GREATER THAN OR EQUAL TO 20 FEET IN DEPTH
SME: OHSIP
A Deep Excavation Plan should include a minimum of the following;
• How will the Cornell community be protected from the excavation(s), excavating
equipment and haul truck activities, if applicable
• Excavation(s) location, depth, soil classification and on site competent person
• Contractor's Engineered Protective System (description, diagram(s) and or
drawing(s);
o Means and method shall be compliant with OSHA's 1926 Subpart P Excavations
Excavation(s) less than 20 feet in depth are to be addressed in the contractor's PSSP,
if applicable.
LEAD WORK PLAN
SME: OHSIP
The Lead Work Plan should include a minimum of the following;
• How the contractor will meet the requirements of OSHA 1926.62 "Lead in
Construction Standards".
• How the contractor intends to protect its workers, the building occupants and the
building structure based on their selection of means and methods.
INTERRUPTION OR CLOSURE OF ROADWAY(s) AND OR PARKING
LOT(s)
SME: IPP Transportation Services, University Fire Marshall and OHSIP
The Temporary Traffic Control Plan should include a minimum of the following;
• An aerial diagram or construction drawing illustrating the contractor's traffic
control measures. Control measures must be complaint with NYS Building Codes,
NYS Fire Codes, NYS Safety & Health Code Rules, and the NYS Department of
Transportations and ADA regulations.
*All impairments to Emergency Vehicle Access Lanes must be reviewed by the
University Fire Marshall's Office.
In a(I(IitioI, t0 the requirements Of ISSN. all laws and regulations by applicable local. stale. and federal agencies shall apply 10 the work of this
contract.
Form HS9_CN_TMP
Effective:
Maintain for duration of �arroject.
Prior to commencement of work activities submit via e -Builder.
Maintain on project's site.
Cornell University
Environmental
Health and Safe
PROJECT SITE SPECIFIC PLAN (PSSP) HS9 CN TMP
STRUCTURAL DEMOLITION
SME: OHSIP
Demolition Plan to Include a minimum of;
• Provide an aerial diagram, description of plan, engineered drawings and how the
contractor will provide protection of persons passing by Demolition Activities.
• Dust Control Procedures throughout demolition
*Non-structural demolition is to be addressed in PSSP, if applicable.
off
Pia
INTERRUPTION OR CLOSURE OF SIDEWALK(s) OR OTHER
PEDESTRIAN THOROUGHFARES
SME for Sidewalks: IPP Transportation Services, University Fire Marshall and OHSIP
The Temporary Pedestrian Control Plan should include a minimum of;
• An aerial diagram or construction drawing illustrating the contractor's pedestrian
control measures. Control measures must be complaint with NYS Building Codes,
NYS Fire Codes, NYS Safety & Health Code Rules, and the NYS Department of
Transportations and ADA regulations.
All impairments to Emergency Vehicle Access Lanes must be reviewed by the University Fire Marshall's Office.
INTERRUPTION OR CLOSURE OF A BUILDING'S PATH(s) OF
EGRESS AND OR HALLWAY(s)
Buildings and Sidewalks: Codes Enforcement Official
SME for Buildings: University Fire Marshall
The Temporary Building Egress Control Plan should include a minimum of;
• A floor plan or construction drawing illustrating the contractor's pedestrian
control measures. Control measures must be complaint with NYS Building Codes,
NYS Fire Codes, NYS Safety & Health Code Rules, and the NYS Department of
Transportations and ADA regulations.
;Cr' o f =. Asir t of
Phase/Milestone
Scope/Description
iee ons
c 'onj
Estimated Start (Month/Year)
Emergency on
C
Contact Information
Phone
Email
Address
On Ithaca Campus;
University Police Dept. and
Emergency Services
911 or
607-255-1111
*See Note 1 Below
NA
117 Statler Street
G2 Barton Hall
Ithaca, NY 14853
*Note 1: Phones outside of the 607 area code will receive the quickest emergency response if dispatch is dialled directly at 607-255-1111.
Off Ithaca Campus;
Local Police Dept. and
Emergency Services
Occupational Medical Facility
*See Note 2 below
*Note 2: Attach Occupational Medical Facility location and directions (including maps) for contractor personnel's quick reference.
Additional Emergency Contacts
Additional Emergency Contacts
In addition to the reyuircmznts of I'SS1'. all laws and regulations by applicable local. sone. and federal agencies shall apply to the work of This
contrae1.
Form HS9_CN_TMP
Effective:
Maintain for duration of project.
Prior to commencement of work activities submit via e -Builder.
Maintain on project's site.
Cornell University
Environmental
Health and Safety
PROJECT SITE SPECIFIC PLAN (PSSP) HS9 CN TMP
Muster Area:
Insert procedures to follow in the event of an
evacuation or emergency
Lightening/Severe Weather:
Insert procedures to follow in the event of
lightening or severe weather.
Fire Emergency:
Insert procedures to follow in the event of a fire
emergency.
Insert Additional Emergency Procedure
Insert procedures to follow in the event of...
Insert Additional Emergency Procedure
Insert procedures to follow in the event of...
The University Fire Marshall provides guidance for emergency planning on the University's EHS
website at https://sp.ehs.cornell.edu/fps/fire-safety-plans/Pages/default.aspx
si
• (Insert site specific requirement here)
• (Insert site specific requirement here)
• (Insert site specific requirement here)
• (Insert site specific requirement here)
• (Insert site specific requirement here)
• E.g. Employees, Subcontractors and Visitors are required to complete Site Orientation prior to their
first day's work on the project site.
• E.g. 15kV overhead power lines run parallel to Cornell Street. Self-propelled mobile equipment and
all other construction activities must maintain a minimum clearance distance of 10 feet at all times.
How will the Contractor provide
protection of persons passing by
Construction, Demolition or
Excavations
(Please include a diagram or detailed description of the intended
means and methods to protect the Cornell Communityfrom
Contract Project hazards throughout the duration of the Contract
Project. E.g. 611:. Fence, Temporary Wall Partitions, Barrier Walls,
Snow Fence, Sidewalk Shed, Guardrail, Signage and/or other
equally effective means)
(Insert description and diagram here or attach at end of PSSP)
111 addition to the requirements of PSSP. all laws and regulations by applicable local. stale. and federal agencies shall apply to the work of -this
contract.
Fonn HS9 CN TMP
Effective:
Maintain for duration of project.
Prior to commencement of work activities submit via c -Builder.
Maintain on project's site.
PROJECT SITE SPECIFIC PLAN
Project Name/Phase:
Completed by:
Date:
> vt } 4{5 t rt t. x ?.}t5 !',r e ✓ r h rsl x
��r Y{ c r3;' m41 i r � } � r; s �z t� ✓
t x 11 fA A C s Chi f`10fl ) r,
t \
,,. b�zv �t {'r�.0 SS E''v � ,. ,1>#z ?; „5<. ,.U:a ., , f ,,, av .oiF2 J,.. o. ,,,,.v ,.� .,. � ..
Instructions: List the control methods (e.g. substitution, engineering,
administrative, PPE) required to ELIMINATE, ISOLATE or MINIMISE each
SIGNIFICANT hazard.
Minimum Project Site Training Requirements:
•
U1t
r at
{�1 f
6
s
U
h
B �{a 0
clo2ttt��,.7>} sv�� �iLr�?.k,,,.
Instructions: List the potential SIGNIFICANT hazards
beside each step. Focus on what can cause harm and
what can go wrong.
0
•
0
•
0
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Minimum Project Site PPE Required:
•
t£rnz. o r "5t . Y t i 3r ,krlscz hYt 4i5' 1Z1 ?.�,Cr i t'�rt : i � y i u3'i x �� t, 4,f z
tr r b t
t (r
li h
�. 2
i �r 3 y
1, r r,' S"k Yn
t n
A
f � Y � .
s r � � z�
"r t #
r r t Y
S
i. � try
t � �
t. t
s i �, r ..�.... Y
t. �.xY
f
1. �U
4 517.�i r
s�
t `
f �,
J fi' ' }�
Ji ,;.�„tll�,.r...> �b,.0r).d r t.....,.
Instructions: List the basic steps required to complete
the project's scope of work. Align basic steps in
chronological order.
0 c
c
a.
Maintain for duration of project.
z
c)
PROJECT SITE SPECIFIC PLAN
ti
0-7
•
ition to the requirements of PSSP, a
tain for duration of project.
A4
C"'
zI
U�
PROJECT SITE SPECIFIC PLAN
J
laws and regulations by applicable loc
is of PSSP. a
,c
rip
s
0
V
V
•
c
0
Maintain for du
TE SPECI
PROJECT S
0
0
,
515
0
ddition to the requirements of PSSP, all laws and regulations by app
Maintain for duration of project.
ADEL
A
ENGINEERS, A ARCHITECTS, & R.
SURVEYORS
860 Hooper Road
Endwell, NY 13760
Tel: 607.231.6600
Fax: 607.231.6650
Website: www.deltaengineers.com
April 15th, 2016
Mr. Dale Houseknecht, Asbestos Project Coordinator
Cornell University, Maintenance Management
116 Humphreys Service Building
Ithaca, New York 14853-3701
Re: Phillips Hall (Building 203911) Electrical Service Upgrade Projec
Asbestos Bulk Sampling - Bulk Sample Report
Cornell Work Order No. 8883797
Delta Project No.: 2016.078.030
Dear Mr. Houseknecht:
The following information is associated with the upcoming Phillips Hall Electrical Service
Upgrade Project. On Thursday, April 14th, 2016 Delta Asbestos Inspector Stephen Prislupsky
was onsite to perform a Pre -Renovation Asbestos Survey for the Project, which included a visual
inspection of the affected spaces and associated suspect materials with the potential to be
impacted by the work. No asbestos bulk sampling was performed as a part of this Pre -
Renovation Inspection/Survey based on the following:
• a review of the project scope as delineated on the 95% Project Drawing set dated April
11, 2016;
• a discussion of the project scope with Cornell Representative Jeff Lampar
• a " visual inspection of the renovation areas / associated suspect materials with the
potential to be impacted by the Project
• and the fact that all affected circuits were energized at the time of the survey;
For the Electrical Vault Room BOOUC, the wall/flooring systems and associated equipment pads
with the potential to be impacted were observed to be non -suspect concrete/brick. All visually
accessible wiring was observed to be non -suspect vinyl wrapped, with no other suspect materials
visually observed to be present or associated with the Transformers, Switchgear or Panels. The
wall system at the location of the new exterior conduit penetration was also observed to be non -
suspect concrete.
For the adjacent space BOOUA, the South Switchgear was de -energized, with the North
Switchgear being active. An interior inspection of the accessible sections of the South
Switchgear revealed no suspect materials, with all accessible wiring observed to be non -suspect
vinyl wrapped. For the "Active" North Switchgear, although the majority of the accessible
wiring was observed to be non -suspect vinyl coated, there were several locations where
suspect cloth wire wrap was also observed to be present. Based on the fact that the North
Switchgear could be de -energized at the time of this survey, no samples of these suspect
wire wrap materials could be collected. As such, they can either be "assumed" to be
asbestos containing or sampled once the affected circuits can be de -energized.
e are a seamless extension oiir clients' organizations"
ERS ARCHITECTS,
If you have any questions, or require any other information,' please feel free to contact'me at your
convenience.
Respectfully,
DELTA ENGINEERS ARCHITECTS, AND SURVEYORS, P.C.
Stephen Prislupsky
Director of Environmental Services
are a seamless extension of our clients' orgar o
SURVEYORS, YORS, P.C.
Page 3 of 8
Inspection Area Location/Limits Drawing
are a seamless extension of our clients organi atior
Location of visually observed
suspect cloth wire wrap - at box
above switchgear
CONCRETE
ENCASEMENT IN
AREAWAY FOR
EX 13.2KV
CIRCUIT
AIR
COMP.
480V
- TRANSFORMER
BANK
RELOCATE
2 ETERING
EQUIPMENT
208V PANEL
400A LASER
LAB CB
BOOSA
h I ips Hall Electrical Service Upgrade ProProject
4/14/16 t Inspection cati /Li its
DELTA ENG INEERS, ARCHITECTS,
SURVEYORS, P.C:
Page 4of8
DELTA ENGINEERS, ARCHITECTS, & LAND SURVEYORS, P.C.
Space BOOUA Active North Switchgear
Exterior Well — Concrete wall at proposed conduit penetration
If are a seamless extension of our clients' organizations"
Page 5 of 8
DELTA ENGINEERS, ARCHITECTS, & LAND SURVEYORS, P.C.
Suspect Cloth Wire Wrap in box above Room BOOUA North Active Switchgear
Room BOOUC Transformers —No Visible Suspect Materials
"We are a seamless extension of our clients' or, anizations"
Page 6 of 8
DELTA ENGINEERS, ARCHITECTS, & LAND SURVEYORS, P.C.
Page 7 of 8
Room BOOUC Transformers —No Visible Suspect Materials
Room BOOUC Wall Panels —No Visible Suspect Materials
"We are a seamless extension of our clients' organizations"
DELTA ENGINEERS, ARCHI'1'hCTS, & LAND SURVEYORS, P.C.
Page 8 of 8
Room BOOUC Switch — No Visible Suspect Materials
Interior of Room BOOUA South Switch Gear — No Visible Suspect Materials
"We are a seamless extension of our clients' organizations
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 0135 43
Ithaca, New York GENERAL ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS
SECTION 0135 43 GENERAL ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS
1.0 GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION
A. This Section and the listed Related Sections provides minimum requirements for the
protection of the environment during the project. The requirements of this Section shall
apply to both Contractor and all tiers of sub -contractors involved in the project.
B. In addition to the requirements of this Section and the listed Related Sections, all laws and
regulations by applicable local, state, and federal agencies shall apply to the work of this
contract. In some cases the requirements of these Specifications may by intention exceed
such legal requirements, but in no case shall this Specification be interpreted or understood
to reduce or eliminate such requirements.
C. Prior to bidding, review the entire Bidding Documents and report in writing to the Owner's
Representative any error, inconsistency, or omission that may have environmental impacts.
1.2 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Section 01 35 44 — Spill Control
B. Section 01 57 13 — Soil Erosion and Sediment Control
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit the following in accordance with Section 01 33 00 — Submittals:
1. Analytical laboratory sample results and material Certifications for all imported soil
and granular materials ("borrow").
2. Contractor's Waste Material Disposal Plan.
3. Weight tickets from the Borrow Material Supplier.
4. Proposed methods for dewatering and construction water management.
5. Analytical laboratory sample results for all waste materials.
6. Copies of manifests for all waste materials disposed of off-site.
1.4 JOB SITE ADMINISTRATION
A. In accordance with Article 2 of the General Conditions, provide a competent supervisory
representative with full authority to act for the Contractor at the site.
PHILLIPS HALL GENERAL ENVIRONMENTAL
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADE REQUIREMENTS
01 35 43-1
April 21, 2016
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 0135 43
Ithaca, New York GENERAL ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS
B. If at any time operations under the representative's supervision do not comply with this
Section, or the representative is otherwise unsatisfactory to the Owner, replace, if requested
by the Owner, said representative with another representative satisfactory to the Owner.
There shall be no change in superintendent without the Owner's approval.
C. Remove from the Work any employee of the Contractor or any Subcontractor when so
directed by the Owner. The Owner may request the removal of any employee who does not
comply with these specifications.
1.5 CLEARING, SITE PREPARATION AND SITE USE
A. In accordance with Section 01 14 00, only that portion of the working area that is absolutely
necessary and essential for the work shall be cleared for construction. All clearing should
be approved and performed to provide minimum practical exposure of soils.
B. The Contractor shall make every effort to avoid the destruction of plants, trees, shrubs and
lawns outside the area of construction so as not to unduly disturb the ecological or
environmental quality of the area.
C. Topsoil excavated as part of the Project, which can be reused as part of the Project, shall be
stockpiled for future use and temporarily stabilized to prevent erosion.
1.6 SPOIL AND BORROW
A. Spoil
1. Dispose of excavated material which, in the opinion of the Owner's Representative, is
unfit to be used as backfill or embankment or which is in excess of the amount
required under the Contract.
2. All spoil areas shall be graded and seeded to match the surrounding area.
3. Spoil areas shall be covered and protected from erosion into adjacent storm sewers,
drainage ways, land areas, or water bodies.
B. Borrow Material
1. Borrow material shall be provided from a clean source. Submittals of proposed
borrow material shall be reviewed by the Owner prior to delivery on-site. Submittals
shall include the quantity of materials, source location and certification by the material
supplier that it is free of chemicals or other foreign matter.
1.7 NOISE AND VIBRATION
A. Limit and control the nature and extent of activities at all times to minimize the effects of
noise and vibrations. Take adequate measures for keeping noise levels, as produced by
construction related equipment, to safe and tolerable limits as set forth by the Occupational
Safety and Health Administration (OSHA), the New York State Industrial Code Guidelines
and Ordinances and all City, Town and Local ordinances. Equip all construction equipment
presenting a potential noise nuisance with noise -muffling devices adequate to meet these
requirements
PHILLIPS HALL GENERAL ENVIRONMENTAL
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADE REQUIREMENTS
01 35 43-2
April 21, 2016
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 35 43
Ithaca, New York GENERAL ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS
1.8 DUST CONTROL
A. Take adequate measures for controlling dust produced by drilling, excavation, backfilling,
loading, saw cutting or other means. The use of calcium chloride or petroleum-based
materials for dust control is prohibited. Dust control measures are required throughout the
duration of construction.
B. If, in the opinion of the Owner's Representative, the Contractor is not adequately
controlling dust, the Owner will first notify the Contractor. If the Contractor does not take
adequate actions necessary, the Owner may, at the Contractor's expense, employ alternative
means to control dust.
C. Erect, maintain, and remove when appropriate barriers or other devices, including
mechanical ventilation systems, as required by the conditions of the work for the protection
of users of the project area, the protection of the work being done, or the containment of
dust and debris. All such barriers or devices shall be provided in conformance with all
applicable codes, laws, and regulations including OSHA.
1.9 PROTECTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT
A. Construction procedures observed by the Contractor, its subcontractors and other employees
shall include protection of the enviromnent, in accordance with all pertinent Cornell
standards, policies, local laws, executive orders, ordinances, and federal and state
regulations. Construction procedures that are prohibited in the undertaking of work
associated with this Contract include, but are not limited to:
1. Dumping of spoil material or any liquid or solid pollutant into any storm or sanitary
sewer, drainage way, stream sewer, any wetlands (as defined by federal and state
regulations), any surface waters, or at unspecified locations.
2. Indiscriminate, arbitrary, or capricious operation of equipment in any stream
corridors, any wetlands, or any surface waters.
3. Pumping of any silt -laden water from trenches or other excavations into any storm
sewers, sanitary sewers, drainage ways, wetlands, or surface waters.
4. Damaging vegetation beyond the extent necessary for construction of the facilities.
5. Disposal of trees, brush, and other debris in any location on University property,
unless such areas are specifically identified on the drawing or in the specifications or
specifically approved by the Owner's site representative.
6. Penrianent or unspecified alteration of the flow line of a stream.
7. Burning trash, project debris, or waste materials.
B. Take all necessary precautions to prevent silt or waste of any kind from entering any
drainage or waterways or downstream properties as a result of the Work.
PHILLIPS HALL GENERAL ENVIRONMENTAL
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADE REQUIREMENTS
01 35 43-3
April 21, 2016
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 0135 43
Ithaca, New York GENERAL ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS
C. Runoff of potable water used for concrete curing or concrete truck or chute cleaning
operations shall not be allowed to reach the storm water system or open water due to the
levels of residual chlorine (New York State water quality standards, 6 NYCRR Part 703.5)
and other potential contaminants. If necessary, obtain permission from the local sewer
authority and collect and pump the runoff to the sanitary sewer.
D. Limit the nature and extent of any activities that could result in the release or discharge of
pollutants. Report any such release or discharge immediately to the Owner's
Representative and clean up spills immediately, as detailed in Section 01 35 44 — Spill
Control Procedures.
1.10 TEMPORARY RE-ROUTING OF PIPING AND DUCTWORK
A. Obtain approval from the Owner's Representative prior to any temporary re-routing of
piping and exhaust ductwork necessary for the completion of the Work. Submit re-routing
plans to the Owner's Representative in writing.
The following shall require approval of the Owner:
1. Temporary storm, sanitary or water line connections.
2. Temporary exhaust ductwork connections where such connections may impact air
emissions.
B. Instruct all personnel to observe extreme caution when working in the vicinity of
mechanical equipment and piping. Personnel shall not operate or tamper with any existing
valves, switches, or other devices or equipment without prior approval by the Owner's
Representative.
1.11 HAZARDOUS OR TOXIC MATERIALS
A. Inform officers, employees, agents, contractors, subcontractors at every tier, and any other
party which may come into contact with any hazardous or toxic materials as a result of its
performance hereunder of the nature of such materials, and any health and safety or
environmental risks associated therewith.
B. Do not use hazardous or toxic materials in a manner that will violate Cornell University
Policies or any state, federal, or municipal environmental health and safety regulations. In
situations where the risks are unclear consult with Environmental Health and Safety
(EH&S) for guidance.
C. Provide complete care and treatment for any injury sustained by any parties coming into
contact with any hazardous or toxic materials as a result of Contractor's performance or
failure to perform hereunder.
D. At the completion of project Contractor shall remove all unused chemical products and
hazardous materials from campus. Transportation of these materials shall be in accordance
with all federal, state, and local regulations. Request and receive written approval from
EH&S prior to disposal of any on-site disposal.
PHILLIPS HALL GENERAL ENVIRONMENTAL
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADE REQUIREMENTS
01 35 43-4
April 21, 2016
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 35 43
Ithaca, New York GENERAL ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS
1.12 DISPOSAL OF WASTE MATERIAL AND TITLE
A. Prior to start of work and first payment, Contractor shall prepare and submit "Contractor
Waste Material Disposal Plan" to the Owner's Representative. The plan shall identify the
waste transportation and treatment, storage or disposal (TSD) companies which will
manage all waste material and any site(s) for disposal of the waste material.
B. The "Contractor Waste Material Disposal Plan" form, together with definitions associated
with the form waste descriptions, is attached to this Section. Contractor must use this form
to document waste disposal methods and locations.
C. Contractor shall be responsible for the proper cleanup, containment, storage and disposal of
any hazardous material/chemical spill occurring during its work. For Cornell University
owned hazardous waste EH&S will oversee, approve or effect the proper disposal. Title,
risk of loss, and all other incidents of ownership to the Waste Material, shall vest in
Contractor at the time Contractor or any transporter acting on its behalf takes physical
possession of Waste Material. Complete and maintain full records of the chain of custody
and control, including certificates of disposal or destruction, of all Waste Materials loaded,
transported and/or disposed of. Deliver all such records to the Owner in accordance with
applicable laws and regulations and any instructions from the Owner in a timely manner
and in any event prior to final payment(s) under this Contract.
2.0 PRODUCTS — NOT USED
3.0 EXECUTION — NOT USED
***END OF SECTION 01 35 43***
PHILLIPS HALL GENERAL ENVIRONMENTAL
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADE REQUIREMENTS
01 35 43-5
April 21, 2016
Contractor Waste Material Disposal Plan
Contact Name/Number/Email:
ractor Name:
Contract No.:
Project Name/Descri
CU Project Manager:
Project End Date:
Project Start Date:
U
0
Destination or Disposal
Location
Transporter
asn-OU
Y
��-
^
3 2
1D
.io1.aaijuo3
CU- Mgt
spuno-ID
SHH
ajVjlund SUSJ' I
Source
.tolaeijuo3
jjauio0
palau sg
O
0
cn0
Q
O
to
0
Y
U
y
0
>
O
PCBs
Asbestos
Lead
Mercury
Chromium
Other Toxic Metals
(describe in section 4)
Mold
Light Bulbs
Thermostats
Batteries
Used Oil
Contaminated PPE &
Materials
Other (describe in
section 4)
No hazardous waste
R-,
741
0
FD 4
Contractor Waste Materia
be generated during the project:
Estimated
Quantity
Transporter
Facility
Phone
Facility Address
Disposal Facility Name
7-0
bA
4.etV
c
U
0
cn
CG
U
Non C&D solid waste
Other (describe in section
IV)
No non -hazardous
waste will be generated
aterials expected to be generated during
41
0
0
4. Further des
5. Contractor Certification
-0 U 0 U N
i,
0o a
U
O c a) L.)
bbE-*-2'
O
En'
>> 4,'
-
-0 0 O
0 --i
U V •-, O
X O a)
0 p.., N
c
E P 2 6
CG :-fl 0 U r
FA4. •°�, Ct
U) o
R+
v)
0 U -0 0 U
>
"O b0.__, "0 U
CI) 0
• Y 0
y 3 o
N .° 0
-0 cG 0 4i
bA 0
N ,o Y N
Ct COs- 0
3
Y () :
3
0 U ~ cct +U
0
3 --
a— o c o
4 '
0 , o cca
-0 o -0 U
o� �•-.
ct E
4., 0
•. 3 0
o
ct 0 a
0
N
N ca
O 0
0 N Q 0
0
0 "rt U et
vo 0 z
--' -O - cC
0
o E
- 0
0 '� 0II
0 a, N ._
U
-5:5'4: :::1 O t+.0
N '"-ct
ccz
Contractor Signature
Definitions for Use with Contractor Waste Material Disposal Plan:
The following is not solid waste: Discarded materials that are being beneficially used pursuant to
6NYCRR Section 360-1.15
A material is disposed of if it is discharged, deposited, injected, dumped, spilled, leaked or placed into or
on any land or water so that such material or any constituent thereof may enter the environment or be
emitted into the air or discharged into groundwater or surface water.
Asbestos: Any waste material containing the asbestiform varieties of: Chrysotile (serpentine); crocidolite
(riebeckite); amosite (cum- mingtonitegrunerite); anthophyllite; tremolite; and actinolite.
Batteries: All spent batteries being disposed that are regulated by New York State Department of
Environmental Conservation (NYSDEC) in 6 New York Code of Rules and Regulations (NYCRR) Part
374-3, or Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) in 40 Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) 273.2 as
Universal Waste Batteries.
Borrow Material: Fill material required for on-site construction that is obtained from other locations.
Chromium: Any waste containing chromium or contaminated with chromium that exceeds the Toxicity
Characteristic Leaching Procedure (TCLP) limit for chromium as defined in 6 NYCRR Part 371.3 or 40
CFR 261.24.
Clean Soil: Soil that is uncontaminated with any solid or hazardous waste, C&D debris, trees, stumps,
yard waste or wood chips per definitions of those terms below.
Construction and Demolition (C&D) Debris: Uncontaminated solid waste resulting from the
construction, remodeling, repair and demolition of utilities, structures and roads; and uncontaminated
solid waste resulting from land clearing. Such waste includes, but is not limited to bricks, concrete and
other masonry materials, soil, rock, wood (including painted, treated and coated wood and wood
products), land clearing debris, wall coverings, plaster, drywall, plumbing fixtures, non -asbestos
insulation, roofing shingles and other roof coverings, asphaltic pavement, glass, plastics that are not
sealed in a manner that conceals other wastes, empty buckets ten gallons or less in size and having no
more than one inch of residue remaining on the bottom, electrical wiring and components containing no
hazardous liquids, and pipe and metals that are incidental to any of the above. Solid waste that is not
C&D debris (even if resulting from the construction, remodeling, repair and demolition of utilities,
structures and roads and land clearing) includes, but is not limited to asbestos waste, garbage, corrugated
container board, electrical fixtures containing hazardous liquids such as fluorescent light ballasts or
transformers, fluorescent lights, carpeting, furniture, appliances, tires, drums, containers greater than ten
gallons in size, any containers having more than one inch of residue remaining on the bottom and fuel
tanks. Specifically excluded from the definition of construction and demolition debris is solid waste
(including what otherwise would be construction and demolition debris) resulting from any processing
technique, other than that employed at a department -approved C&D debris processing facility, that
renders individual waste components unrecognizable, such as pulverizing or shredding. Also, waste
contained in an illegal disposal site may be considered C&D debris if the department determines that such
waste is similar in nature and content to C&D debris.
Construction and Demolition Debris Processing Facility means a processing facility that receives and
processes construction and demolition debris by any means.
Revision date: May 2010
Page 1 of 3
Contaminated PPE & Materials: Any personal protective equipment such as gloves, coveralls, boot
covers, respirator cartridges etc.; or rags, tools, articles or other material that has become adulterated by a
hazardous material, and which meets the definition of hazardous waste or is considered unsuitable for
disposal as regular trash.
Exempt C&D and Stump Facilities: The following facilities are exempt from Solid waste management
facility permitting requirements provided the facilities operate only between the hours of sunrise and
sunset, and (if the allowable waste comes from an off-site source) no fee or other form of consideration is
required for the privilege of using the facility for disposal purposes:
(i) A site at which only the following C&D debris is placed: recognizable uncontaminated concrete and
concrete products (including steel or fiberglass reinforcing rods that are embedded in the concrete),
asphalt pavement, brick, glass, soil and rock. (Recognizable means solid waste that can be readily
identified as C&D debris by visual observation.)
(ii) A landfill for the disposal of trees, stumps, yard waste and wood chips generated from these materials
is exempt when origin and disposal of such waste occur on properties under the same ownership or
control.
Hazardous Waste: Any waste material that meets the definition of "hazardous waste" in 6 NYCRR
371.1 and 40 CFR 261.3 and that is not excluded by regulation.
Land Clearing Debris means vegetative matter, soil and rock resulting from activities such as land
clearing and grubbing, utility line maintenance or seasonal or storm -related cleanup such as trees, stumps,
brush and leaves and including wood chips generated from these materials. Land clearing debris does not
include yard waste which has been collected at the curbside.
Lead: Any metallic lead or waste material containing lead, e.g. waste paint chips, that exceed the
Toxicity Characteristic Leaching Procedure (TCLP) limit for lead as defined in 6 NYCRR Part 371.3 or
40 CFR 261.24.
Light Bulbs: All spent lamps or light bulbs being disposed that are regulated in 6 NYCRR Part 374-3 or
40 CFR 273.5.
Mercury: Liquid mercury or any waste containing mercury at levels exceeding the Toxicity
Characteristic Leaching Procedure (TCLP) limit for mercury as defined in 6 NYCRR Part 371.3 or 40
CFR 261.24.
Mold: Construction material or debris contaminated with mold fungus that is unsuitable for reuse.
Other Toxic Metals: Any waste containing a metal or contaminated by a metal identified in, and
exceeding the Toxicity Characteristic Leaching Procedure (TCLP) limit of 6 NYCRR Part 371.3 or 40
CFR 261.24.PCBs: All electrical articles and equipment or the used oil removed from them, containing
polychlorinated biphenyls at levels regulated by 6 NYCRR 371.4(e)
Scrap Metal: Bits and pieces of metal parts (e.g., bars, turnings, rods, sheets, wire) or metal pieces that
may be combined together with bolts or soldering (e.g., radiators, scrap automobiles, railroad box cars),
which when worn or superfluous can be recycled.
Revision date: May 2010
Page 2 of 3
Solid Waste (Non C&D): Any garbage, refuse, sludge from a wastewater treatment plant, water supply
treatment plant, or air pollution control facility and other discarded materials including solid, liquid,
semisolid, or contained gaseous material, resulting from industrial, commercial, mining and agricultural
operations, and from community activities, but does not include solid or dissolved materials in domestic
sewage, or solid or dissolved materials in irrigation return flows or industrial discharges that are point
sources subject to permit under 33 USC 1342, or source, special nuclear or by-product material as defined
by the Atomic Energy Act of 1954, except as may be provided by existing agreements between the State
of New York and the government of the United States.
Solvents: Substances (usually liquid) suitable for, or employed in, solution, or in dissolving something;
as, water is the appropriate solvent for most salts, alcohol for resins, ether for fats, and mercury or acids
for metals, etc. Typically these are chemicals are used as paint thinners or cleaning solutions.
Spoil: Refuse material removed from an excavation.
Used Oil: Any oil refined from crude oil, or any synthetic oil, that has been used, and as a result of such
use is contaminated by physical or chemical impurities. "See 6 NYCRR 374-2 or 40 CFR 279"
Thermostats: Any mercury -containing thermostat as defined in 6 NYCRR 374-3.1(d), or 40 CFR 273.4
Uncontaminated C&D Debris: C&D Debris that is not mixed or commingled with other solid waste at
the point of generation, processing or disposal, and that is not contaminated with spills of a petroleum
product, hazardous waste or industrial waste. Contamination from spills of a petroleum product does not
include asphalt or concrete pavement that has come into contact with petroleum products through normal
vehicle use of the roadway.
Revision date: May 2010
Page 3of3
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 35 44
Ithaca, New York SPILL CONTROL
SECTION 0135 44 SPILL CONTROL
1.0 GENERAL
1.1 SPILL PREVENTION
A. In order to minimize the potential for discharge to the enviromnent of oil, petroleum, or
hazardous substances on site, the following requirements shall apply to all projects:
1. All oil, petroleum, or hazardous materials stored or relocated temporarily on site
during the construction process shall be stored in such a manner as to provide
protection from vehicular damage and to provide containment of leaks or spills.
Horizontal diked oil storage tanks, temporary berms or barriers, or similar methods
shall be employed as appropriate at each site.
2. Any on-site filling or dispensing activities shall occur within an area in which a
temporary berm, boom, or similar containment barrier has been placed to prevent the
inadvertent discharge to the environment of harmful quantities of any products.
3. All oil, petroleum, or hazardous materials stored on site shall be located in such a
manner as to minimize the potential of damage from construction operations or
vehicles, away from drainage ways and environmentally sensitive areas, and in
accordance with all fire and safety codes.
B. Remove immediately from the site any storage, dispensing, or operating equipment that is
leaking oil or hazardous substances or is in anyway unsuitable for the safe storage of such
materials.
1.2 SPILL CONTROL PROCEDURES
All Contractor personnel working at the project site shall be knowledgeable of the potential health
and safety concerns associated with petroleum and other hazardous substances that could
potentially be released at the project site. Following are a list of activities that should be
conducted by the Contractor in the event of an oil/petroleum spill or the release of any other
hazardous substance. In the event of a large quantity spill that would require cleanup procedures
that are beyond the means of the Contractor, an emergency spill cleanup contractor shall be hired
by the Contractor. In the event the Contractor has the personnel necessary to clean up the spill,
the following procedures shall be followed:
A. Personnel discovering/responding to a spill shall:
1. Identify and locate the source of the spill. If unsafe conditions exist, leave the area,
inform nearby personnel, notify the site supervisor, and initiate spill reporting (Section
1. 3).
PHILLIPS HALL SPILL CONTROL 01 35 44-1
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADE April 21, 2016
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 35 44
Ithaca, New York SPILL CONTROL
2. Limit the discharge of product, if safely possible, by: (1) diverting discharge to a
containment area; (2) creating temporary dikes with soils or other available materials;
and (3) utilizing sorbent materials. If secondary containment is present, verify that
valves and drains are closed prior to diverting the product to this area.
3. The individual discovering a spill shall initiate containment procedures to prevent
material from reaching a potential migratory route, through implementation of the
following actions, or any other methods necessary. Methods employed shall not
compromise worker safety.
a. Stop the spill at once (if possible).
b. Extinguish sources of ignition (e.g., flames, sparks, hot surfaces, cigarettes,
etc.).
c. Clear personnel from the spill location and rope off the area.
d. Utilize available spill control equipment in an effort to ensure that fires,
explosions, and releases do not occur, recur, or spread.
e. Use sorbent materials to control the spill at the source.
f. Construct a temporary containment dike of sorbent materials, cinder blocks,
bricks, or other suitable materials to help contain the spill.
g.
Attempt to identify the character, exact source, amount, and area of the released
materials. Identification of the spilled material should be made as soon as
possible so that the appropriate cleanup procedure can be identified.
h. Assess possible hazards to human health or the environment as a result of the
release, fire, or explosion.
i. If spill response measures involve the temporary cessation of any operations, the
Contractor shall monitor the affected equipment for: (1) leaks; (2) pressure
buildup; (3) gas generation; or (4) ruptures in valves, pipes, or other equipment.
B. Spill Cleanup:
1. Following containment of the spill, the following spill cleanup procedures shall be
initiated.
a. Use proper waste containers.
b. Remove bulk liquid by using vacuum, pump, sorbents, or shovel and place
material in properly labeled waste container. Be sure not to collect incompatible
or reactive substances in the same container.
c. Cleanup materials not reclaimed on-site shall be disposed of in accordance with
all applicable state and federal regulations.
PHILLIPS HALL SPILL CONTROL 01 35 44-2
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADE April 21, 2016
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 0135 44
Ithaca, New York SPILL CONTROL
d. Apply sorbent materials to pick up remaining liquid after bulk liquid has been
removed. The Contractor shall not walk over spilled material. Absorbed
material shall be picked up with a shovel and placed in a separate waste
container, and shall not be mixed with bulk liquid.
e. Clean spill' control equipment and containers. Replace equipment in its proper
location. Restock or reorder any sorbents used to clean up the spill.
f. Carefully wash spilled product from skin and clothing using soap. Change
clothes, if necessary, to avoid further contact with product.
g. Disposal of all spilled product shall be made off-site, and shall be arranged
through the Contractor.
h. A Spill Report shall be completed, including a description of the event. A
sample Spill Documentation Form is provided in Appendix B.
C. Fire or Explosion:
1. In the event of a fire or explosion at the site, the Contractor shall:
a. Verify that the local fire department and the appropriate response personnel
(e.g., ambulance, police) have been notified.
b. Report to the scene, if safe to do so, and evaluate the situation (e.g., spill
character, source, etc.). Coordinate, as necessary, with other appropriate site
and emergency personnel.
c. Ensure that people are cleared from the area.
d. Ensure that fires are safely extinguished (if possible), valves closed, and other
immediate actions necessary to mitigate the emergency, if safe to do so.
e. Initiate responsible measures necessary to prevent subsequent fires, explosions,
or releases from occurring or spreading to other areas of the site. These
measures include stopping processes or operations, collecting and containing
released oil, or removing and isolating containers.
f. Take appropriate action to monitor for: (1) leaks; (2) pressure build-ups; (3) gas
generation; or (4) ruptures in pipes, valves, or other equipment.
PHILLIPS HALL SPILL CONTROL 01 35 44-3
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADE April 21, 2016
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 35 44
Ithaca, New York SPILL CONTROL
1.3 SPILL REPORTING AND DOCUMENTATION
In the event of a spill CALL CORNELL POLICE AT 255-1111 who will notify the
appropriate departments within the university and coordinate with the contractor for external
reporting, if required.
The contractor shall be responsible for the initiation of spill reporting and documentation
procedures. All petroleum spills must be reported to NYSDEC Spill Hotline at 1-800- 457-
7362, less than two hours following discovery. Notification must be made to Cornell
Environmental Health and Safety (EH&S), 607.255.8200, within 24 hours of reporting the
release. The Contractor will be expected to provide EH&S with the DEC issued spill number.
Any petroleum spill must be reported to NYSDEC unless ALL of the following criteria apply:
TABLE 1
CRITERIA TO EXEMPT SPILL REPORTING
Quantity
The spill must be known to be less than 5 gallons.
Containment
The spill must be contained on an impervious surface or within an
impervious structure, such that it cannot enter the environment.
Control
The spill must be under control and not reach a drain or leave the
impervious surface.
Cleanup
The spill must be cleaned -up within two hours of occurrence.
Environment
The spill must not have already entered into the soil or groundwater or
onto surface water.
A release of a "reportable quantity"1 or unknown amount of a hazardous substance must also be
immediately reported to NYSDEC Spill Hotline. Spills of reportable quantities of chemicals or
"harmful quantities"2 of oil to navigable waters must be reported to the federal National
Response Center, 1-800-424-8802.
Spill Reporting Information: When making a telephone report, the caller should be prepared to
provide the following information, if possible:
1. The date and time of the spill or release.
2. The identity or chemical name of the material released or spilled, including an
indication of whether the material is defined as an extremely hazardous substance.
3. An estimate of the quantity of material released or spilled into the environment and
the approximate duration of the event.
4. The exact location of the spill, including the name(s) of the waters involved or
threatened, and/or other medium or media affected by the release or spill.
5. The source of the release or spill.
6. The name, address, and telephone number of the party in charge of, or responsible for,
the facility or activity associated with the release or spill.
PHILLIPS HALL SPILL CONTROL 01 35 44-4
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADE April 21, 2016
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 0135 44
Ithaca, New York SPILL CONTROL
7. The extent of the actual and potential water pollution.
8. The name and telephone number of the person in charge of operations at the spill site.
9. The steps being taken or proposed to contain and cleanup the released or spilled
material and any precautions taken to minimize impacts, including evacuation.
10. The extent of injuries, if any.
11. Any known or anticipated acute or chronic health risks associated with the emergency,
and information regarding necessary medical attention for exposed individuals.
12. Assistance required, if any.
If the release of a hazardous substance or oil occurs in an amount which exceeds a
reportable quantity (RQ) as defined in 40 CFR Part 110, 40 CFR Part 117, 40 CFR Part
302, or 6 NYCRR Part 597, then the Contractor shall do the following:
1. Call to the National Response Center shall be made by the person in charge of the site.
The applicable phone numbers are 1-800-424-8802 or 1-202-426-2675.
2. Within 14 days of the release, submit a written description of the release. The
description should include: (1) a description of the release, (2) the type of material
released, (3) estimated amount of the spill; (4) the date of the release, (5) an explanation
of why the release occurred; and (6) a description of the measures to be implemented to
prevent and control future releases.
(1)Reportable Quantity: A Reportable Quantity is the quantity of a hazardous substance or oil that
triggers reporting requirements under the Comprehensive Emergency Response, Compensation,
and Liability Act (CERCLA) (USEPA, September 1992). While the Contractor is legally
responsible for knowing the risks of materials that are part of construction, members of the
owner's spill response team have access to information that may help identify these quantities
with you.
222Harmfiul Quantity: A Harmful Quantity of oil includes discharges that violate applicable water
quality standards; cause a film, sheen, or discoloration on a water surface or adjoining shoreline;
or cause a sludge or emulsion to be deposited beneath the water surface or shoreline (40 CFR
110.3).
2.0 PRODUCTS — NOT USED
3.0 EXECUTION — NOT USED
***END OF SECTION 01 35 44***
PHILLIPS HALL SPILL CONTROL
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADE
01 35 44-5
April 21, 2016
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 41 00
Ithaca, New York REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
SECTION 0141 00 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
1.0 GENERAL
1.1 PERMITS AND LICENSES
A. The Contractor shall obtain, maintain and pay for all permits and licenses necessary for the
execution of the Work and for the use of such Work when completed. Such permits shall
include but are not limited to building, electrical, plumbing, backflow prevention, dig safe
and building demolition.
1. City of Ithaca building permit applications shall be presented for review at the
regularly scheduled Owner's meeting with the Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ).
B. For any projects which include demolition of a structure or load-bearing elements of a
structure, the Contractor is required to complete a "Notification of Demolition and
Renovation" and provide this notification to the United State Environmental Protection
Agency (EPA) in advance of the work as specified in 40 CFR 61.145. The Contractor shall
also provide a copy of this notification to the Owner's Representative prior to any
demolition.
C. All Construction / Building / Hot Work and Occupancy permits shall be issued and
maintained through the City of Ithaca.
D. Ithaca Fire Department Permitting:
1. A permit is required from the Ithaca Fire Department to install or substantially repair a
fire suppression, fire detection, or fire alarm system as such as defined under the
Uniform Code of New York State.
2. If the scope of work is classified under the Existing Building Code of NYS as
Alteration —Level 1; Alteration — Level 2; Alteration — Level 3; or Addition; a permit
from the Ithaca Fire Department is required for all work affecting the fire suppression,
fire detection, or fire alarm system for that building. A building permit is also
required for this type of work.
3. Work classified as a `Repair' under the Existing Building Code of NYS does not
require a permit from the Ithaca Fire Department.
1.2 INSPECTIONS
A. Apply for and obtain all required inspections, pay all fees and charges for same, include all
service charges, pavement cuts and repairs.
1.3 COMPLIANCE
A. The Contractor shall give all notices, pay all fees and comply with all laws, rules and
regulations applicable to the Work.
PHILLIPS HALL REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADE
01 41 00-1
April 21, 2016
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 41 00
Ithaca, New York REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
1.4 OWNER'S REQUIREMENTS
A. The Contractor, Subcontractors, and employees of the Contractor and Subcontractors shall
comply with all regulations governing conduct, access to the premises, operation of
equipment and systems, and conduct while in or near the premises and shall perform the
Work in such a manner as not to unreasonably interrupt or interfere with the conduct of
business of the Owner.
B. Upon completion of the project, the Contractor agrees to provide the Owner with a
summary of municipal permit fees paid. This shall include the name of the permits secured,
the permit fees paid by the Contractor and a copy of the permit. If not permit fees were
required, the Contractor shall so state, in writing, upon completion of the project.
2.0 PRODUCTS — NOT USED
3.0 EXECUTION — NOT USED
***END OF SECTION 01 41 00***
PHILLIPS HALL REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADE
01 41 00-2
April 21, 2016
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 42 00
Ithaca, New York REFERENCES
SECTION 01 42 00 REFERENCES
1.0 GENERAL
1.1 INTENT OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
A. Notes or instructions shown on any one Drawing, apply where applicable, to all other Drawings.
B. All references to codes, specifications and standards referred to in the Specification Sections
and on the Drawings shall mean, and are intended to be, the latest edition, amendment and/or
revision of such reference standard in effect as of the date of these Contract Documents.
C. Install All Work in Compliance with:
1. Building Code of New York State
2. BCNYS Referenced Codes
3. National Electric Code
4. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA).
5. Life Safety Code NFPA 101.
6. All local ordinances
7. Mechanical Code of New York State.
8. Fuel Gas Code of New York State.
9. Fire Code of New York State.
10. Plans and Specifications in excess of code requirements and not contrary to same.
1.2 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and other Division 1
Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. "General": Basic Contract definitions are included in the Conditions of the Contract.
B. "Contract Documents": The Contract Documents consist of the Agreement between Owner
and Contractor, General Conditions, General Requirements, Drawings, Specifications,
addenda issued before execution of the Agreement, other documents listed in the
Agreement, and modifications issued after execution of the Agreement.
PHILLIPS HALL REFERENCES 0142 00-1
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADE April 21, 2016
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 42 00
Ithaca, New York REFERENCES
C. "The Contract": The Contract Documents form the Contract for construction and represent
the entire integrated Agreement between the Owner and Contractor.
D. "The Work": The work comprises the completed construction required by the Contract
Documents and includes all labor necessary to produce such construction and all materials
and equipment incorporated in such construction.
E. "Owner": Cornell University a New York corporation.
F. "Architect/Engineer": The Architect or Engineer is the person lawfully licensed to practice
architecture and/or engineering in the state of New York, identified as such in the Owner
Contractor Agreement, and is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular
in number. The terms Architect and/or Engineer mean the Architect and/or his authorized
representative.
G. "Contractor": The Contractor, person, firm, or corporation with whorl the Construction
Agreement contract is made by Owner.
H. "Subcontractor": A person, firm, or corporation, supplying labor and/or materials for work
at site of the project for and under separate contract or agreement with Contractor.
I. "As Approved" or "Approved": Architect's or Owner's approval.
J. "As Directed": Owner's direction or instruction. Other terms including "requested,"
"authorized," "selected," "required," and "permitted" have the same meaning as "directed."
K. "Indicated": Requirements expressed by graphic representations or in written form on
Drawings, in Specifications, and in other Contract Documents. Other teims including
"shown," "noted," "scheduled," and "specified" have the same meaning as "indicated."
L. "Regulations": Laws, ordinances, statutes, and lawful orders issued by authorities having
jurisdiction, and rules, conventions, and agreements within the construction industry that
control performance of the Work.
M. "Furnish": Supply and deliver to Project site, ready for unloading, unpacking, assembly,
installation, and similar operations.
N. "Install": Operations at Project site including unloading, temporarily storing, unpacking,
assembling, erecting, placing, anchoring, applying, working to dimension, finishing, curing,
protecting, cleaning, and similar operations.
O. "Reinstall". To place back into a former position.
P. "Replace". Provide a substitute for.
Q. "Provide": Furnish and install, complete and ready for the intended use.
R. "Concealed': Work installed in pipe shafts, chases or recesses, behind furred walls, above
ceilings, either permanent or removable.
S. "Exposed": All capital Work not identified as concealed.
PHILLIPS HALL REFERENCES 01 42 00-2
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADE April 21, 2016
CORNELL
Ithaca, New
T.
U.
V.
W.
X.
Y.
Z.
AA.
UNIVERSITY
York
SECTION 01 42 00
REFERENCES
"Project Site": Space available for performing construction activities. The extent of Project
site is shown on Drawings and may or may not be identical with the description of the land
on which Project is to be built.
"As -Built Documents": Drawings and other records that are maintained by the Contractor
to record all conditions which exist when the building construction is completed. This
includes both the elements of the project itself and existing elements that are encountered
during the course of project construction.
"Record Drawings": Shows construction changes in the project and the final location of all
services, lines, outlets, and connections including underground and concealed items. The
"record" drawings shall be compiled by the Architect based on the working as -built
drawings and revised in accordance with the marked up drawings submitted by the
Contractor.
"Shop Drawings": Drawings, diagrams, illustrations, charts, brochures, and other data that
are prepared by Contractor or any Subcontractor, manufacturer, supplier or distributor, for
some portion of the work.
"Samples": Physical examples furnished to illustrate materials, equipment or workmanship,
and to establish standards by which the work will be judged.
"General Conditions": The standardized contractual provisions describing the
responsibilities, rights and relationships of the Owner and Contractor under the construction
contract.
"Contract Limit Lines": A limit line or perimeter line established on the drawings or
elsewhere in the contract documents defining the boundaries of the site available to the
contractor for construction purposes.
"to do", "provide", "furnish", "install", etc., in these Specifications or on Drawings are
directions given to the Contractor;
1.4 OWNER AGREEMENTS
A.
Cornell University and the Tompkins -Cortland Counties Building Trades Council,
Maintenance Division have entered into an agreement. The local unions which are
members of the Tompkins -Cortland Counties Building Trades Council, Maintenance
Division are as follows:
Local #241 -
Local #267 -
Local #281 -
Local #3NY
Local #178 -
Local #112 -
Local #785 -
International Brotherhood of Electrical Workers
United Association of Plumbers and Steamfitters
United Brotherhood of Carpenters
- International Union of Bricklayers and Allied Craftworkers
International Union of Painters and Allied Trades
International Brotherhood of Sheetmetal Workers
Laborers International Union of North America
PHILLIPS HALL
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADE
REFERENCES
01 42 00-3
April 21, 2016
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 42 00
Ithaca, New York REFERENCES
The definition of craft maintenance as applied to this agreement shall be as follows:
All work associated with the demolition, repair, replacement, improvement to or
construction of equipment, buildings, structures, utilities, and/or system or components
thereof. Craft maintenance for trades assistants shall be limited to work assigned to
individuals employed as building trade laborers and which directly assists the craft work
performed by other employees covered by this agreement; the Employer is free to assign
such work; provided, however, such assignment does not fall within the craft performed
by other employees covered by this agreement.
1.5 INDUSTRY STANDARDS
A. Applicability of Standards: Unless the Contract Documents include more stringent
requirements, applicable construction industry standards have the same force and effect as if
bound or copied directly into the Contract Documents to the extent referenced. Such
standards are made a part of the Contract Documents by reference.
B. Publication Dates: Comply with standards in effect as of date of the Contract Documents
unless otherwise indicated.
C. Copies of Standards: Each entity engaged in construction on Project should be familiar
with industry standards applicable to its construction activity. Copies of applicable
standards are not bound with the Contract Documents.
1. Where copies of standards are needed to perform a required construction activity,
obtain copies directly from publication source.
D. Abbreviations and Acronyms for Standards and Regulations: Where abbreviations and
acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the
recognized name of the organizations responsible for the standards and regulations in the
following list. Names, telephone numbers, and Web sites are subject to change and are
believed to be accurate and up-to-date as of the date of the Contract Documents.
ADAAG Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA)
Architectural Barriers Act (ABA)
Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities
Available from Access Board
www.access-board.gov
CFR
FS
Code of Federal Regulations
Available from Government Printing Office
www.gpoaccess.gov/cfr/index.html
Federal Specification
Available from Department of Defense Single Stock Point
http://dodssp.daps.dla.mil
Available from Defense Standardization Program
www.dps.dla.mil
Available from General Services Administration
www.gsa.gov
(800) 872-2253
(202) 272-0080
(866) 512-1800
(202) 512-1800
(215) 697-6257
(202) 619-8925
PHILLIPS HALL REFERENCES 01 42 00-4
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADE April 21, 2016
CORNELL UNIVERSITY
Ithaca, New York
Available from National Institute of Building Sciences
www.nibs.org
SECTION 0142 00
REFERENCES
(202) 289-7800
UFAS Uniform Federal Accessibility Standards (800) 872-2253
Available from Access Board (202) 272-0080
www.access-board.gov
1.6 ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS
A. Industry Organizations: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or
other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the
following list. Naives, telephone numbers, and Web sites are subject to change and are
believed to be accurate and up-to-date as of the date of the Contract Documents.
AA Aluminum Association, Inc. (The) (703) 358-2960
www.aluminum.org
AAADM American Association of Automatic Door Manufacturers (216) 241-7333
www.aaadm.com
AABC Associated Air Balance Council (202) 737-0202
www.aabchq.com
AAMA American Architectural Manufacturers Association (847) 303-5664
www.aamanet.org
AASHTO American Association of State Highway and (202) 624-5800
Transportation Officials
www.transportation.org
AATCC American Association of Textile Chemists and Colorists (The) (919) 549-8141
www.aatcc.org
ABAA Air Barrier Association of America (866) 956-5888
www.airbarrier.org
ABMA American Bearing Manufacturers Association (202) 367-1155
www.abma-dc.org
ACI ACI International (248) 848-3700
(American Concrete Institute)
www.aci-int.org
ACPA American Concrete Pipe Association (972) 506-7216
www.concrete-pipe.org
AEIC Association of Edison Illuminating Companies, Inc. (The) (205) 257-2530
www.aeic.org
PHILLIPS HALL REFERENCES 01 42 00-5
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADE April 21, 2016
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 42 00
Ithaca, New York REFERENCES
AF&PA American Forest & Paper Association (800) 878-8878
www.afandpa.org (202) 463-2700
AGA American Gas Association (202) 824-7000
www.aga.org
AGC Associated General Contractors of America (The) (703) 548-3118
www.agc.org
AHAM Association of Horne Appliance Manufacturers (202) 872-5955
www.aham.org
(859) 288-4960
Al Asphalt Institute
www.asphaltinstitute.org
American Institute of Architects (The) (800) 242-3837
www.aia.org (202) 626-7300
AISC American Institute of Steel Construction
(800) 644-2400
www.aisc.org (312) 670-2400
AISI American Iron and Steel Institute
(202) 452-7100
www.steel.org
AITC American Institute of Timber Construction (303) 792-9559
www.aitc-glulam.org
ALCA Associated Landscape Contractors of America
(Now PLANET - Professional Landcare Network)
ALSC American Lumber Standard Committee, Incorporated (301) 972-1700
www.alsc.org
AMCA Air Movement and Control Association International, Inc. (847) 394-0150
www.amca.org
ANSI American National Standards Institute (202) 293-8020
www.ansi.org
AOSA Association of Official Seed Analysts, Inc. (505) 522-1437
www.aosaseed.com
APA APA - The Engineered Wood Association (253) 565-6600
www.apawood.org
APA Architectural Precast Association (239) 454-6989
www.archprecast.org
API American Petroleum Institute (202) 682-8000
www.api.org
PHILLIPS HALL REFERENCES 01 42 00-6
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADE April 21, 2016
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 42 00
Ithaca, New York REFERENCES
ARI Air -Conditioning & Refrigeration Institute (703) 524-8800
www.ari.org
ARMA Asphalt Roofmg Manufacturers Association (202) 207-0917
www.asphaltroofing.org
ASCE American Society of Civil Engineers (800) 548-2723
www.asce.org (703) 295-6300
ASHRAE American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and (800) 527-4723
Air -Conditioning Engineers (404) 636-8400
www.ashrae.org
ASME ASME International (800) 843-2763
(The American Society of Mechanical Engineers International) (973) 882-1170
www.asme.org
ASSE American Society of Sanitary Engineering (440) 835-3040
www.asse-plumbing.org
ASTM ASTM International (610) 832-9585
(American Society for Testing and Materials International)
www.astm.org
AWI Architectural Woodwork Institute (800) 449-8811
www.awinet.org (703) 733-0600
AWPA American Wood -Preservers' Association (334) 874-9800
www.awpa.com
AWS American Welding Society (800) '113-9353
www.aws.org (305) /M3-9353
AWWA American Water Works Association (800) 926-7337
www.awwa.org (303) 794-7711
BHMA Builders Hardware Manufacturers Association (212) 297-2122
www.buildershardware.com
BIA Brick Industry Association (The) (703) 620-0010
www.bia.org
BICSI BICSI (800) 242-7405
www.bicsi.org (813) 979-1991
BISSC Baking Industry Sanitation Standards Committee (866) 342-4772
www.bissc.org
CCC Carpet Cushion Council (203) 637-1312
www.carpetcushion.org
PHILLIPS HALL REFERENCES 01 42 00-7
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADE April 21, 2016
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 42 00
Ithaca, New York REFERENCES
CDA Copper Development Association (800) 232-3282
www.copper.org (212) 251-7200
CGA Compressed Gas Association (703) 788-2700
www.cganet.com
CIMA Cellulose Insulation Manufacturers Association (888) 881-2462
www.cellulose.org (937) 222-2462
CISCA Ceilings & Interior Systems Construction Association (630) 584-1919
www.cisca.org
CISPI Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute (423) 892-0137
www.cispi.org
CLFMI Chain Link Fence Manufacturers Institute (301) 596-2583
www.chainlinkinfo.org
CPA Composite Panel Association (301) 670-0604
www.pbmdf.com
CPPA Corrugated Polyethylene Pipe Association (800) 510-2772
www.cppa-info.org (202) 462-9607
CRI Carpet & Rug Institute (The) (800) 882-8846
www.carpet-rug.com (706) 278-3176
CRSI Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute (847) 517-1200
www.crsi.org
CSI Cast Stone Institute (770) 972-3011
www.caststone.org
CSI Construction Specifications Institute (The) (800) 689-2900
www.csinet.org (703) 684-0300
CSSB Cedar Shake & Shingle Bureau (604) 820-7700
www.cedarbureau.org
CTI Cooling Technology Institute (281) 583-4087
www.cti.org
DHI Door and Hardware Institute (703) 222-2010
www.dhi.org
EIA Electronic Industries Alliance (703) 907-7500
www.eia.org
EIMA EIFS Industry Members Association (800) 294-3462
www.eima.com (770) 968-7945
PHILLIPS HALL REFERENCES 01 42 00-8
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADE April 21, 2016
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 42 00
Ithaca, New York REFERENCES
EJCDC Engineers Joint Contract Documents Conunittee (703) 295-5000
www.ejdc.org
EJMA Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association, Inc. (914) 332-0040
www.ejma.org
ESD ESD Association (315) 339-6937
www.esda.org
FMG FM Global (401) 275-3000
www.fmglobal.com
FSA Fluid Sealing Association (610) 971-4850
www.fluidsealing.com
FSC Forest Stewardship Council 49 228 367 66 0
www.fsc.org
GA Gypsum Association (202) 289-5440
www.gypsuin.org
GANA Glass Association of North America (785) 271-0208
www.glasswebsite.com
GS Green Seal (202) 872-6400
www.greenseal.org
GSI Geosynthetic Institute (610) 522-8440
www.geosynthetic-institute.org
HI Hydraulic Institute (888) 786-7744
www.pumps.org (973) 267-9700
HI Hydronics Institute (908) 464-8200
www.gamanet.org
HPVA Hardwood Plywood & Veneer Association (703) 435-2900
www.hpva.org
HPW H. P. White Laboratory, Inc. (410) 838-6550
www.hpwhite.com
IBR Institute of Boiler & Radiation Manufacturers
ICEA Insulated Cable Engineers Association, Inc. (770) 830-0369
www.icea.net
ICRI International Concrete Repair Institute, Inc. (847) 827-0830
www.icri.org
PHILLIPS HALL REFERENCES 01 42 00-9
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADE April 21, 2016
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 42 00
Ithaca, New York REFERENCES
IEC International Electrotechnical Commission 41 22 919 02 11
www.iec.ch
IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc. (The) (212) 419-7900
www.ieee.org
IESNA Illuminating Engineering Society of North America (212) 248-5000
www.iesna.org
LEST Institute of Environmental Sciences and Technology (847) 255-1561
www.iest.org
IGCC Insulating Glass Certification Council
(315) 646-2234
www.igcc.org
IGMA Insulating Glass Manufacturers Alliance (613) 233-1510
www.igmaonline.org
Indiana Limestone Institute of America, Inc. (812) 275-4426
www.iliai.com
ISO International Organization for Standardization
41 22 749 01 11
www.iso.ch
Available from ANSI (202) 293-8020
www.ansi.org
ISSFA International Solid Surface Fabricators Association (877) 464-7732
www.issfa.net (702) 567-8150
ITS Intertek (800) 345-3851
www.intertek.com (713) 407-3500
ITU International Telecommunication Union 41 22 730 51 11
www.itu.int/home
KCMA Kitchen Cabinet Manufacturers Association (703) 264-1690
www.kcma.org
LMA Laminating Materials Association
(Now part of CPA)
LPI Lightning Protection Institute (800) 488-6864
www.lightning.org (804) 314-8955
MBMA Metal Building Manufacturers Association (216) 241-7333
www.mbma.com
MFMA Maple Flooring Manufacturers Association, Inc. (847) 480-9138
www.maplefloor.org
PHILLIPS HALL REFERENCES 01 42 00-10
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADE April 21, 2016
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 42 00
Ithaca, New York REFERENCES
MFMA Metal Framing Manufacturers Association (312) 644-6610
www.metalframingmfg.org
MI -11A Material Handling Industry of America (800) 345-1815
www.mhia.org (704) 676-1190
MIA Marble Institute of America (440) 250-9222
www.marble-institute.com
MPI Master Painters Institute (888) 674-8937
www.paintinfo.com
MSS Manufacturers Standardization Society of The Valve and (703) 281-6613
Fittings Industry Inc.
www.mss-hq.com
NAAMM National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers (312) 332-0405
www.naamm.org
NACE NACE International (800) 797-6623
(National Association of Corrosion Engineers International) (281) 228-6200
www.nace.org
NADCA National Air Duct Cleaners Association (202) 737-2926
www.nadca.com
NAIMA North American Insulation Manufacturers Association (703) 684-0084
www.naima.org
NBGQA National Building Granite Quarries Association, Inc. (800) 557-2848
www.nbgqa.com
NCAA National Collegiate Athletic Association (The) (317) 917-6222
www.ncaa.org
NCMA National Concrete Masonry Association (703) 713-1900
www.ncma.org
NCPI National Clay Pipe Institute (262) 248-9094
www.ncpi.org
NCTA National Cable & Telecomrnunications Association (202) 775-3550
www.ncta.com
NEBB National Environmental Balancing Bureau (301) 977-3698
www.nebb.org
NECA National Electrical Contractors Association (301) 657-3110
www.necanet.org
PHILLIPS HALL REFERENCES 01 42 00-11
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADE April 21, 2016
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 42 00
Ithaca, New York REFERENCES
NeLMA Northeastern Lumber Manufacturers' Association (207) 829-6901
www.nelma.org
NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers Association (703) 841-3200
www.nema.org
NETA International Electrical Testing Association (888) 300-6382
www.netaworld.org (303) 697-8441
NFHS National Federation of State High School Associations (317) 972-6900
www nfhs org
NFPA NFPA (800) 344-3555
(National Fire Protection Association) (617) 770-3000
www.nfpa.org
NFRC National Fenestration Rating Council (301) 589-1776
www.nfrc.org
NGA National Glass Association (866) 342-5642
www.glass.org (703) 442-4890
NI -ILA National Hardwood Lumber Association (800) 933-0318
www.natlhardwood.org (901) 377-1818
NLGA National Lumber Grades Authority (604) 524-2393
www.nlga.org
NOFMA NOFMA: The Wood Flooring Manufacturers Association (901) 526-5016
www.nofina.org
NRCA National Roofing Contractors Association (800) 323-9545
www.nrca.net (847) 299-9070
NRMCA National Ready Mixed Concrete Association (888) 846-7622
www.nrmca.org (301) 587-1400
NSF NSF International (800) 673-6275
(National Sanitation Foundation International) (734) 769-8010
www.nsf.org
NSSGA National Stone, Sand & Gravel Association (800) 342-1415
www.nssga.org (703) 525-8788
NTMA National Terrazzo & Mosaic Association, Inc. (The) (800) 323-9736
www.ntma.com (540) 751-0930
NYBFU New York Board of Fire Underwriters (212) 227-3700
www.nybfu.org
PHILLIPS HALL REFERENCES 01 42 00-12
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADE April 21, 2016
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 0142 00
Ithaca, New York REFERENCES
PCI Precast/Prestressed Concrete Institute (312) 786-0300
www.pci.org
PDCA Painting & Decorating Contractors of America (800) 332-7322
www.pdca.com (314) 514-7322
PDI Plumbing & Drainage Institute (800) 589-8956
www.pdionline.org (978) 557-0720
PGI PVC Geomembrane Institute (217) 333-3929
http://pgi-tp.ce.uiuc.edu
PLANET Professional Landcare Network (800) 395-2522
www.landcarenetwork.org
PTI Post -Tensioning Institute (602) 870-7540
www.post-tensioning.org
RCSC Research Council on Structural Connections (800) 644-2400
www.boltcouncil.org (312) 670-2400
RFCI Resilient Floor Covering Institute (301) 340-8580
www.rfci.com
RIS Redwood Inspection Service (888) 225-7339
www.calredwood.org (415) 382-0662
SAE SAE International (877) 606-7323
www.sae.org (724) 776-4841
SBI Steel Boiler Institute
SDI Steel Deck Institute (847) 458-4647
www.sdi.org
SDI Steel Door Institute (440) 899-0010
www.steeldoor.org
SEFA Scientific Equipment and Furniture Association (516) 294-5424
www.sefalabs.com
SGCC Safety Glazing Certification Council (315) 646-2234
www.sgcc.org
SIA Security Industry Association (703) 683-2075
www.siaonline.org
SJI Steel Joist Institute (843) 626-1995
www.steeljoist.org
SMA Screen Manufacturers Association (561) 533-0991
www.smacentral.org
PHILLIPS HALL REFERENCES 01 42 00-13
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADE April 21, 2016
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 42 00
Ithaca, New York REFERENCES
SMACNA Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors'
National Association
www.sinacna.org
(703) 803-2980
SMPTE Society of Motion Picture and Television Engineers (914) 761-1100
www.smpte.org
SPFA Spray Polyurethane Foam Alliance (800) 523-6154
www.sprayfoam.org
SPIB Southem Pine Inspection Bureau (The) (850) 434-2611
www.spib.org
SPRI Single Ply Roofing Industry (781) 647-7026
www.spri.org
SSINA Specialty Steel Industry of North America (800) 982-0355
www.ssina.com (202) 342-8630
SSPC SSPC: The Society for Protective Coatings (877) 281-7772
www.sspc.org (412) 281-2331
STI Steel Tank Institute (847) 438-8265
www.steeltank.com
SWI Steel Window Institute (216) 241-7333
www.steelwindows.com
SWRI Sealant, Waterproofing, & Restoration Institute (816) 472-7974
www.swrionline.org
TCA Tile Council of America, Inc. (864) 646-8453
www.tileusa.com
TIA/EIA Telecommunications Industry Association/Electronic (703) 907-7700
Industries Alliance
www.tiaonline.org
TMS The Masonry Society (303) 939-9700
www.masonrysociety.org
TPI Truss Plate Institute, Inc. (703) 683-1010
www.tpinst.org
TPI Turfgrass Producers International (847) 649-5555
www.turfgrasssod.org
TRI Tile Roofing Institute (312) 670-4177
www.tileroofmg.org
PHILLIPS HALL REFERENCES 01 42 00-14
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADE April 21, 2016
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 42 00
Ithaca, New York REFERENCES
UFPO Underground Facilities Protective Organization (800) 962-7962
www.ufpo.org (800) 962-7811
UL Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (877) 854-3577
www.ul.com (847) 272-8800
UNI Uni-Bell PVC Pipe Association (972) 243-3902
www.uni-bell.org
USGBC U.S. Green Building Council (202) 828-7422
www.usgbc.org
WASTEC Waste Equipment Technology Association (800) 424-2869
www.wastec.org (202) 244-4700
WCSC Window Covering Safety Council (800) 506-4636
www.windowcoverings.org
WDMA Window & Door Manufacturers Association (800) 223-2301
www.wdma.com
WI Woodwork Institute (916) 372-9943
www.wicnet.org
WMMPA Wood Moulding & Millwork Producers Association (800) 550-7889
www.wmmpa com (530) 661-9591
WSRCA Western States Roofmg Contractors Association (800) 725-0333
www.wsrca.com (650) 570-5441
WWPA Western Wood Products Association (503) 224-3930
www.wwpa.org
B. Code Agencies: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other
Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the following
list. Names, telephone numbers, and Web sites are subject to change and are believed to be
accurate and up-to-date as of the date of the Contract Documents.
IAPMO International Association of Plumbing and Mechanical Officials (909) 472-4100
www.iapmo.org
ICC International Code Council (888) 422-7233
www.iccsafe.org (703) 931-4533
ICC -ES ICC Evaluation Service, Inc. (800) 423-6587
www.icc-es.org (562) 699-0543
NEC National Electric Code
PHILLIPS HALL REFERENCES 01 42 00-15
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADE April 21, 2016
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 42 00
Ithaca, New York REFERENCES
C. Federal Government Agencies: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in
Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the
entities in the following list. Names, telephone numbers, and Web sites are subject to
change and are believed to be accurate and up-to-date as of the date of the Contract
Documents.
CE Army Corps of Engineers
www.usace.anny.mil
CPSC Consumer Product Safety Commission
www.cpsc.gov
(800) 638-2772
(301) 504-7923
DOC Department of Commerce (202) 482-2000
www.cornmerce.gov
DOD Department of Defense (215) 697-6257
http://.dodssp.daps.dla.mil
DOE Department of Energy (202) 586-9220
www.energy.gov
EPA Environmental Protection Agency (202) 272-0167
www.epa.gov
FAA Federal Aviation Administration (866) 835-5322
www.faa.gov
FCC Federal Communications Commission (888) 225-5322
www.fcc.gov
FDA Food and Drug Administration (888) 463-6332
www.fda.gov
GSA General Services Administration (800) 488-3111
www.gsa.gov
HUD Department of Housing and Urban Development (202) 708-1112
www.hud.gov
LBL Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratory (510) 486-4000
www.lbl.gov
NCHRP National Cooperative Highway Research Program
(See TRB)
NIST National Institute of Standards and Technology (301) 975-6478
www.nist.gov
OSHA Occupational Safety & Health Administration (800) 321-6742
www.osha.gov (202) 693-1999
PHILLIPS HALL REFERENCES 01 42 00-16
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADE April 21, 2016
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 42 00
Ithaca, New York REFERENCES
PBS Public Building Service
(See GSA)
PHS Office of Public Health and Science (202) 690-7694
www.osophs.dhhs.gov/ophs
RUS Rural Utilities Service (202) 720-9540
(See USDA)
SD State Department (202) 647-4000
www.state.gov
TRB Transportation Research Board (202) 334-2934
www.nas.edu/trb
USDA Department of Agriculture (202) 720-2791
www.usda.gov
USPS Postal Service (202) 268-2000
www.usps.com
2.0 PRODUCTS - NOT USED
3.0 EXECUTION - NOT USED
****END OF SECTION 01 42 00****
PHILLIPS HALL REFERENCES 01 42 00-17
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADE April 21, 2016
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 45 00
Ithaca, New York QUALITY CONTROL
SECTION 01 45 00 QUALITY CONTROL
1.0 GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION
A. The Contractor shall provide and maintain an effective Contractor Quality Control (CQC)
program and perform sufficient inspections and tests of all items of work, including those of
Subcontractors, to ensure compliance with Contract Documents. Include surveillance and
tests specified in the technical sections of the Specifications. Furnish appropriate facilities,
instruments, and testing devices required for performance of the quality control function.
Controls must be adequate to cover construction operations and be keyed to the construction
sequence. Construction shall not begin until the Owner has approved the CQC program.
1.2 CONTROL OF ON-SITE CONSTRUCTION
A. Include a control system for the following phases of inspection:
1. Pre -Installation Meeting. For all sections where pre -installations are defined, the
Contractor shall arrange for a pre -installation meeting. When practical, pre-
installation meetings shall be scheduled to take place on the same day as regularly
schedule progress meetings. The Contractor shall make available, during this
meeting, all approved submittals and products.
a. Agenda to include the following:
i. Appointment
ii Appointment of official representatives of participants in the Project.
iii. Review of existing conditions and affected work, and testing thereof as
required.
iv. Review of installation procedures and requirements.
v. Review of environmental and site condition requirements.
vi. Schedule of the applicable portions of the Work.
vii. Schedule of submission of samples, color chips, and items for Owners
consideration.
viii. Requirements for temporary facilities, site sign, offices, storage sheds,
utilities, fences, Section 01500.
ix. Requirements for notification for reviews. Allow a minimum of 48 hour
notice to Architect for review of the Work.
PHILLIPS HALL QUALITY CONTROL
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADE
01 45 00-1
April 21, 2016
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 45 00
Ithaca, New York QUALITY CONTROL
x. Requirements for inspections and tests, as applicable. Schedule and
undertake inspections and tests in accordance with Section 01410.
xi. Delivery schedule of specified equipment.
xii. Special safety requirements and procedures.
b. The following minimum personnel shall be at the meeting:
i. Project Manager.
ii. Project Field Supervisor
iii. Subcontractor
iv. Architect's Representative
v. Owner's Representative
vi. Commissioning Agent, when applicable
vii. Testing Agency, when applicable
2. Preparatory Inspection. Perform this inspection prior to beginning work on any
definable feature of work. Include a review of contract requirements with the
supervisors directly responsible for the performance of the work; check to assure that
materials, products, and equipment have been tested, submitted, and approved; check
to assure that provisions have been made for required control testing; examine the
work area to ascertain that preliminary work has been completed; physically examine
materials and equipment to assure that they conform to shop drawings and data and
that the materials and equipment are on hand.
3. Initial Inspection. Perform this inspection as soon as work commences on a
representative portion of a particular feature of workmanship review control testing
for compliance with contract requirements.
4. Follow-up Inspections. Perform these inspections on a regular basis to assure
continuing compliance with contract requirements until completion of that particular
work.
1.3 CONTROL OF OFF-SITE OPERATIONS
A. Perform factory quality control inspections for items fabricated or assembled off-site as
opposed to "off-the-shelf" items. The CQC Representative at the fabricating plant shall be
responsible for release of the fabricated items for shipment to the job site. The CQC
Representative at the job site shall receive the item and note any damage incurred during
shipment. The Contractor shall be responsible for protecting and maintaining the item in
good condition throughout the period of on-site and during erection or installation.
Although any item found to be faulty may be rejected before its use, final acceptance of an
item by the Owner is based on its satisfactory incorporation into the work and acceptance of
the completed project.
PHILLIPS HALL QUALITY CONTROL
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADE
01 45 00-2
April 21, 2016
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 45 00
Ithaca, New York QUALITY CONTROL
1.4 TESTING
A. The Owner may engage the services of an independent testing laboratory to confirm that an
installed item or element of work conforms to the Specification and workmanship
requirements.
1.5 OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE
A. The Owner shall designate a Representative to monitor the progress and execution of the
work. The Representative shall have the authority to call for test samples, to approve or to
reject work performed and to stop work in progress, if, in its opinion, the work is not in
conformance with the Contract Documents. The Representative shall not be authorized to
make changes or interpretations of the Contract Documents.
1. The Contractor shall maintain a project Deficiency/Issues Log in e -Builder to track
non -conforming materials or sub -standard workmanship identified by Owner's
Representative.
2.0 PRODUCTS — NOT USED
3.0 EXECUTION — NOT USED
***END OF SECTION 0145 00***
PHILLIPS HALL QUALITY CONTROL
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADE
01 45 00-3
April 21, 2016
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 45 29
Ithaca, New York TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES
SECTION 01 45 29 TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES
1.0 GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION
A. The Owner will employ and pay for the services of an Independent Testing Laboratory to
perform specified services.
1. Contractor shall cooperate with the laboratory to facilitate the execution of its required
services.
2. Employment of the laboratory shall in no way relieve Contractor's obligations to
perform the Work of the Contract.
B. Testing Laboratory services are specified in connection with work including but not limited
to the following:
1. New York State Building Code, Chapter 17, Special Inspections
2. Cast -in-place Concrete: Section 03 30 00.
1.2 QUALIFICATIONS OF LABORATORY
A. Meet "Recommended Requirements for Independent Laboratory Qualification", latest
edition, published by American Council of Independent Laboratories.
B. Meet basic requirements of ASTM E329 -05b, "Standard Specification for Agencies
Engaged in Construction Inspection and/or Testing ".
C. Authorized to operate in the State of New York.
D. Testing and inspections shall be perfonned under the direction of Licensed Professional
Engineer registered in the State of New York who shall be responsible for administering all
testing and inspections and shall certify any local agency requirements.
E. Submit copy of report of inspection of facilities made by Materials Reference Laboratory of
National Bureau of Standards during the most recent tour of inspection, with memorandum
of remedies of any deficiencies reported by the inspection.
F. Testing Equipment:
1. Calibrated at maximum 12 month intervals by devices of accuracy traceable to either:
a. National Bureau of Standards
b. Accepted values of natural physical constants.
2. Submit copy of certificate of calibration made by accredited calibration agency.
PHILLIPS HALL TESTING LABORATORY 01 45 29-1
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADE SERVICES April 21, 2016
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 45 29
Ithaca, New York TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES
1.3 LABORATORY DUTIES
A. Cooperate with Owner, Architect and Contractor; provide qualified personnel promptly on
notice.
B. Perform specified inspections, sampling and testing of materials and methods of
construction.
1. Comply with specified standards, ASTM, other recognized authorities, and as
specified.
2. Ascertain compliance of materials with requirements of Contract Documents.
C. Promptly notify Owner, Architect and Contractor of observed irregularities or deficiencies
of work or products.
D. Should Laboratory tests of material performed at specified intervals of time indicate that
strengths do not meet Specification requirements, the Inspection Agency and Geotechnical
Engineer shall IMMEDIATELY notify the Owner, Contractor, and Architect. The
Architect shall determine whether remedial action is necessary.
E. Promptly submit written report of each test and inspection; one copy each to Architect,
Owner, Contractor, and one copy to Record Documents File. Each report shall include:
1. Date issued.
2. Project title and number.
3. Testing laboratory name, address and telephone number.
4. Name and signature of laboratory inspector.
5. Date and time of sampling or inspection.
6. Record of temperature and weather conditions.
7. Date of test.
8. Identification of product and specification section.
9. Location of sample or test in the Project.
10. Type of inspection or test.
11. Observations on compliance with Contract Documents.
F. Prepare a summary report for each category of inspection certifying that the work has been
inspected and meets the Contract Documents. Specifically list all discrepancies found
which have not yet been repaired or resolved.
G. Perform additional tests as required by Architect or the Owner.
PHILLIPS HALL TESTING LABORATORY 01 45 29-2
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADE SERVICES April 21, 2016
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 0145 29
Ithaca, New York TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES
1.4 LIMITATIONS OF AUTHORITY OF TESTING LABORATORY
A. Laboratory is not authorized to:
1. Release, revoke, alter or enlarge on requirements of Contract Documents.
2. Approve or accept any portion of the Work.
3. Perform any duties of the Contractor.
1.5 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES
A. Cooperate with laboratory personnel. Provide access to Work, and Manufacturer's
operations.
B. Secure and deliver to the laboratory adequate quantities of representative samples of
materials proposed to be used and for which testing is specified.
C. Provide to the laboratory the approved design mixes proposed to be used for concrete, and
other material mixes which require control by the testing laboratory.
D. Furnish copies of Products test reports as required.
E. Furnish incidental labor and facilities:
1. To provide access to Work to be tested.
2. To obtain and handle samples at the Project site or at the source of the product to be
tested.
3. To facilitate inspections and tests.
4. For Laboratory's exclusive use for storage and curing of test samples.
F. Notify laboratory a minimum of 24 hours in advance of operations to allow for laboratory
assignment of personnel and scheduling of tests.
1. When tests or inspections cannot be performed after such notice, reimburse laboratory
for personnel and travel expenses incurred due to Contractor's responsibility.
G. Make arrangements with laboratory and pay for additional samples and tests required for
Contractor's convenience.
H. Employ and pay for the services of a separate, equally qualified independent testing
laboratory to perform additional inspections, sampling and testing required when initial
tests indicate Work does not comply with Contract Documents.
2.0 PRODUCTS — NOT USED
3.0 EXECUTION — NOT USED
***END OF SECTION 01 45 29***
PHILLIPS HALL TESTING LABORATORY 01 45 29-3
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADE SERVICES April 21, 2016
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 50 00
Ithaca, New York TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
SECTION 01 50 00 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
1.0 GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION
A. The Contractor shall furnish, install and maintain all temporary facilities and services of
every kind, as required by the Contractor and by its subcontractors for their performance of
the Work and compliance with the Contract Documents, and shall remove such facilities
and complete such services upon the completion of all other work, or as Cornell University
may direct.
B. The Contractor shall obtain all required permits and approvals for and shall provide,
construct, or install, as well as operate, maintain, service and remove temporary facilities
and services.
1.2 REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATORY AGENCIES
A. Comply with Federal, State and local codes and safety regulations.
2.0 PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS, GENERAL
A. Choice of materials, as suitable for the accomplishment of the intended purpose, is the
Contractor's option.
B. Materials may be new or used, but must not violate requirements of applicable codes,
standards and specifications.
2.2 TEMPORARY FIRST AID FACILITIES
A. Provide first aid equipment and supplies, with qualified personnel continuously available to
render first aid at the site.
B. Provide a sign, posted at the telephone, listing the telephone numbers for emergency
medical services: Physicians, ambulance services and hospitals.
2.3 TEMPORARY FIRE PROTECTION
A. Provide a fire protection and prevention program for employees and personnel at the site.
Any fire watches as a result of construction operations are the responsibility of the
Contractor. Comply with NFPA 241. Develop, manage, and supervise an overall fire -
prevention and -protection program for personnel at Project site. Review needs with local
fire department and establish procedures to be followed. Instruct personnel in methods and
procedures. Post warnings and information.
PHILLIPS HALL TEMPORARY FACILITIES 01 50 00-1
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADE AND CONTROLS April 21, 2016
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 50 00
Ithaca, New York TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
1. Impairments "Fire Code of NYS Section 901.7". hnpairment; "the removal of fire
alarm devices or sprinkler system coverage in a building." There are two different
levels of impairments
a. Partial Impairment. The removal of fire alarm devices or sprinkler system
coverage via control valve in the immediate area of where work is to be
performed.
Basic Impaiinient Notification will be sent to Local Authority Having
Jurisdiction and FM Global.
No fire watch will be required in most cases.
b. Full System Impairment. The complete removal of a fire alarm "system" or
sprinkler "system". Impairment of both the fire alarm system and sprinkler
system at the same time is not allowed.
Full System Impairment Notification will be sent to local Authority
Having Jurisdiction, FM Global, Ithaca Fire Department Officers, Building
Manager, Maintenance Manager, and Customer Service.
Fire Watch will be required and will need the Fire Watch Person's name
and contact information. Cornell EH&S does not perform the fire watch, it
is the responsibility of the Contractor.
B. Equipment:
1. Provide and maintain fire extinguishing equipment ready for instant use at all areas of
the Project and at specific areas of critical fire hazard.
2. Hand extinguishers of the types and sizes recommended by the National Board of Fire
Underwriters to control fires from particular hazards.
3. Construction period use of permanent fire protection system.
4. Water hoses connected to an adequate water pressure and supply system to reach each
area or level of construction upon building enclosure or heating of the building.
5. Maintain existing standpipes and hoses for fire protection. Provide additional temporary
hoses where required to comply with requirements. Hang hoses with a warning sign
stating that hoses are for fire -protection purposes only and are not to be removed. Match
hose size with outlet size and equip with suitable nozzles. Provide hoses of sufficient
length to protect construction areas.
6. Maintain unobstructed access to fire extinguishers, fire hydrants, siamese connections,
standpipes, temporary fire -protection facilities, stairways, and other access routes for
firefighting.
7. Where existing or temporary fire protection services are being replaced with new fire
protection services, do not remove or impair existing or temporary services until new
services are placed into operation and use.
PHILLIPS HALL TEMPORARY FACILITIES 01 50 00-2
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADE AND CONTROLS April 21, 2016
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 50 00
Ithaca, New York TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
8. At earliest feasible date in each area of Project, complete installation of permanent fire -
protection facility and systems, including connected services, and place into operation
and use. Instruct key personnel on use of facilities. Protect and maintain permanent fire
protection system. Repair or replace any components damaged during construction.
C. Enforce fire -safety discipline:
1. Store combustible and volatile materials in an isolated, protected location.
2. Avoid accumulations of flammable debris and waste in or about the Project.
3. Prohibit smoking in the vicinity of hazardous conditions.
4. There is NO SMOKING allowed on construction sites located in any occupied
building. Smoking is prohibited in all Cornell University buildings.
5. Closely supervise welding and torch -cutting operations in the vicinity of combustible
materials and volatile conditions.
6. Supervise locations and operations of portable heating units and fuel.
D. Maintain fire extinguishing equipment in working condition, with current inspection
certificate attached to each extinguisher.
E. Welding or burning operations shall be conducted under a Hot Work Permit issued in
accordance with Section 01 41 00. Where such work is permitted, the Contractor shall
provide an approved fire extinguisher in good operating condition within easy reach of the
operating personnel. In each instance, obtain prior approval of Cornell University
Environmental Health & Safety.
F. Advise Cornell University Environmental Health & Safety of any items affecting Life
Safety, e.g., road blockages, exit closing, etc.
2.4 CONSTRUCTION AIDS
A. Provide construction aids and equipment required to assure safety for personnel and to
facilitate the execution of the Work; Scaffolds, staging, ladders, stairs, ramps, runways,
platforms, railings, hoists, cranes, chutes and other such equipment.
B. When permanent stair framing is in place, provide temporary treads, platforms and railings,
for use by construction personnel.
C. Maintain all equipment in a safe condition.
2.5 SUPPORTS
A. The Contractor shall include cost of all materials and labor necessary to provide all
supports, beams, angles, hangers, rods, bases, braces, etc. to properly support the Contract
Work. All supports, etc. shall meet the approval of the Architect.
PHILLIPS HALL TEMPORARY FACILITIES
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADE AND CONTROLS
01 50 00-3
April 21, 2016
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 50 00
Ithaca, New York TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
B. Any and all supports that are of "custom" fabrication or installation shall be designed by the
Contractor's NYS licensed PE with stamped & signed shop drawings and calculations
provided for same.
2.6 TEMPORARY ENCLOSURES
A. Provide temporary weather -tight enclosure for building exterior, maintain in-place until
installation of permanent enclosures. Provide temporary weather -tight enclosure of exterior
walls as work progresses for protection of construction, in progress and completed, from
exposure, foul weather, other construction operations, and similar activities, and as
necessary to provide acceptable working conditions, provide weather protection for interior
materials, provide weather protection for occupied areas, allow for effective temporary
heating, and to prevent entry of unauthorized persons.
1. Provide temporary exterior doors with self-closing hardware and padlocks or locksets.
2. Other enclosures shall be removable as necessary for work and for handling of
materials.
3. Where heating or cooling is needed and permanent enclosure is incomplete, insulate
temporary enclosures.
4. Coordinate enclosure with ventilation requirements, material drying or curing
requirements, and specified environmental limitations to avoid dangerous or detrimental
conditions and effects.
B. Provide temporary enclosures to separate work areas from areas of the existing building
occupied by Owner; to prevent penetration of dust or moisture into occupied areas, to
prevent damage to existing equipment, and to protect Owner's employees and operations
from construction work.
1. Temporary partition and ceiling enclosures: Framing and sheet materials which
comply with structural and fire rating requirements of applicable codes and standards.
a. Close joints between sheet materials, and seal edges and intersections with
existing surfaces, to prevent penetration of dust or moisture.
b. In locations where fire protection is required, paint both sides of partitions and
ceilings with fire -retardant paint as required by local fire regulations.
2. Do not remove existing exterior enclosure systems until new exterior enclosure systems
are ready for installation. Complete removal of existing exterior enclosure systems as
soon as possible Immediately after completing removal, install new exterior enclosure
systems and complete installation as soon as possible.
3. Do not remove existing HVAC systems connected to louvers at existing exterior
enclosure systems until new HVAC systems and louvers at exterior enclosure systems are
ready for installation. Complete removal of existing HVAC systems and louvers as soon
as possible. Immediately after completing removal, install new HVAC systems and new
louvers and complete installation as soon as possible.
PHILLIPS HALL TEMPORARY FACILITIES 01 50 00-4
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADE AND CONTROLS April 21, 2016
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 0150 00
Ithaca, New York TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
2.7 TEMPORARY WATER CONTROL
A. The Contractor shall provide, maintain and operate pumps required to keep the Work free of
water at all times.
B. Dispose of all water with due care and shall not infringe on the rights of others on the Site,
of adjacent property owners and of the public. All cost in connection with the removal of
such water shall be paid by the Contractor
2.8 TREE, PLANT AND LAWN PROTECTION
A. Preserve and protect existing trees, plants and lawns at the site which are designated to
remain, and those adjacent to the site.
B. Consult with Owner, and remove agreed -on roots and branches which interfere with
construction.
1. Employ qualified tree surgeon to remove, and to treat cuts.
C. Provide temporary fences to a height of six feet, around each, or around each group of trees
and plants. Provide temporary lawn protection to prevent soil compaction. Reference
Cornell University Design Standards and Details:
1.8.3 - Tree Fence Detail
D. Protect root zones of trees, plants and lawn areas:
1. Do not allow vehicular traffic or parking.
2. Do not store materials or products.
3. Prevent dumping of refuse or chemically injurious materials or liquids.
4. Prevent puddling or continuous running water.
E. Carefully supervise excavating, grading and filling, and subsequent construction operations
to prevent damage.
F. Replace, or suitably repair, trees, plants and lawn areas designated to remain which are
damaged or destroyed due to construction operations.
G. Roots 2 inches or larger that are damaged or cut during construction are to be sawed off
close to the tree side of the excavation.
H. During the leafing -out period in the spring, extra care should be exercised to reduce root
damage such as keeping exposed roots wet, saturating soil when backfilling around roots,
and backfilling as soon as possible.
I. Trees damaged during construction should be fertilized according to standard tree
maintenance practices.
PHILLIPS HALL TEMPORARY FACILITIES 01 50 00-5
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADE AND CONTROLS April 21, 2016
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 50 00
Ithaca, New York TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
J. If roots are cut back as a result of construction, proper pruning standards should be applied
to compensate for root loss, while maintaining the natural character of the tree.
2.9 GUARDRAILS AND BARRICADES
A. Provide guardrails, barricades, fences, footways, tunnels and other devices necessary to
protect personnel and employees at the site, and the public, against hazards on or adjacent to
the construction site.
1. Provide signs, warning lights, signals, flags and illumination as necessary to alert
persons to hazards and to provide safe, adequate visibility in areas of hazards.
2. Closed sidewalks need to be indicated with OSHA -approved signs, as well as, proper
barricades.
2.10 ACCESS ROADS AND PARKING AREAS
A. Provide adequate temporary roads and walks to achieve all-weather access into the site from
public thoroughfares, and within and adjacent to the site as necessary to provide
uninterrupted access to field offices, work and storage areas.
B. Grade and provide drainage facilities to assure runoff of rainwater and to avoid blockage of
flow from adjacent areas.
C. During dry weather wet down temporary unpaved areas when necessary to prevent blowing
dust.
2.11 PROJECT IDENTIFICATION AND SIGNS
A. No Contractor signs to be displayed at the project site, unless authorized by the Owner.
B. Owner Construction Project Sign. The Contractor shall install Owner provided project
identification signage.
2.12 SECURITY
A. The Contractor shall provide security services as required to protect the interests of the
Owner.
2.13 FIELD OFFICES
A. The Owner shall designate a space within the facility to serve as a field office for the use of
the Contractor and Owner.
PHILLIPS HALL TEMPORARY FACILITIES 01 50 00-6
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADE AND CONTROLS April 21, 2016
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 50 00
Ithaca, New York TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
3.0 EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
A. Consult with Owner, review site conditions and factors which affect construction
procedures and temporary facilities, including adjacent properties and public facilities
which may be affected by execution of the work.
1. Designate the locations and extent of temporary construction, storage, and other
temporary facilities and controls required for the expeditious accomplishment of the
Work.
2. Allow space for use of the site by Owner and by other contractors, as required by
Contract Documents.
3.2 GENERAL
A. Comply with applicable requirements specified in sections of Division 02 through 40.
B. Make work structurally, mechanically and electrically sound throughout.
C. Install work in a neat and orderly manner.
D. Maintain, clean, service and repair facilities to provide continuous usage, and to the quality
specified for the original installation.
E. Relocate facilities as required by progress of construction, by storage or work requirements,
and to accommodate requirements of Owner and other contractors employed at the site.
F. Keep the site, at all times during the progress of the Work, free from accumulation of waste
matter or rubbish and shall confine its apparatus, materials and operations of its workers to
the limits prescribed except as the latter may be extended with the approval of the Owner's
Representative. Cleaning of the structure or structures must be performed daily and
removal of waste matter or rubbish must be performed at least once a week.
G. Contractor shall at all tunes keep access road and public roads clean of mud and
construction debris and maintain dust control to the satisfaction of the Owner.
PHILLIPS HALL TEMPORARY FACILITIES 01 50 00-7
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADE AND CONTROLS April 21, 2016
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 50 00
Ithaca, New York TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
3.3 REMOVAL
A. Completely remove temporary structures, materials, equipment and services:
1. When construction needs can be met by use of permanent construction.
2. At completion of the Project.
B. Repair damage caused by installation or use of temporary facilities. Clean after removal.
C. Restore existing or permanent facilities used for temporary purposes to specified, or to
original condition.
1. Remove foundations and underground installations for temporary construction and
utilities.
2. Grade the areas of the site affected by temporary installations to required elevations
and slopes, and clean the area.
***END OF SECTION 01 50 00***
PHILLIPS HALL TEMPORARY FACILITIES
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADE AND CONTROLS
01 50 00-8
April 21, 2016
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 51 00
Ithaca, New York TEMPORARY UTILITIES
SECTION 01 51 00 TEMPORARY UTILITIES
1.0 GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION
A. The Contractor shall furnish, install and maintain temporary utilities required by all trades
for construction. Remove on completion of Work.
B. The Contractor shall provide all labor and materials for temporary connections and
distribution.
1.2 REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATORY AGENCIES
A. Comply with National Electric Code, current edition.
B. Comply with Federal, State and local codes and safety regulations and with utility company
requirements.
2.0 PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS, GENERAL
A. Materials may be new or used, but must be adequate in capacity for the required usage,
must not create unsafe conditions, and must not violate requirements of applicable codes
and standards.
2.2 TEMPORARY ELECTRICITY, LIGHTING AND WATER
A. The Contractor shall have access to the Owner's water and electric power for constructing
the Work. Temporary utility connections shall be made by the Contractor as close to its
operations as possible as long as such connections do not over -load the capacity of the
Owner's utilities or interfere with its customary utilization thereof. Utility access points
shall be determined in cooperation with and acceptable to the Owner.
B. The Contractor shall be responsible for the economic use of the Owner's Water and Power.
The Owner will pay for the water and power consumed in the construction of the Work as
long as economical usage of these utilities is maintained. The Owner reserves the right to
meter and charge for the power and water consumed if in the opinion of the Owner the
usage of these utilities is not economically conducted by the Contractor. In such an event,
the Owner shall give three (3) days written notice to the Contractor of its intentions to meter
and charge for temporary utilities used by the Contractor.
C. All temporary power systems including wiring shall be removed by the Contractor when no
longer required.
PHILLIPS HALL TEMPORARY UTILITIES
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADE
01 51 00-1
April 21, 2016
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 51 00
Ithaca, New York TEMPORARY UTILITIES
D. The minimum temporary lighting to be provided is at the rate of fifty foot candles, is to be
maintained in each room and changed as required when interior walls are being erected.
The required temporary lighting must be maintained for twenty-four (24) hours a day and
seven (7) days a week at all stair levels and in all corridors below ground; in any and all
egress; in all other spaces temporary lighting is to be maintained only during working hours.
All temporary wiring and equipment shall be in conformity with the National Electric Code.
E. The minimum temporary outdoor security lighting to be provided is as follows:
1. Along the perimeter of the site fence, consisting of vandal -resistant light fixtures with
HID lamps, located 150 foot center, mounted on the inside of the construction fence.
2. Lighting for temporary pedestrian paths and roadways, to provide a minimum of 0.1
foot-candle on the path of travel.
F. Three-phase temporary power circuits shall be installed as required to operate construction
equipment of the various trades and to Install and test equipment such as pumps and
elevators. The Contractor shall install and maintain temporary or permanent service for the
pennanently installed building equipment such as sump pumps, boilers, boiler controls,
fans, pumps, so that such equipment may be operated when required and so ordered by the
Owner's Representative for drainage or for temporary heat.
G. Except as otherwise provided in the Contract, the Contractor shall submit to the Owner or
the Owner's Representative for approval a proposed schedule of all utility shutdowns and
cutovers of all types which may be required in connection with the Work. Such schedule
shall provide a minimum of four (4) weeks advance notice to the Owner prior to the time of
the proposed shutdown and cutover. The Contractor shall be responsible for all charges
relating to shutdowns.
H. Discontinuance, Changes and Removal
The Contractor shall:
1. Discontinue all temporary services required by the Contract when so directed by the
Owner or the Owner's Representative. The discontinuance of any such temporary
service prior to the completion of the Work shall not render the Owner liable for any
additional cost entailed thereby.
2. Remove and relocate such temporary facilities as directed by the Owner or the
Owner's Representative, and shall restore the Site and the Work to a condition
satisfactory to the Owner.
2.3 TEMPORARY USE OF ELEVATOR
A. Use of Existing Elevator
1. If the Contractor elects to use the existing elevator equipment, the Contractor shall:
a. Provide adequate protection for such equipment and shall operate such
equipment within a capacity not to exceed that allowed by law, rule or
regulation.
PHILLIPS HALL TEMPORARY UTILITIES
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADE
01 51 00-2
April 21, 2016
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 51 00
Ithaca, New York TEMPORARY UTILITIES
b. Provide for the maintenance and cleaning of the elevator equipment as approved
by the Owner's Representative.
c. Prior to start of construction, accurately record the condition of the existing
elevator. Promptly repair or replace items that are damaged as a result of
Contractor's use. Service calls that arise as a result of Contractor misuse will be
charged to the Contractor. At Substantial Completion, restore elevators to
condition existing before initial use.
d. Use only elevators designated by Owner's Representative at dates and times
designated by Owner's Representative. Dates and times available for
Contractor's use shall be scheduled with, and at the convenience of, the Owner,
and inay vary during the course of the Project.
e. Owner will not provide elevator operators or other monitoring of elevator use.
£ Do not load elevators beyond their rated weight capacity.
g.
Provide code compliant protective coverings, barriers, devices, signs, or other
procedures to protect elevator car and entrance doors and frame. If, despite such
protection, elevators become damaged, engage elevator maintenance contractor
to restore damaged work so no evidence remains of correction work. Return
items that cannot be refinished in field to the shop, make required repairs and
refinish entire unit, or provide new units as required.
h. Procure and coordinate the elevator maintenance contractor to gain access to the
elevator shaft as required to complete the work
2.4 TEMPORARY HEAT AND VENTILATION
A. The Contractor shall furnish temporary heat as may be necessary for constructing the Work.
B. The Contractor will be permitted to use the building's permanent heating system for
temporary heat. Permission to use the building's permanent heating system shall in no way
constitute the Owner's acceptance of that portion of the Work.
C. When using the permanent building systems for space conditioning, provide a written
maintenance plan for acceptance by the Owner's Representative, prior to utilizing the
equipment. Plan to address temporary filtering of air and water, sealing of open ducts,
lubrication, operation outside of normal ranges, and controls/safeties. Return all equipment
to its newly installed condition prior to acceptance testing.
1. If the Contractor elects to use the building's permanent heating system for temporary
heat, the Contractor shall provide filters with a minimum MERV of 8 at each return -air
grille in system, maintain to keep them free of dust and debris, replace if necessary and
remove at end of construction and clean HVAC system as required in Section 01 77 00 —
Project Closeout.
D. Any temporary system shall be removed when no longer required.
E. During heating cycles the enclosures separating the interior building areas from outside
shall be maintained closed to conserve heat energy.
PHILLIPS HALL TEMPORARY UTILITIES
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADE
01 51 00-3
April 21, 2016
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 51 00
Ithaca, New York TEMPORARY UTILITIES
F. The Contractor shall provide for ventilation of all structures until Physical Completion of
the Work and shall control such ventilation to avoid excessive moisture levels and rates of
drying of construction materials, including but not limited to concrete and to plaster, and to
prevent condensation on sensitive surfaces. The Contractor shall be responsible for any
moisture intrusion that is detrimental to the Project.
2.5 TEMPORARY CONTRACTOR TELEPHONE SERVICE
A. Site Superintendent or their Representative shall carry a cellular telephone at all times and
provide the number to the Project Manager.
B. Pay all costs for installation, maintenance and removal, and service charges.
2.6 TEMPORARY SANITARY FACILITIES
A. The Owner shall designate sanitary facilities to be utilized by the Contractor during
construction. The Contractor shall maintain neat, clean and sanitary conditions. The
Contractor shall be responsible for costs associated with excessive custodial services
associated with such usage.
3.0 EXECUTION
3.1 REMOVAL
A. Completely remove temporary materials and equipment when their use is no longer
required.
B. Clean and repair damage caused by temporary installations or use of temporary facilities.
C. Restore existing and permanent facilities used for temporary services to specified, or to
original, condition.
***END OF SECTION 01 51 00***
PHILLIPS HALL TEMPORARY UTILITIES
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADE
01 51 00-4
April 21, 2016
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 57 13
Ithaca, New York SOIL EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL
SECTION 01 57 13 SOIL EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL
1.0 GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION
A. The Contractor shall be responsible for preparing and implementing an Erosion and
Sediment Control Plan.
B. This Section describes minimum standards for the prevention and control of erosion during
the construction process and may not be sufficient for all sites. The Contractor shall remain
responsible for the means and methods of preventing erosion and may be required to
employ additional means and methods as required to prevent violations of local, state, or
federal standards.
C. On certain sites, a Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan may also be required which may
include additional or more specific requirements. The requirement for a Storm Water
Pollution Prevention Plan will be indicated by inclusion of Section 01 57 23 Storm Water
Pollution Prevention Plan, or alternative equivalent Section, in the Contract Documents.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit an Erosion and Sediment Control Plan, as specified herein.
B. Refer to Section 01 33 00 — Submittal Procedures.
1.3 PLAN AND IMPLEMENTATION GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Plan shall comply with design specifications in the New York Guidelines for Urban Erosion
and Sediment Control, NYS Stormwater Management Design Manual, NYSDEC Technical
and Operational Guidance Series, good engineering practices, and this Section.
B. Erosion and Sediment Control Plan shall be reviewed and approved by the Environmental
Health and Safety Office, and implemented prior to any site work.
C. Maintain Erosion and Sediment Control measures throughout the course of site construction
activities until vegetative growth is established to the Owner's satisfaction.
D. At conclusion of the Project, remove all remaining temporary erosion control structures and
properly dispose of accumulated sediment on-site in areas approved by the Owner.
1.4 PERFORMANCE STANDARDS
A. At no time shall construction operations or any related disturbance of the site result in the
impairment of local waterways. "Impairment" is defined by regulations as including, but
not limited to, the following:
PHILLIPS HALL SOIL EROSION AND 01 57 13-1
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADE SEDIMENT CONTROL April 21, 2016
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 57 13
Ithaca, New York SOIL EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL
1. The release of water into receiving waters that causes a substantial visible contrast to
natural conditions; or
2. The deposition of significant sediment into such waters.
B. Such deficiencies shall be corrected immediately by the Contractor to prevent further
impairment.
C. In addition, and without notice to the Contractor, the Owner shall also have the right, based
on the Owner's independent assessment, to stop work or engage other contractor(s) to
construct or correct such work as may be necessary to prevent the impairment of
waterways, and to charge all costs related to such corrective or additional actions against the
Contract.
D. Acceptance of an Erosion and Sediment Control plan shall not in any way imply that the
plan will be adequate in preventing impairment of waters, or that maintenance and
modification will not be necessary. Rather, acceptance of the plan authorizes the Contractor
to begin installation of the control measures under the assumption the appropriate
maintenance and modification will be required throughout the life of the project to meet the
project requirements.
E. The Contractor's responsibilities under this Section shall end upon final completion and
payment of the Work of the entire Contract.
1.5 EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL PLAN COMPONENTS
A. The Erosion and Sediment Control Plan submitted shall specifically address project
measures, features, and areas critical to proper site erosion and sediment control. The Plan
shall specifically include, but are not limited to, the following:
1. Site Map, to scale;
2. Measures to prevent stormwater from running onto the disturbed areas of the site;
3. Inlet protection for storm sewers and catch basins;
4. Measures to be used for dewatering; and
5. Measures to be used for soil stabilization, runoff control, and sediment control,
including specific measures for the following:
a. Site entrance stabilization
b. Staging areas
c. Material and soil stock piles
d. Concrete curing operations
e. Disturbed areas of the site
PHILLIPS HALL SOIL EROSION AND 01 57 13-2
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADE SEDIMENT CONTROL April 21, 2016
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 57 13
Ithaca, New York SOIL EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL
In addition to the requirements included in these specifications, specific erosion
control measures shown on the Contract Drawings, if any, shall also be required.
B. All features shall be designed and installed in accordance with the references included in
Paragraph 1.3 — Plan and Implementation General Requirements of this Section.
C. Keep access roads and public roads clear of mud and construction debris at all times.
Maintain dust control measures throughout construction.
1.6 INSPECTIONS
A. At the sole discretion of the Owner, inspections may be performed by a third party or on -
staff representative of the Owner.
1. The Owner may inspect the site at any time, without prior notification, for compliance
with the Erosion and Sediment Control Plan and applicable local, state and federal
regulations. Any instances of non -compliances or failure to meet the performance
standards found must be resolved within 24 hours, with more immediate responses as
required to mitigate active erosion during storm events or similar instances.
2. Modify the Erosion and Sediment Control Plan as necessary, to provide full
compliance with the performance standards.
2.0 PRODUCTS — NOT USED
3.0 EXECUTION — NOT USED
***END OF SECTION 01 57 13*
PHILLIPS HALL SOIL EROSION AND 01 57 13-3
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADE SEDIMENT CONTROL April 21, 2016
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 66 00
Ithaca, New York STORAGE AND PROTECTION
SECTION 01 66 00 STORAGE AND PROTECTION
1.0 GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION
A. The Contractor shall receive, pile, store and handle all materials, equipment and other items
incorporated or to be incorporated in the Work, including items furnished by the Owner in a
careful and prudent manner and shall protect them against loss or damage from every
source.
B. The Contractor shall be responsible for obscuring from public view, in a manner acceptable
to the Owner, staging and storage areas.
1.2 TRANSPORTATION AND HANDLING
A. Transport and handle products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions; using means
and methods that will prevent damage, deterioration, and loss, including theft.
B. Schedule delivery to minimize long-term storage at Project site and to prevent
overcrowding of construction space.
C. Coordinate delivery with installation time to ensure minimum holding time for items that
are flammable, hazardous, easily damaged, or sensitive to deterioration, theft, and other
losses.
D. Deliver products to Project site in an undamaged condition in manufacturer's original sealed
container or other packaging system, complete with labels and instructions for handling,
storing, unpacking, protecting, and installation.
E. Promptly inspect shipments to assure that products comply with requirements, quantities are
correct and products are undamaged.
F. Provide equipment and personnel to handle products by methods to prevent soiling,
disfigurement or damage.
1.3 ON-SITE STORAGE
A. Materials stored on the Site shall be neatly piled and protected, and shall be stored in a neat
and orderly manner in locations that shall not interfere with the progress of the Work or
with the daily functioning of the Institution.
B. Materials subject to weather damage shall be protected against the weather by floored
weatherproof temporary storage sheds.
Comply with product manufacturer's written instructions for temperature, humidity,
ventilation, and weather -protection requirements for storage.
PHILLIPS HALL STORAGE AND PROTECTION
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADE
01 66 00-1
April 21, 2016
CORNELL
Ithaca, New
D.
E.
F.
UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 66 00
York STORAGE AND PROTECTION
Storage piles and sheds shall be located within the area designated as the Staging Area. The
Contractor shall work to insure that the condition of the staging area has no negative impact
on the Campus, visually or otherwise; and that outside of that area. The Contractor has no
impact at all on the Campus.
Materials stored within the building shall be distributed in such a manner as to avoid
overloading of the structural frame, and never shall be concentrated in such a manner as to
exceed the equivalent of 50 pounds per square foot uniformly distributed loading. Stored
materials shall be moved if they interfere with the progress of the work.
Should it become necessary during the course of the Work to move stored materials or
equipment, the Contractor, at the direction of the Owner or the Owner's Representative,
shall move such materials or equipment.
1.4 PALM ROAD STORAGE
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
All property including construction materials and equipment stored at the Palm Road
location shall be stored at the Contractor's sole risk. The Contractor is solely responsible
for repair or replacement of property due to any cause of loss.
The Contractor agrees to hold Cornell harmless from any accident or injury occurring at
Palm Road storage site associated with the Contractor's storage.
The Contractor understands that Cornell makes "no" warranty regarding any security at the
Palm Road site.
The Contractor agrees that it is solely responsible for any cleanup of any site contamination
caused by the Contractor's storage or storage operations and the Contractor agrees to pay
for cleanup of any contamination and restore the site back to the same condition it was
found.
It shall be assumed that the Contractor is responsible for site contamination unless the
Contractor has reported condition prior to moving storage materials and equipment onto the
site. Each Contractor shall be responsible for their own general area whether defined
formally or not but in cases where pollutants have traveled or are found in the public areas
used by all contractors, the Contractor agrees as follows:
1. If it cannot be determined who is responsible for site contamination after an
investigation, all contractors who could be responsible based upon location of the
incident agree to share the expense of cleanup equally.
F. No storage of hazardous materials or environmental contaminants is permitted at the Palm
Road site. All barrels must have labels affixed identifying contents.
G.
Unoccupied storage containers not within the project fence shall be labeled in the Cornell
standard. Signs customized for the project shall be ordered from Ithaca Plastics, Inc., 305
West Green Street, Ithaca, New York 14850, Phone - 607.272.8232, Fax - 607.277.2579,
Email — db@ithacaplastics.com.
PHILLIPS HALL STORAGE AND PROTECTION
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADE
01 66 00-2
April 21, 2016
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 66 00
Ithaca, New York STORAGE AND PROTECTION
1.5 PROTECTION
A. The Contractor shall provide security personnel and adopt other security measures as may
be necessary to adequately protect materials and equipment stored at the site. The
Contractor shall be obligated to replace or pay for all materials and equipment including
items furnished by the Owner which have been damaged or stolen prior to completion of the
Work.
B. Protection of Utilities
1. If during the course of the Project, it is necessary to work adjacent to existing utilities,
pipelines, structures and equipment, the Contractor shall take all necessary
precautions to protect existing facilities from damage.
2. Locations of utilities as shown on the Contract Documents are approximate only. The
Contractor shall excavate or otherwise locate to verify existing utilities in advance of
its operation.
C. Protective Covering
1. All finished surfaces shall be protected by the Contractor as follows:
a. Door and window sills and the jambs and soffits of openings used as
passageways or through which material is handled, shall be cased and protected
adequately against possible damage resulting from the conduct of the work of all
trades.
b. All surfaces shall be clean and not marred upon delivery of the building to the
Owner. The Contractor shall, without extra compensation, replace all blocks,
gypsum board, plaster, paint, tile, and all other surfaces, whether or not
protected, which are damaged, and shall refinish (including painting as
specified) to satisfaction of Owner.
c. Tight wood sheathing shall be laid under any materials that are stored on
finished concrete surfaces and planking must be laid before moving any
materials over these finished areas. Wheelbarrows used over such areas shall
have rubber tires on wheels.
d. Contractor has the responsibility for protection of carpeting and all finish
flooring during all phases of the work including after installation.
e. All floors exposed to view as a floor finish shall be protected by overlaying with
plywood in all areas subject to construction traffic within and without the
building, special care shall be taken to protect all stair finish surfaces including
but not limited to flooring, wood in -fill stairs, cabinetry, counters, equipment,
etc.
2. HVAC ductwork shall be protected by the Contractor to prevent introduction of
contaminants.
PHILLIPS HALL STORAGE AND PROTECTION
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADE
01 66 00-3
April 21, 2016
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 66 00
Ithaca, New York STORAGE AND PROTECTION
1.6 PROTECTION AFTER INSTALLATION
A. Protect installed products, including Owner -provided products, and control traffic in
immediate area to prevent damage from subsequent operations.
B. Provide protective coverings at walls, projections, corners, and jambs, sills, and soffits of
openings in and adjacent to traffic areas.
C. Cover walls and floors of elevator cabins, and jambs of cab doors, when elevators are used
by construction personnel.
D. Protect fmish floors and stairs from dirt, wear, and damage:
1. Secure heavy sheet goods or similar protective materials in place, in areas subject to
foot traffic.
2. Lay planking or similar rigid materials in place, in areas subject to movement of
heavy objects.
3. Lay planking or similar rigid materials in place, in areas where storage of products
will occur.
E. Protect waterproofed and roofed surfaces:
1. Restrict use of surfaces for traffic of any kind, and for storage of products.
2. When an activity is mandatory, obtain recommendations for protection of surfaces
from manufacturer. Install protection and remove on completion of activity. Restrict
use of adjacent unprotected areas.
F. Restrict traffic of any kind across planted lawn and landscape areas.
2.0 PRODUCTS — NOT USED
3.0 EXECUTION — NOT USED
***END OF SECTION 01 66 00***
PHILLIPS HALL STORAGE AND PROTECTION
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADE
01 66 00-4
April 21, 2016
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 71 23
Ithaca, New York FIELD ENGINEERING
SECTION 01 71 23 FIELD ENGINEERING
1.0 GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION
A. The Contractor shall provide and pay for field engineering services required for the Project.
1. Survey work required in execution of the Project.
2. Verify grades, lines, levels and dimensions shown on Drawings.
3. Lay out Work from established control points and bench marks.
4. Coordinate the Work of all trades.
5. It may be necessary at times to discontinue portions of Contractor's work in order that
the Owner's Representative may check measurements or surveys without interruptions
or other interferences that might impair the accuracy of the results. At any time, on
request of the Owner's Representative, Contractor shall discontinue its work to such
extent as may be necessary for this purpose and shall cooperate in all reasonable
means to the extent of providing labor, tools, or materials to assist the Owner's
Representative in making measurements and surveys.
6. Notwithstanding anything set forth above, it shall be the sole responsibility of the
Contractor to complete the works within the tolerances of lines and grades as given on
the drawings. No direct payment or claim for additional compensation will be
allowed the Contractor for any work or delay occasioned by the Owner's
Representative establishing or checking lines or grades or making other
measurements, and no extension of time will be allowed for such delays.
B. Owner's Representative will identify existing control points and property line corner stakes
indicated on the drawings, as required.
1.2 QUALIFICATION OF SURVEYOR
A. The Surveyor shall be a registered civil engineer or registered land surveyor, licensed in the
state in which the Project is located and acceptable to the Owner.
1.3 SURVEY REFERENCE POINTS
A. Basic horizontal and vertical control points for the Project are those designated on
drawings.
PHILLIPS HALL FIELD ENGINEERING 01 71 23-1
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADE April 21, 2016
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 71 23
Ithaca, New York FIELD ENGINEERING
B. Locate and protect control points prior to occupation of the site, and preserve all reference
points during construction.
1. Make no changes or relocations without prior written approval of the Architect and
Owner.
2. Report to Owner when any reference point is lost or destroyed, or requires relocation
because of necessary changes in grades or locations.
3. Require surveyor to replace reference points which may be lost or destroyed.
a. Establish replacements based on original survey control.
C. The Contractor shall provide and shall maintain axis lines on each floor and shall establish
and shall maintain grade marks 4' 0" above the finished floor on each floor level.
D. The Contractor shall furnish such stakes and other required equipment, tools and materials,
and all labor as may be required in laying out any part of the Work.
1.4 PROJECT SURVEY REQUIREMENTS
A. Prior to start of construction operations, review and verify figures shown on Drawings and
on surveys furnished by Owner.
B. Establish lines and levels, locate and lay out, by instrumentation and similar appropriate
means for site improvements, stakes for grading, fill and topsoil replacement, utility slopes
and invert elevations, batter boards for structures, foundations, column locations and floor
levels, and controlling lines and levels required for the mechanical and electrical trades.
C. From time to time, verify layouts by the same methods.
1.5 RECORDS
A. Maintain a complete, accurate log of all control and survey work as it progresses.
1. Make available to Architect and Owner on request: field books, notes, logs and other
data developed in performing survey and control work.
2. Maintain a record plan at field office for the information and use of all parties,
recording reference points, control points and bench marks.
B. On completion of foundations and major site improvements, prepare a certified survey
showing all dimensions, locations, angles and elevations of construction and turn over to
Owner. Submit copies of certified survey in accordance with Section 01 78 39 - Record
Documents.
C. When all enclosing walls are complete, certify the location and plumb of the walls.
PHILLIPS HALL FIELD ENGINEERING 01 71 23-2
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADE April 21, 2016
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 71 23
Ithaca, New York FIELD ENGINEERING
1.6 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit written qualifications of surveyor to Architect and Owner prior to starting survey
work.
B. Submit name and address of Professional Engineer to the Architect.
C. Submit documentation to verify accuracy of field engineering work.
D. Submit certificate signed by registered engineer or registered surveyor certifying that
elevations and improvements are in conformance, or nonconformance, with Contract
Documents.
1. Indicate on record drawings all variations from Contract Drawings.
2. Indicate horizontal locations and elevations of all existing underground utilities
encountered during excavation and construction.
2.0 PRODUCTS — NOT USED
3.0 EXECUTION — NOT USED
***END OF SECTION 01 71 23***
PHILLIPS HALL FIELD ENGINEERING 01 71 23-3
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADE April 21, 2016
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 73 29
Ithaca, New York CUTTING, PATCHING AND REPAIRING
SECTION 01 73 29 CUTTING, PATCHING AND REPAIRING
1.0 GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION
A. The Contractor shall be responsible for all cutting, fitting and patching, including
excavation and backfill, required to complete the Work or to:
1. Make its several parts fit together properly.
2. Uncover portions of the Work to provide for installation of ill-timed work.
3. Remove and replace defective work.
4. Remove and replace work not conforming to requirements of Contract Documents.
5. Remove samples of installed work as specified for testing.
6. Repair or restore existing or new surfaces and finishes to match adjacent existing or
new surfaces and finishes.
B. Upon written instructions of the Owner's Representative:
1. Uncover designated portions of Work for Architect's observation of covered work.
2. Remove samples of installed materials for testing beyond that specified.
3. Remove work to provide for the alteration of previously incorrectly installed work.
4. Patch work uncovered or removed.
C. Do not damage or endanger any work by cutting or altering the Work or any part thereof.
D. Do not cut or otherwise alter the work of the Owner except with the written consent of the
Owner's Representative.
E. Where cutting and patching involves adding reinforcement to structural elements, submit
details and engineering calculations showing integration of reinforcement with the original
structure.
F. Openings and Chases
1. Build openings, including but not limited to channels, chases and flues as required to
complete the Work as set forth in the Contract.
2. After installation and completion of any work for which openings have been provided,
build in, over, and around and finish all such openings as required to complete the
Work.
PHILLIPS HALL CUTTING, PATCHING 01 73 29-1
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADE AND REPAIRING April 21, 2016
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 73 29
Ithaca, New York CUTTING, PATCHING AND REPAIRING
3. Furnish and install all sleeves, inserts, hangers and supports required for the execution
of the Work.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit a written request to the Architect prior to executing any cutting, alteration or
excavation which affects the work of the Owner, or which may affect the structural safety
of any portion of the Project. Include:
1. Identification of the Project.
2. Description of the affected work.
3. The necessity for doing the cutting, alteration or excavation.
4. The effect on the work of the Owner's property, or on the structural integrity of the
Project.
5. Description of the proposed work:
a. The scope of cutting, patching, alteration, or excavation.
b. Contractor and trades who will execute the work.
c. Products proposed to be used.
d. The extent of refinishing to be done.
6. Alternatives to cutting, patching or excavation.
7. Designation of the responsibility for the cost of cutting and patching.
8. Written permission of any separate contractor whose work will be affected.
B. Should conditions of the work or the schedule indicate a change of products from the
original installation, submit a request for substitution as specified in Section 01 25 00 -
Substitutions and Product Options.
C. Submit a written notice to the Architect and the Owner designating the date and the time the
work will be uncovered.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Requirements for Structural Work: Do not cut and patch structural elements in a manner
that would change their load -carrying capacity for load -deflection ratio.
1. Obtain written approval of the cutting and patching proposal before cutting and
patching structural elements, including but not limited to the following:
a. Foundation construction
b. Bearing and retaining walls
PHILLIPS HALL CUTTING, PATCHING 01 73 29-2
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADE AND REPAIRING April 21, 2016
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 73 29
Ithaca, New York CUTTING, PATCHING AND REPAIRING
c. Structural concrete
d. Structural steel and lintels
e. Structural decking
f. Miscellaneous structural metals
g. Exterior wall back-up supports and anchoring systems
h. Piping, ductwork, vessels, and equipment supports
i. Equipment supports
B. Operational Limitations: Do not cut and patch operating elements or related components in
a manner that would result in reducing their capacity to perform as intended. Do not cut
and patch operating elements or related components in a manner that would result in
increased maintenance or decreased operation life or safety.
1. Obtain written approval of the cutting and patching proposal before cutting and
patching the following operating elements or safety related systems:
a. Primary operational systems and equipment
b. Air or smoke barriers
c. Water, moisture, or vapor barriers
d. Membranes and flashings
e. Fire protection systems
f. Control systems
g. Communication systems
h. Electrical wiring systems
i. Operating systems of special construction in MEP work
C. Visual Requirements: Do not cut and patch construction exposed on the exterior or in
occupied spaces in a manner that would, in the Owner's opinion, reduce the building's
aesthetic qualities. Do not cut and patch construction in a manner that would result in
visual evidence of cutting and patching. Remove and replace construction which was cut
and patched in a visually unsatisfactory manner at no expense to the Owner.
D. Waterproofing and Water Tightness: Do not cut or alter waterproofed walls or floors or any
structural members without written permission of the Owner.
1. Waterproofing and Roofing Membranes
a. Employ qualified contractors to accomplish all required cutting, patching, or
repairing of existing waterproofing and roofing membranes.
PHILLIPS HALL CUTTING, PATCHING 01 73 29-3
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADE AND REPAIRING April 21, 2016
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 73 29
Ithaca, New York CUTTING, PATCHING AND REPAIRING
b. Before beginning cutting, patching or repairing of existing waterproofing and
roofing membranes, obtain approval of all materials, methods and contractor to
be used from the Owner and agency, or agencies, holding bond or
guarantee/warranty in force for membrane.
2. Water Tightness
a. The Contractor shall be responsible for water tightness of product, materials,
and workmanship, including work specified to be watertight and inferred by
general practice to be watertight.
b. All floors (slabs), walls, roof, glazing, windows, doors, sleeves through
foundation walls, flashings, and similar items shall be watertight.
c. If details or materials shown or specified are felt not satisfactory to produce
water tightness, the Contractor shall inform the Owner's Representative before
installation and submit proposed substitution or alternative method for review
and approval. The Contractor shall execute approved change and make
watertight at no additional cost to the Owner.
1.4 WARRANTIES
A. Replace, patch, and repair material and surfaces cut or damaged by methods and with
materials in such a manner as not to void any warranties required or existing.
2.0 PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Comply with the Contract Documents for each product involved.
B. Use materials identical to in-place or existing materials. For exposed surfaces, use
materials that visually match existing adjacent surfaces to the fullest extent possible. If
identical materials are unavailable or cannot be used, use materials whose installed
performance will equal or surpass that of in-place or existing materials, and will match
visual appearance of in-place or existing materials.
3.0 EXECUTION
3.1 INSPECTION
A. Inspect existing conditions of the Project, including elements subject to damage or to
movement during:
1. Cutting and patching.
2. Excavation and backfilling.
PHILLIPS HALL CUTTING, PATCHING
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADE AND REPAIRING
01 73 29-4
April 21, 2016
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 73 29
Ithaca, New York CUTTING, PATCHING AND REPAIRING
B. After uncovering work, inspect the conditions affecting the installation of products, or
performance of the work.
C. Report unsatisfactory or dubious conditions to the Architect in writing; do not proceed with
the work until the Architect has provided further instructions.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Provide shoring, bracing and other support as necessary to assure the structural safety of
that portion of the Work.
B. Provide devices and methods to protect other portions of the Project from damage.
C. Provide for vertical and lateral support required to protect adjacent buildings and properties.
D. Provide protection from the elements for that portion of the Project which may be exposed
by cutting and patching work, including but not limited to pumping to maintain excavations
free from water.
E. Avoid interference with use of adjoining areas or interruption of free passage to adjoining
areas.
F. Avoid cutting existing pipe, conduit, or ductwork serving the building but scheduled to be
removed or relocated until provisions have been made to bypass them.
3.3 PERFORMANCE
A. General: Employ skilled workers to perform cutting and patching. Proceed with cutting
and patching at the earliest feasible time and complete without delay.
1. Cut existing construction to provide for installation of other components or
performance of other construction activities and the subsequent fitting and patching
required to restore surfaces to their original condition.
B. Cutting: Cut existing construction using methods which will assure safety, will be least
likely to damage elements retained or adjoining construction, and will provide proper
surfaces to receive new work.
1. In general, where cutting, use hand or small power tools designed for sawing or
grinding, not hammering and chopping. Cut holes and slots as small as possible,
neatly to size required, and with minimum disturbance of adjacent surfaces.
Temporarily cover openings when not in use.
2. To avoid marring existing finished surfaces, cut or drill from the exposed or finished
side into concealed surfaces.
3. Cut through concrete and masonry using a cutting machine, such as a carbon saw or a
diamond -core drill.
4. Comply with the requirements of applicable MEP work where cutting and patching of
services is required.
PHILLIPS HALL CUTTING, PATCHING 01 73 29-5
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADE AND REPAIRING April 21, 2016
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 73 29
Ithaca, New York CUTTING, PATCHING AND REPAIRING
C. Patching: Patch with durable seams that are as invisible as possible. Comply with specified
tolerances.
1. Where feasible, inspect and test patched areas to demonstrate integrity of the
installation.
2. Restore exposed finishes of patched areas and extend finish restoration into retained
adjoining construction in a manner that will eliminate evidence of patching and
refinishing.
a. Where patching occurs in a painted surface, apply primer and intermediate paint
coats over patch and apply final paint coat over entire unbroken surface
containing patch. Provide additional coats until patch blends with adjacent
surfaces.
3. Refinish entire surfaces as necessary to provide an even finish to match adjacent
finishes:
a. For continuous surfaces, refinish to nearest intersection.
b. For an assembly, refinish the entire unit.
4. When patching existing plaster finished walls and partitions, the Contractor shall
utilize plaster trim, lath and other metal components to match the integrity of the
existing system. All plaster finishes shall match existing finishes so as to provide a
uniform visual appearance.
5. Floors and Walls: Where walls or partitions that are demolished extend one finished
area into another, patch and repair floor and wall surfaces in the new space. Provide
an even surface of uniform finish color, texture, ,and appearance. Remove existing
floor and wall coverings and replace with new materials, if necessary, to achieve
uniform color and appearance.
a. Patch with durable seams that are as invisible as possible. Provide materials and
comply with installation requirements specified in other Sections of these
Specifications.
6. Ceilings: Patch, repair, or re -hang existing ceilings as necessary to provide an even -
plane surface of uniform appearance.
7. Concrete Masonry Units: Patch walls by toothing-in units using salvaged or new
CMU units snatching in-place units for type and size. Match coursing patterns, mortar
joint profiles, and other features of in-place CMU walls. Use accessory materials
compatible with in-place materials.
8. Brick and Masonry: Patch walls by toothing-in units using salvaged or new brick and
masonry matching in-place brick and masonry units. Match coursing patterns, mortar
joint profiles, and other features of in-place brick and masonry walls. Use accessory
materials compatible with in-place materials.
PHILLIPS HALL CUTTING, PATCHING 01 73 29-6
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADE AND REPAIRING April 21, 2016
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 73 29
Ithaca, New York CUTTING, PATCHING AND REPAIRING
9. Exterior Building Enclosure: Patch components in a manner that restores enclosure to
a weather -tight condition.
a. Existing Roofing: Comply with requirements of existing roofing manufacturer
for cutting and patching existing roofing system. Provide flashing and trim,
base sheets, base flashing, adhesives, insulation, blocking, substrate boards,
accessories, and other required items to patch roofing at penetrations and roof-
top mounted items.
D. Repairs: Where repairs to existing surfaces are required, patch to produce surfaces suitable
for new materials.
1. Completely fill holes and depressions in existing masonry walls that are to remain
with an approved masonry patching material applied according to manufacturer's
written recommendations.
E. Execute excavating and backfilling by methods which will assure safety, will prevent
settlement or damage to other work.
F. Execute fitting and adjustment of products to provide a finished installation to comply with
specified products, functions, tolerances and finishes.
G. Restore work which has been cut or removed; install new products to provide completed
work in accordance with requirements of Contract Documents.
H. The Contractor shall replace, repair and patch all surfaces of the ground and of any structure
disturbed by its operations and its Work which surfaces and structures are intended to
remain even if such operations and work are outside the property lines. Such replacement,
repair and patching shall be with like material and shall restore surfaces as they existed.
3.4 CLEANING
A. Clean area and spaces where cutting and patching are performed. Completely remove paint,
mortar, oils, putty, and similar items. Thoroughly clean piping, conduit, and similar
features before applying paint or other finishing materials. Restore damaged pipe covering
to its original condition.
B. Clean adjacent structures and improvements of dust, dirt, and debris caused by selective
demolition operations. Return adjacent areas to condition existing before selective
demolition operations began.
***END OF SECTION 01 73 29***
PHILLIPS HALL CUTTING, PATCHING 01 73 29-7
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADE AND REPAIRING April 21, 2016
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 77 00
Ithaca, New York PROJECT CLOSEOUT
SECTION 01 77 00 PROJECT CLOSEOUT
1.0 GENERAL
1.1 INSPECTIONS
A. Substantial Completion:
1. Within a minimum of five (5) days prior to substantial completion, when the Work
has reached such a point of completion that the building or buildings, equipment and
apparatus can be occupied and used for the purpose intended, the Contractor shall
conduct a detailed inspection of the Work to ensure that all requirements of the
Contract have been met and that the Work is complete and is acceptable. Contractor
shall prepare and submit a list of items to be completed and corrected (Contractor's
punch list), indicating the value of each item on the list and reasons why the Work is
incomplete.
2. After receipt of the Contractor's initial punch list, the Architect will make an
inspection of the Work to determine that the Work is substantially complete and that
requirements of the Contract have been met and that the Work is sufficiently complete
and is acceptable for use. The Architect will submit a marked -up list of items to be
completed and/or corrected, inclusive of the Contractor's punch list. The Architect
shall prepare a Certificate of Substantial Completion, on the basis of an inspection,
when the Architect has determined that the work is substantially complete.
3. A copy of the report of the inspection will be furnished to the Contractor as the
inspection progresses so that the Contractor may proceed without delay with any part
of the Work found to be incomplete or defective.
4. All work performed under a Fire Protection System Installation/Alteration Operating
Permit shall be inspected by the Ithaca Fire Department, or if so delegated by the
Ithaca Building Department.
a. A member of the Ithaca Fire Department shall witness all acceptance or
reacceptance testing of work performed under a Fire Protection System
Installation Operating Permit. All testing and inspections shall be in compliance
with the applicable NFPA codes as referenced by Section 906.1 of the Fire Code
of NYS.
b. Work classified as a `Repair' under the Existing Building Code does not require
the Ithaca Fire Department to witness the testing of the affected systems.
Systems that have been repaired must still be tested as required by the Fire Code
of NYS and NFPA.
c. The Ithaca Fire Department Shall Witness the Acceptance or Reacceptance
Testing for the Following Conditions:
Testing of any new installation of a fire alarm, fire suppression, or fire
detection system as required by the Fire Code of New York State.
PHILLIPS HALL PROJECT CLOSEOUT
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADE
01 77 00-1
April 21, 2016
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 77 00
Ithaca, New York PROJECT CLOSEOUT
Hydrostatic testing of sprinkler system where the modification affects
more than twenty (20) sprinkler heads and the modified area can be
isolated from the rest of the system
Installation or replacement of a fire pump or drive elements of the fire
pump.
A Fire Alarm System with added or deleted components.
A Fire Alarm System where the wiring or control circuits have been
modified.
A Fire Alarm System where the control unit (Fire Alarm Panel) has been
replaced or the control unit software has been replaced.
A smoke control system where the master control unit, individual fan
control unit, or fan drive unit has been replaced or modified
An alternative fire suppression system that has been replaced or the
actuation elements have been modified. Except: fusible link replacement.
A modification or extension of the piping fur a fire standpipe system
where a hydrostatic test is required by NFPA 14.
B. Final Acceptance:
1. When the items appearing on the report of inspection have been completed or
corrected, the Contractor shall so advise the Architect. After receipt of this
notification and Contractor's certified list of completed items, the Owner's
Representative will inform the Contractor of the date and time of final inspection. A
copy of the report of the final inspection containing all remaining contract exceptions,
omissions and incomplete work will be furnished to the Contractor.
2. After receipt of notification of completion and all remaining contract exceptions,
omissions and incomplete work from the Contractor, the Architect will snake an
inspection to verify completion of the exception items appearing on the report of final
inspection.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Contractor's List of Incomplete Items: Initial punch list submittal at Substantial Completion.
1. Organize list of spaces in sequential order, starting with exterior areas first and
proceeding from lowest floor to highest floor, listing by room or space number. Organize
items applying to each space by major element, including categories for individual
exterior face elevations, ceilings, individual walls, floors, doors, roof levels, casework,
equipment, and building systems.
B. Contractor's Certified List of Completed Items: Final signed punch list submittal at Final
Completion.
C. Certificates of Release: Occupancy permits from authorities having jurisdiction.
PHILLIPS HALL PROJECT CLOSEOUT
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADE
01 77 00-2
April 21, 2016
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 77 00
Ithaca, New York PROJECT CLOSEOUT
1.3 FINAL CLEAN UP
A. Upon completion of the work covered by the Contract the Contractor shall leave the
completed Project ready for use and occupancy without the need of further cleaning of any
kind and with all Work in new condition and in perfect order. In addition, upon completion
of all Work the Contractor shall remove from the vicinity of the Work all plant, buildings,
rubbish, unused materials, concrete forms and other materials belonging to him or used
under its direction during construction or impairing the use or appearance of the property
and shall restore such areas affected by the work to their original condition, and, in the
event of its failure to do so, the same shall be removed by the Owner at the expense of the
Contractor, and the Contractor and/or its surety shall be liable therefore. Final clean-up
shall include but not be limited to the following:
1. All finished surfaces shall be swept, dusted, washed and polished. This includes
cleaning of the Work of all finishing trades where needed, whether or not cleaning by
such trades is included in their respective sections of the specifications.
2. Roofs, utility tunnels, manholes and pipe trenches and spaces between the new and
existing Work shall be left thoroughly cleaned.
3. Finished flooring shall be thoroughly cleaned in accordance with the manufacturer's
recommendations.
4. Where the finish of floors has been marred or damaged in any space or area, the entire
floor of that space or area shall be refinished as recommended by the manufacturers of
the flooring.
5. All equipment shall be in an undamaged, bright, clean, polished and new appearing
condition.
6. All new glass shall be washed and polished, both sides. The Contractor shall be
responsible for all breakage of glass in the area of the Work from the commencement
of its activities until the building is turned over to Owner. The Contractor shall
replace all broken glass and deliver the entire building with all glazing intact and
clean.
7. Provide new filters for all fan convectors after final cleaning.
8. Refer to exterior clean up. Remove paint and glazing compound from surfaces.
B. Clean adjacent structures and improvements of dust, dirt, and debris caused by construction
operations. Return adjacent areas to condition existing before construction operations
began.
1.4 MAINTENANCE STOCK
A. Turn over to Owner's Representative the maintenance stock specified. Contractor shall
obtain signed receipt from Owner's Representative for all maintenance stock.
2.0 PRODUCTS — NOT USED
3.0 EXECUTION — NOT USED
***END OF SECTION 01 77 00***
PHILLIPS HALL PROJECT CLOSEOUT
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADE
01 77 00-3
April 21, 2016
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 22
Ithaca, New York FIXED EQUIPMENT INVENTORY
SECTION 01 78 22 FIXED EQUIPMENT INVENTORY
1.0 GENERAL
1.1 FIXED EQUIPMENT INVENTORY
A. The Owner shall provide the Contractor with a list of Equipment Types to be inventoried
and an Excel template.
B. The Contractor shall populate the template (see Example Equipment List to be inventoried
in Section 1.2). Once populated, the Contractor shall electronically return to the list to the
Owner's Representative. The initial data to be captured on each piece of equipment shall
include:
1. Name of Product
2. Equipment Classification
3. Manufacturer
4. Model Number
5. Serial Number
6. Cost
7. Location (including Building and Room Number)
8. Acquisition Date (Date of Installation)
C. The Owner shall from the Contractor provided data create a follow-up equipment Excel
template that contains the MAXIMO ID for the equipment with all the name plate and
specification fields for each type of equipment. This template shall then be returned to the
Contractor.
D. The Contractor shall be responsible for the initial labeling of the equipment and its'
disconnects with the MAXIMO ID using an electronic label maker. ID labels shall be in
close proximity to Equipment Identification information, visually locatable from the access
point to the equipment and on the face of disconnects.
E. The Contractor shall then populate the MAXIMO Equipment Specification Template with
the equipment nameplate, specification information, and warranty information. The
Contractor shall electronically submit the equipment data and any related documentation
(i.e. - O&M manuals) to the Owner's Representative.
PHILLIPS HALL FIXED EQUIPMENT 01 78 22-1
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADE INVENTORY April 21, 2016
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 22
Ithaca, New York FIXED EQUIPMENT INVENTORY
F. EXAMPLE EQUIPMENT LIST
• Building Equipment
• AC Drive/VSD
• Air Dryer
• Backflow Preventor
• Air Compressor
• Building
• Sprinkler
• Control
• Vacuum
• Pump
• Condensate
• Glycol
• CWC
• HWC
• Potable
• Sanitary Sewer
• Storm Sewer
• Sump
• Quality Water
• Fuel
• Fan
• Exhaust
• Supply
• Return
• Fume Hood
• Furnace
• Generator
• Hot Water Heater
• Heat Exchangers
• Boiler
• Tank
• Unit Heater
• Fan Coil
• VAV Box
• Transfer Switch
• Motor
• Pump
• Fan
• Lift/Levelers
• Water Softener
• Reverse Osmosis
2.0 PRODUCTS — NOT USED
3.0 EXECUTION — NOT USED
***END OF SECTION 01 78 22***
PHILLIPS HALL FIXED EQUIPMENT 01 78 22-2
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADE INVENTORY April 21, 2016
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 23
Ithaca, New York OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA
SECTION 01 78 23 OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA
1.0 GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION
A. The Contractor shall compile product data and related information appropriate for Owner's
maintenance and operation of products furnished under the Contract.
1. Prepare operating and maintenance data as specified in this Section, as referenced in
other pertinent sections of Specifications and as necessary to operate the completed
work.
2. Operations and maintenance data, in final format, shall be available to the Owner prior
to substantial completion.
B. Instruct Owner's personnel in the maintenance of products and in the operation of
equipment and systems.
1.2 FORM OF SUBMITTALS
A. Prepare data in the form of an instructional manual for use by Owner's personnel.
B. Submit a CD with electronic .pdf files, upload electronic files to ePM system and provide
two hard (2) copies of complete manual in final form.
1. Hard Copy Format:
a. Size: 8-1/2" x 11" and a CD with electronic files.
b. Text: Manufacturer's printed data, scanned .pdf and/or neatly typewritten Word
file.
c. Drawings:
Drawings are required in both hard copy and electronic format.
Provide reinforced punched binder tab, bind in with text.
- Fold larger drawings to the size of the text pages.
d. Provide fly -leaf for each separate product, and major component parts of
equipment.
Provide type description of product, and major component parts of
equipment.
- Provide indexed thumb tab.
PHILLIPS HALL OPERATING AND 01 78 23-1
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADE MAINTENANCE DATA April 21, 2016
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 23
Ithaca, New York OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA
e. Cover: Identify each volume with typed or printed title "OPERATIONS AND
MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS".
List:
- Title of Project
- Identity of separate structure as applicable.
- Identity of general subject matter covered in the manual.
f. Binders:
Commercial quality three-ring binders with durable and cleanable plastic
covers.
- When multiple binders are used, correlate the data into related consistent
groupings.
2. Electronic Copy
a. The electronic version of the O&M Manual will contain all of the same content
and be organized in a manner similar to the hard copy version. Electronic
copies of the product data and record submittals shall be in PDF format.
Drawings shall be in AutoCAD v14 or higher format.
b. Provide a series of files organized in subdirectories with a summary index with
hyperlinks to the various documents and or references to separate CDs that
contain the information.
c. When electronic submissions are made on electronic media such as CDs, six (6)
copies of the electronic media shall be provided.
1.3 CONTENT OF MANUAL
A. Table of contents, typewritten, for each volume, arranged in a systematic order.
1. Contractor, name of responsible principal, address and telephone number.
2. A list of each product required to be included, indexed to the content of the volume.
3. List, with each product, the name, address and telephone number of:
a. Subcontract or installer.
b. Maintenance contractor, as appropriate.
c. Identify the area of responsibility of each.
d. Local source of supply for parts and replacement.
PHILLIPS HALL OPERATING AND 01 78 23-2
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADE MAINTENANCE DATA April 21, 2016
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 23
Ithaca, New York OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA
4. Identify each product by product name and other identifying symbols as set forth in
Contract Documents.
B. Product Data:
1. Include only those sheets which are pertinent to the specific product.
2. Annotate each sheet to:
a. Clearly identify the specific product or part installed.
b. Clearly identify the data applicable to the installation.
c. Delete reference to inapplicable information.
C. Submittal Data:
1. Include a record copy of the final, approved product submittal. Record copy shall be a
clean copy (free of notes from the design professional) which has been updated to reflect
the "as -installed" system.
D. Drawings:
1. Supplement product data with drawings as necessary to clearly illustrate:
a. Relations of component parts of equipment and systems.
b. Control and flow diagrams.
2. Coordinate drawings with information on Record Documents to assure correct
illustration of completed installation.
3. Do not use Record Documents as maintenance drawings.
E. Written text, as required to supplement product data for the particular installation:
1. Organize in a consistent format under separate headings for different procedures.
2. Provide a logical sequence of instructions for each procedure.
F. Original copy of each warranty, bond and service contract issued.
1. Provide information sheet for Owner's personnel, give:
a. Proper procedures in the event of failure.
b. Instances which might affect the validity of warranties or bonds.
1.4 MANUAL FOR MATERIALS AND FINISHES
A. Submit a CD with electronic .pdf files, upload electronic files to ePM system and provide
two (2) hard copies of complete manual in final form.
PHILLIPS HALL OPERATING AND 01 78 23-3
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADE MAINTENANCE DATA April 21, 2016
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 23
Ithaca, New York OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA
B. Content, for architectural products, applied materials and finishes:
1. Manufacturer's data, giving full information on products:
a. Catalog number, size, and composition.
b. Color and texture designations.
c. Information required for reordering special -manufactured products.
d. Certification as to asbestos free
2. Instructions for care and maintenance:
a. Manufacturer's recommendation for types of cleaning agents and methods.
b. Cautions against cleaning agents and methods which are detrimental to the
product.
c. Recommended schedule for cleaning and maintenance.
C. Content, for moisture -protection and weather -exposed products:
1. Manufacturer's data, giving full information on products.
a. Applicable standards
b. Chemical composition
c. Details of installation
2. Instructions for inspection, maintenance, and repair.
D. Additional requirements for maintenance data: The respective sections of Specifications.
1.5 MANUAL FOR EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS
A. Submit a CD with electronic .pdf files, upload electronic files to ePM system and provide
two (2) hard copies of complete manual in final form.
B. Content, for each unit of equipment and system, as appropriate:
1. Description of unit and component parts.
a. Function, normal operating characteristics, and limiting conditions.
b. Performance curves, engineering data and tests.
c. Complete nomenclature and commercial number of all replaceable parts.
PHILLIPS HALL OPERATING AND 01 78 23-4
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADE MAINTENANCE DATA April 21, 2016
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 23
Ithaca, New York OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA
2. Operating procedures:
a. Start-up, break-in, routine and normal operating instructions.
b. Regulation, control, stopping, shut -down and emergency instructions.
c. Summer and winter operating instructions.
d. Special operating instructions.
3. Maintenance Procedures:
a. Routine operations.
b. Guide to "trouble -shooting".
c. Disassembly, repair and reassembly.
d. Alignment, adjusting and checking.
4. Servicing and lubrication required:
a. List of lubricants required.
5. Manufacturer's printed operating and maintenance instructions.
6. Description of sequence of operation by control manufacturer.
7. Original manufacturer's parts list, illustrations, assembly drawings and diagrams
required for maintenance.
a. Predicted life of parts subject to wear.
b. Items recommended to be stocked as spare parts.
8. As -installed control diagrams by controls manufacturer.
9. Each contractor's coordination drawings.
a. As -installed color coded piping diagrams.
10. Charts of valve tag numbers, with the location and function of each valve.
11. List of original manufacturer's spare parts, manufacturer's current prices, and
recommended quantities to be maintained in storage.
12. Other data as required under pertinent sections of Specifications.
C. Content, for each electric and electronic system, as appropriate:
1. Description of system and component parts:
a. Function, normal operating characteristics, and limiting conditions.
PHILLIPS HALL OPERATING AND 01 78 23-5
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADE MAINTENANCE DATA April 21, 2016
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 23
Ithaca, New York OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA
b. Performance curves, engineering data and tests.
c. Complete nomenclature and commercial number of replaceable parts.
2. Circuit directories of panel boards:
a. Electrical service.
b. Controls.
c. Communications.
3. As -installed color coded wiring diagrams.
4. Operating procedures:
a. Routine and normal operating instructions.
b. Sequences required.
c. Special operating instructions.
5. Maintenance procedures:
a. Routine operations.
b. Guide to "trouble -shooting".
c. Disassembly, repair and reassembly.
d. Adjustment and checking.
6. Manufacturer's printed operating and maintenance instructions.
7. List of original manufacturer's spare parts, manufacturer's current prices, and
recommended quantities to be maintained in storage.
8. Other data as required under pertinent sections of Specifications.
D. Additional requirements for operations and maintenance data: See the respective sections
of Specifications and General Conditions.
1.6 SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Submit through ePM system preliminary draft of proposed formats and outlines of contents
thirty (30) calendar days after approved submittals.
B. Submit completed data in final form twenty (20) calendar days prior the Acceptance Phase
of the Project.
C. Submit specified number of copies of approved data in final form prior to final acceptance.
PHILLIPS HALL OPERATING AND 01 78 23-6
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADE MAINTENANCE DATA April 21, 2016
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 23
Ithaca, New York OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA
1.7 INSTRUCTIONS OF OWNER'S PERSONNEL
A. Prior to final inspections or acceptance, fully instruct Owner's designated operating and
maintenance personnel in the operation, adjustment and maintenance of all products,
equipment and systems:
1. Instruction time shall be sufficient to fully instruct all shifts of the Owner's operating
and maintenance personnel.
B. Operations and maintenance shall constitute the basis of instruction:
1. Review contents of manual with personnel in full detail to explain all aspects of
operations and maintenance.
C. Submit typewritten statement, signed by each of Owner's Representatives who have been
instructed, describing:
1. Method of Instruction.
2. Equipment and Systems Operated.
3. Length of Instruction Period.
D. Contractor is fully responsible until final acceptance, even though operated by Owner's
personnel, unless otherwise agreed in writing.
1.8 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
A. List under clear plastic (1/8" thick) all operating, maintenance and starting precautions and
procedures to be followed by Owner for operating all systems and equipment.
2.0 PRODUCTS — NOT USED
3.0 EXECUTION — NOT USED
***END OF SECTION 01 78 23***
PHILLIPS HALL OPERATING AND 01 78 23-7
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADE MAINTENANCE DATA April 21, 2016
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 36
Ithaca, New York WARRANTIES AND BONDS
SECTION 01 78 36 WARRANTIES AND BONDS
1.0 GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION
The Contractor shall:
A. Compile specified warranties and bonds.
B. Compile specified service and maintenance contracts.
C. Co -execute submittals when so specified.
D. Review submittals to verify compliance with Contract Documents.
E. Submit to Architect for transmittal to Owner.
1.2 SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Assemble warranties, bonds and service and maintenance contracts, executed by each of the
respective manufacturers, suppliers and subcontractors.
B. Number of original copies required:
1. Two (2) each hard copy
2. One (1) set in electronic format.
C. Table of Contents: Neatly typed, in orderly sequence. Provide complete information for
each item.
1. Product or work item.
2. Item description.
3. Notation of what the equipment serves (e.g. — Provides perimeter heat)
4. Warranty Provider. Is the warranty provide a manufacturer or installer?
5. Firm, with name of principal and responsible party, address and telephone number.
6. Scope.
7. Duration.
a. Date of beginning of warranty, bond or service and maintenance contract
b. End date of warranty, bond or service and maintenance contract.
PHILLIPS HALL WARRANTIES AND BONDS
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADE
01 78 36-1
April 21, 2016
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 36
Ithaca, New York WARRANTIES AND BONDS
8. Provide information for Owner's personnel:
a. Proper procedure in case of failure.
b. Instances which might affect the validity of warranty or bond.
9. Contractor, name of responsible principal, address and telephone number.
1.3 FORM OF SUBMITTALS (HARD COPY)
A. Prepare in duplicate packets.
B. Format:
1. Size 8-1/2 in. x 11 in., punch sheets for 3 -ring binder.
a. Fold larger sheets to fit binders.
2. Cover: Identify each packet with typed or printed title "WARRANTIES AND
BONDS". List:
b. Title of Project
c. Name of Contractor
C. Binders: Commercial quality, three-ring, with durable and cleanable plastic covers.
1.4 FORM OF SUBMITTALS (ELECTRONIC COPY)
A. The electronic version of the Warranties and Bonds will contain all of the same content as
the hard copy version Electronic copies shall be in pdf format
B. Provide a series of files organized in subdirectories with a summary index with hyperlinks
to the various documents and or references to separate CDs that contain the information.
1.5 TIME OF SUBMITTALS
A. Make final submittals within ten (10) days after Date of Substantial Completion, prior to
final request for payment.
B. For items of work when acceptance is delayed materially beyond the Date of Substantial
Completion, provide updated submittal within ten (10) days after acceptance, listing the
date of acceptance as the start of the warranty period.
1.6 ROOF WARRANTY PACKAGE
A. Roof warranties shall explicitly denote the specific roof panel identification number (ROOF
ID) for which the warranty applies to.
B. Roof panel identification numbers shall be generated in accordance with 01 78 22, FIXED
EQUIPMENT INVENTORY.
PHILLIPS HALL WARRANTIES AND BONDS
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADE
01 78 36-2
April 21, 2016
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 36
Ithaca, New York WARRANTIES AND BONDS
C. Roof wan-anties shall include a dimensioned roof plan with roof panel identification
numbers generated in accordance with 01 78 22, FIXED EQUIPMENT INVENTORY.
1.7 SUBMITTALS REQUIRED
A. Submit warranties, bonds, and service and maintenance contracts as specified in the
respective sections of Specifications.
2.0 PRODUCTS — NOT USED
3.0 EXECUTION — NOT USED
***END OF SECTION 01 78 36***
PHILLIPS HALL WARRANTIES AND BONDS
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADE
01 78 36-3
April 21, 2016
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 39
Ithaca, New York RECORD DOCUMENTS
SECTION 01 78 39 RECORD DOCUMENTS
1.0 GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION
A. The Contractor shall maintain at the site, during construction, one record copy of:
1. Drawings
2. Specifications
3. Addenda
4. Change Orders and other Modifications to the Contract
5. Architect's Field Orders or written instructions.
6. Final Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples
7. Field Test records
8. Construction photographs
1.2 MAINTENANCE OF DOCUMENTS AND SAMPLES
A. Store documents and samples in Contractor's field office apart from documents used for
construction.
1. Provide files and racks for storage of documents.
2. Provide cabinet or storage space for storage of samples.
B. File documents and samples in accordance with Data Filing Format of the Uniform
Construction Index.
C. Maintain documents in a clean, dry, legible condition and in good order. Do not use record
documents for construction purposes.
D. Make documents and samples available at all times for review by the Owner's
Representative and the Architect.
PHILLIPS HALL RECORD DOCUMENTS
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADE
01 78 39-1
April 21, 2016
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 39
Ithaca, New York RECORD DOCUMENTS
1.3 RECORDING
A. Label each document "AS BUILT" in neat large printed letters.
B. Record information concurrently with construction progress.
1. Do not conceal any work until required information is recorded.
C. Survey Mapping
1. Provide an accurate topographic, planimetric, utility map of as -built conditions, and
mapped locations and elevations of constructed facilities / elements including as -built
and exposed underground utilities. Survey work in progress as required to accurately
locate constructed facilities / elements. Survey final condition of project extents at
final acceptance.
a. Site related elements including:
Sidewalks, ramps, curbs, and gutters - indicate type and surface material.
- Streets, drive ways, parking areas, labeled with material.
Fences, walls, steps, handrails, signs, site furniture and light fixtures
labeled with material.
Live trees which have a trunk diameter of three inches (3") or greater and
all isolated or specimen trees. Measure tree trunk 3' above grade. Indicate
approximate trunk diameter, "drip line" and common name of tree.
Shrubs, show outlines of shrub masses.
Streams and bodies of water.
b. Utility related elements and supporting infrastructure including:
- Manholes, catch basins, drain inlets, cleanouts, vent stacks, tanks,
underdrains, foundation drains, monitoring wells,
detention/retention/filtration facilities. Label type (sanitary or storm),
dimensions and material of structure and cover/grate; pipe connections;
sizes, materials, direction of flow and invert elevations. Locate and
identify size, material, and invert elevations for culverts.
- Water, gas, central steam, chilled water or other pressure lines, valve
boxes, meter boxes, hydrants, tanks, fittings, etc. Label type, size,
material, elevations at building walls and all intersections, connections and
vertical angle changes.
PHILLIPS HALL RECORD DOCUMENTS
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADE
01 78 39-2
April 21, 2016
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 39
Ithaca, New York RECORD DOCUMENTS
Utility poles, above and below ground lines including but not limited to
power, street lighting, traffic control communication and sensors,
telephone, television, communication, fire and police call boxes, public
communication or display facilities. Label utility as direct buried, in
conduit, or concrete encased duct. Identify elevations at building walls
and all intersections, connections and vertical angle changes. Label all
utilities and associated duct banks or conduits with sizes and materials.
Existing and abandoned utilities exposed during construction. Show ends
of abandoned utilities left in place and assumed continued direction of
utilities. Label with information as listed above.
2. Survey mapping shall be done under the personal supervision of a Surveyor,
registered in and licensed by the State of New York, who shall certify under his/her
seal the accuracy of the survey.
3. Field Survey Accuracy:
Horizontal and Vertical mapping shall be ACSM Second Order Class II, 1
in 20,000.
4. Coordinate base:
NAD83-86 geodetic system with grid values in the New York Central
State Plane coordinate system in feet with elevations in NAVD '88 in feet.
5. Each different feature shall be drafted on a separate named CAD level/layer in
Microstation or AutoCAD format using industry standard symbology of color, line
style, line weight, and cells.
6. Provide an ASCII file list of coordinates for all survey points including control,
feature, and topographic in the following comma delimited format: Point number,
Northing coordinate, Easting coordinate, Elevation coordinate, Point description.
7. Topography and spot elevations:
a. Topographic contours shall be accurately plotted at one foot (1') contour
intervals.
b. Record spot grade elevations as follows:
Within natural ground and lawn and planted areas, spot elevations shall be
shown to one-tenth of a foot (0.1'). Within all areas of built-up
improvements such as pavements, curbs, steps, walls, utility and drainage
systems or other site improvements, spot elevations shall be shown to one-
hundredth of a foot (0.01').
ii. Existing grade at building corners; and thresholds and finished floor at all
entrance, exit, or access points.
PHILLIPS HALL RECORD DOCUMENTS
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADE
01 78 39-3
April 21, 2016
CORNELL UNIVERSITY
Ithaca, New York
D. Drawings
SECTION 01 78 39
RECORD DOCUMENTS
iii. Develop road cross sections at 50 -foot intervals maximum, record spot
elevations for all drive centerlines and all beginning radius of street
intersections. For each cross section obtain elevations for front and back of
existing sidewalk, top and bottom of curb, and centerline of the street.
Obtain elevations for centerline intersection of all roads.
iv. For trees of three inches to eighteen inches (3" - 18") in diameter, record
elevation at high and low side at base of trunk. For specimen trees of
eighteen inches (18") or greater diameter, indicate four (4) spot elevations
on the north, south, east, and west at base of each trunk to one-hundredth
(.01) foot elevation.
v. Base, top, corners, and at cheek walls for all steps. Indicate elevations at
top and bottom of walls and curbs.
vi. Rim elevations of all catch basins, drain inlets, manholes, valve boxes,
slabs on grade. Inverts at all sewer pipes and culverts. Bottom of structure
floor and sump.
As built drawings shall consist of making any changes neatly and clearly on the Contract
Drawings using colored ink or pencil, shall be kept current by the contractor on a day-to-
day basis in concert with the progress of the work. Where applicable, the change marked
on a drawing is to carry the notation "per Change Order No. X", or similar reference which
cites the reason for the change. As an alternative approach the Contractor can submit a plan
for producing the "As -Built" drawings via electronic mark-up in Bluebeam, Adobe
Professional, or other similar program as an alternative to colored pencil or ink mark-ups.
Such plan shall be subject to approval of the Owner.
The day-to-day construction as built drawings shall be made available to the Architect or
Owner's Representative for review upon request. The "As built" drawings shall show all
changes to the following areas of construction:
1. Architectural:
a. Modifications to components dictated by the building code
b. Wall, door, window locations
c. Built in casework locations
d. New rated door and wall schedules/ locations
e. Material and products where submittals are requested
2. Civil and Structural
a.
b.
Dimensions for load carrying elements, both horizontal and vertical
Materials and products where submittals are requested
PHILLIPS HALL RECORD DOCUMENTS
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADE
01 78 39-4
April 21, 2016
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 39
Ithaca, New York RECORD DOCUMENTS
c. Load canying elements and foundation systems
d. Site related elements including:
Building outlines, entranceways, areaways, roof overhangs, downspouts,
significant architectural projections and other pertinent data.
e. All significant changes in foundations, columns, beams, openings, concrete
reinforcing, lintels, concealed anchorages and "knock -out" panels made during
construction.
f. Building envelope systems including roofing systems and building shell systems
g. Geotechnical subsurface information
h. Items that will require future maintenance
i. Life safety critical items
3. Mechanical (HVAC, Plumbing and Fire Protection)
a. Products where submittals are requested
b. Final locations of all equipment.
c. Final sizes and materials of piping and ductwork.
d. Final locations of inaccessible piping and ductwork.
e. Final locations of all controls equipment, including all sensors and actuators.
f. Final locations of all valves and dampers, including all shutoff valves, balance
dampers and fire dampers.
g.
Location of access doors for all equipment in concealed locations.
h. Final location and arrangement of all mechanical equipment and concealed gas,
sprinkler, domestic, sanitary and drainage systems piping and other plumbing,
including, but not limited to, supply and circulating mains, principal valves,
meters, clean -outs, drains, pumps and controls, vent stacks, sanitary and storm
water drainage.
4. Electrical
a. Products where submittals were requested.
b. Circuit (wire and raceway) size, number, and type.
c. Main circuit pathways for Fire Alarm, Emergency Power, and Access
Control/Security systems.
d. Final locations of equipment and devices, interior and exterior luminaires, and
power supplies.
PHILLIPS HALL RECORD DOCUMENTS
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADE
01 78 39-5
April 21, 2016
CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 39
Ithaca, New York RECORD DOCUMENTS
e. Final location of electric signal system panels, final arrangement of all circuits
and any significant changes made in electrical signal system design as a result of
Change Order or job conditions.
5. Enviromnental
a. Utility related elements and supporting infrastructure
b. Storm water maintenance/testing access points
c. Location of unusual excavation findings / contaminated soil (i.e. mercury
uncovered during excavation, also on-site spills during construction), including
quantity excavated/disposed.
E. Specifications and Addenda
Legibly mark each section to record:
1. Manufacturer, trade name, catalog number, and Supplier of each product and item of
equipment actually installed.
2. Changes made by Field Order or by Change Order.
1.4 SUBMITTAL
A. At Contract close-out, deliver copies of all record documents to the Owner's
Representative.
B. Accompany submittal with transmittal letter in duplicate, containing:
1. Date
2. Project title and number
3. Contractor's name and address
4. Title and number of each record document
5. Certification that each document is complete and accurate
6. Signature of Contractor or its authorized representative.
2.0 PRODUCTS — NOT USED
3.0 EXECUTION — NOT USED
***END OF SECTION 01 78 39***
PHILLIPS HALL RECORD DOCUMENTS
ELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADE
01 78 39-6
April 21, 2016
CORNELL DIVISION 26 ELECTRICAL
Ithaca, New York
SECTION 099000 - PAINTING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION:
1.1.1 Under this Section, the Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials and equipment for
Painting as shown on the Plans, as specified and/or directed.
1.2 REFERENCES: The publications listed below and their latest revisions form a part of
this Specification to the extent referenced. The publications are referred to in the text by the
basic designation only.
1.2.1 Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) Publications:
29 1910.1000 Occupational Safety and Health Standards
29 1910.1025 Occupational Safety and Health Standards (Lead)
1.2.2 Federal Standard (FED -STD):
313 Material Safety Data Sheets Preparation and Submission of
1.2.3 Steel Structures Painting Council (SSPC) Publications:
Paint -1 Shop, Field, and Maintenance Painting
Paint -3 A Guide to Safety in Paint Application
Paint -20 Zinc -Rich Primers (Type I, Inorganic, and Type II Organic)
SP 1 Solvent Cleaning
SP 2 Hand Tool Cleaning
SP 3 Power Tool Cleaning
SP 6 Commercial Blast Cleaning
SP 7 Brush -Off Blast Cleaning
SP 10 Near -White Blast Cleaning
Phillips Hall PAINTING 099000-1
Electric Service Upgrade April 21, 2016
CORNELL DIVISION 26 ELECTRICAL
Ithaca, New York
VIS 1 Pictorial Surface Preparation Standards for Painting Steel
Surfaces, Guide to
1.3 SUBMITTALS: Submit the following.
1.3.1 Manufacturer's Instructions:
a. Paint application instructions
b. Manufacturer's material safety data sheets
Submit Manufacturer's material safety data sheets for coatings, solvents, and other potentially
hazardous materials, as defined in FED -STD -313.
1.4 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS:
1.4.1 Lead Content: Do not use coatings having a lead content over 0.06 percent by weight of
nonvolatile content.
1.4.2 Chromate Content: Do not use coatings containing zinc -chromate or
strontium -chromate.
1.4.3 Asbestos Content: Materials shall not contain asbestos.
1.5 DELIVERY AND STORAGE: Deliver materials in sealed, labeled containers bearing
the manufacturer's name, brand designation, specification number, batch number, color, and date
of manufacture. Restrict storage and mixing of materials to locations designated by the Engineer.
1.6 SAFETY METHODS: Apply coating materials using safety methods and equipment in
accordance with the following:
1.6.1 Safety Methods Used During Coating Application: Comply with the requirements of
SSPC Paint -3.
1.6.2 Toxic Materials: To protect personnel from overexposure to toxic materials, conform
to the most stringent guidance of:
a. The chemical manufacturer when using mineral spirits, or other chemicals. Use
impermeable gloves, chemical goggles or face shield, and other recommended
protective clothing and equipment to avoid exposure of skin, eyes, and respiratory
system. Conduct work in a manner to minimize exposure of building occupants and
the general public.
Phillips Hall PAINTING 099000-2
Electric Service Upgrade April 21, 2016
CORNELL DIVISION 26 ELECTRICAL
Ithaca, New York
b. The appropriate OSHA standard in 29 CFR 1910.1025 for surface preparation on
painted surfaces containing lead, zinc -chromate, strontium -chromate, asbestos, or
other toxic ingredients.
c. 29 CFR 1910.1000.
d. Threshold Limit Values (R) of the American Conference of Governmental Industrial
Hygienists.
e. Manufacturer's Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS).
1.7 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS:
1.7.1 Interior Coatings: Apply coatings when surfaces to be painted are dry and the following
surface temperatures can be maintained:
a. Between 65 and 95 degrees F during the application of enamels and varnishes;
b. Between 50 and 95 degrees F during the application of other coatings.
1.8 COLOR SELECTION: Colors of finish coats shall be as indicated or specified. Where
not indicated or specified, colors shall be selected by the Owner.
1.9 LOCATION AND SURFACE TYPE TO BE PAINTED:
1.9.1 Painting Included: Where a space or surface is indicated to be painted, include the
following unless indicated otherwise.
a. Surfaces behind portable objects and surface mounted articles readily detachable by
removal of fasteners, such as screws and bolts.
b. New factory finished surfaces that require identification or color coding and factory
finished surfaces that are damaged during performance of the work.
c. Existing coated surfaces that are damaged during performance of the work.
1.9.2 Painting Excluded: Do not paint the following unless indicated otherwise.
a. Surfaces concealed and made inaccessible by panelboards, fixed ductwork,
machinery, and equipment fixed in place.
b. Surfaces in concealed spaces. Concealed spaces are defined as spaces above
suspended ceilings, furred spaces, attic spaces, crawl spaces, and chases.
Phillips Hall PAINTING 099000-3
Electric Service Upgrade April 21, 2016
CORNELL DIVISION 26 ELECTRICAL
Ithaca, New York
c. Steel to be embedded in concrete.
d. Copper, stainless steel, aluminum, brass, and lead except existing coated surfaces.
1.9.3 Interior Painting: Includes new surfaces, existing uncoated surfaces, and existing
coated surfaces of the buildings and appurtenances as indicated and existing coated surfaces
made bare by cleaning operations. Where a space or surface is indicated to be painted, include
the following items, unless indicated otherwise.
a. Exposed columns, girders, beams, joists, and metal deck; and
b. Other contiguous surfaces.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS: Provide as far as practical, pretreatments, primers and top coats from one
coating manufacturer. Coatings shall be applied as a complete system and must be compatible
with the substrate and each coating component. Coating systems shall be the manufacturer's
industrial or commercial systems and are specified by generic type only. Residential coating
systems shall not be permitted.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PROTECTION OR AREAS AND SPACES: Prior to surface preparation and coating
applications, remove, mask, or otherwise protect, hardware, hardware accessories, machined
surfaces, radiator covers, plates, lighting fixtures, public and private property, and other such
items not to be coated that are in contact with surfaces to be coated. Following completion of
painting, workmen skilled in the trades involved shall reinstall removed items. Restore surfaces
contaminated by coating materials, to original condition and repair damaged items.
3.2 SURFACE PREPARATION: Remove dirt, splinters, loose particles, grease, oil,
disintegrated coatings, and other substances deleterious to coating performance as specified for
each substrate.
3.2.1 Existing Coating Surfaces With No Defects: Before application of coatings, perform
the following 011 surfaces covered by soundly -adhered coatings, defined as those which cannot be
removed with a putty knife:
a. Wipe previously painted surfaces to receive solvent -based coatings, except stucco and
similarly rough surfaces clean with a clean, dry cloth saturated with mineral spirits,
FS TT -T-291. Allow surface to dry. Wiping shall immediately precede the
application of the first coat of any coating, unless specified otherwise.
Phillips Hall PAINTING 099000-4
Electric Service Upgrade April 21, 2016
CORNELL DIVISION 26 ELECTRICAL
Ithaca, New York
b. Sand existing enamel and other glossy surfaces to remove gloss. Brush and wipe
clean with a dry cloth.
c. The requirements specified are minimum. Comply also with the instructions and
recommendations of the paint manufacturer for preparation and application.
3.2.2 Existing Coated Surfaces with Minor Defects: Sand, spackle, and treat minor defects to
render them smooth. Minor defects are defined as scratches, nicks, cracks, gouges, spalls,
alligatoring, chalking, and irregularities due to partial peeling of previous coatings.
3.2.3 Removal of Existing Coatings: Remove existing coatings from the following surfaces:
a. Surfaces containing large areas of minor defects;
b. Surfaces containing more than 20 percent peeling area; and
c. Surfaces designated by the Engineer, such as surfaces where rust shows through
existing coatings.
3.2.4 Substrate Repair:
a. Repair substrate surface damaged during coating removal;
b. Sand edges of adjacent soundly -adhered existing coatings so they are tapered as
smooth as practical to areas involved with coating removal; and
c. Clean and prime the substrate as specified.
3.3 PREPARATION OF CONCRETE AND CEMENTITIOUS SURFACE:
3.3.1 Concrete and Masonry:
a. Surface Cleaning: Remove the following deleterious substances.
(1) Dirt, Chalking, Grease, and Oil: Wash new and existing uncoated surfaces with
a solution composed of 3 ounces (2/3 cup) trisodium phosphate, 1 ounce (1/3
cup) household detergent, and 3 quarts of warm water. Then rinse thoroughly
with fresh water. Wash existing coated surfaces with a suitable detergent and
rinse thoroughly. For large areas, water blasting may be used.
(2) Fungus and Mold: Wash , existing coated, and existing uncoated surfaces with a
solution composed of 3 ounces (2/3 cup) trisodium phosphate, 1 ounce (1/3 cup)
household detergent, 1 quart 5 percent sodium hypochlorite solution and 3 quarts
of warm water. Rinse thoroughly with fresh water.
(3) Glaze and Loose Particles: Remove by wire brushing.
Phillips Hall PAINTING 099000-5
Electric Service Upgrade April 21, 2016
CORNELL DIVISION 26 ELECTRICAL
Ithaca, New York
(4) Efflorescence: Remove by scraping or wire brushing followed by washing with
a 5- to 10 -percent by weight aqueous solution of hydrochloric (muriatic) acid.
Do not allow acid to remain on the surface for more than five minutes before
rinsing with fresh water. Do not acid clean more than 4 square feet of surface,
per workman, at one time.
(5)
Removal of Existing Coatings: For surfaces to receive textured coating FS
TT -C-555, remove existing coatings including soundly adhered coatings if
recommended by textured coating manufacturer.
b. Cosmetic Repair of Minor Defects: Repair or fill mortar joints and minor defects,
including but not limited to spalls, in accordance with manufacturer's
recommendations and prior to coating application.
3.4 APPLICATION:
3.4.1 Coating Application: Apply coating materials in accordance with SSPC Paint -1. SSPC
Paint -1 methods are applicable to all substrates, except as modified herein. Thoroughly work
coating materials into joints, crevices, and open spaces. Touch up damaged coatings before
applying subsequent coats. Interior areas shall be broom clean and dust free before and during the
application of coating material.
a. Drying Time: Allow time between coats, as recommended by the coating
manufacturer, to permit thorough drying. Provide each coat in specified condition to
receive the next coat.
b. Primers, and Intermediate Coats: Do not allow primers or intermediate coats to dry
more than 30 days, or longer than recommended by the manufacturer, before applying
subsequent coats. Follow manufacturer's recommendations for surface preparation if
primers or intermediate coats are allowed to dry longer than recommended by
manufacturers of subsequent coatings. Each coat shall cover the surface of the
preceding coat or surface completely, and there shall be a visually perceptible
difference in shades of successive coats.
c. Finished Surfaces: Provide finished surfaces free from runs, drops, ridges, waves,
laps, brush marks, and variations in colors.
3.4.2 Equipment: Apply coatings with approved brushes, approved rollers, or approved spray
equipment, unless specified otherwise. Spray areas made inaccessible to brushing by items such
as ducts and other equipment.
Phillips Hall PAINTING 099000-6
Electric Service Upgrade April 21, 2016
CORNELL
Ithaca, New York
DIVISION 26 ELECTRICAL
3.4.3 Thinning of Paints: Reduce paints to proper consistency by adding fresh paint, except
when thinning is mandatory for the type of paint being used. Obtain written permission from the
Engineer to use thinners. The written permission shall include quantities and types of thinners to
use.
3.4.4 Coating Systems:
a. Systems by Substrates: Apply coatings that conform to the respective specifications
listed in the following Table:
TABLE I
INTERIOR CONCRETE SURFACES
CONDITION
PREPARATION
FIRST COAT
DFT
SECOND COAT
DFT
THIRD COAT
DFT
Concrete
Floors
Acid Etch or
Brush Blast
Epoxy-Polyamide
(skid resistant)
2.0
Epoxy-Polyamide
2.0
-
-
b. Minimum Dry Film Thickness (DFT): Apply paints, primers, varnishes, enamels,
undercoats, and other coatings to a minimum dry film thickness of 1.5 mil each coat
unless specified otherwise in the Tables. Coating thickness where specified, refers to
the minimum dry film thickness.
c. Coatings for Surfaces Not Specified Otherwise: Coat surfaces which have not been
specified, the same as surfaces having similar conditions of exposure.
d. Existing Surfaces Damaged During Performance of the Work, Including New Patches
In Existing Surfaces: Coat surfaces with the following:
(1) One coat of primer.
(2) One coat of undercoat or intermediate coat.
(3) One top coat to match adjacent surfaces.
e. Existing Coated Surfaces To Be Painted: Apply coatings conforming to the
respective specifications listed in the Tables herein, except that pretreatments, sealers,
fillers, and primers need not be provided on surfaces where existing coatings are
soundly adhered and in good condition.
Phillips Hall PAINTING 099000-7
Electric Service Upgrade April 21, 2016
CORNELL DIVISION 26 ELECTRICAL
Ithaca, New York
3.5 INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE: In addition to meeting the previously specified
requirements, demonstrate the mobility of moving components, including but not limited to
swinging and sliding doors, cabinets, and windows with operable sash, for inspection by the
Engineer. Perform this demonstration after appropriate curing and drying times of the coatings
have elapsed and prior to invoicing for final payment.
END OF SECTION 099000
Phillips Hall PAINTING 099000-8
Electric Service Upgrade April 21, 2016
CORNELL DIVISION 26 ELECTRICAL
Ithaca, New York
SECTION 260500 - BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS
PART 1:
GENERAL
1.01 CODES AND STANDARDS
A. All electrical equipment and installation shall conform to all.
applicable federal, state and municipal laws and regulations as well as the
latest adopted edition of the following codes:
1. National Electrical Code (NEC)
2. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA)
3. Building Code of New York State (BCNYS)
4. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA)
5. American with Disabilities Act (ADA)
6. Illuminating Engineering Society of North America Standards (IRSNA)
7. Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers Standards (I FEE)
B. Electrical equipment, components, and accessories shall be UL
certified for the purpose for which the equipment, components, and
accessories are used.
1.02 RELATED SECTIONS
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
G.
H.
I.
J.
K.
L.
Section
Section
Section
Section
Section
Section
Section
Section
Section
Section
Section
Section
1.03 SUBMITTALS
260513 — Primary Wiring
260519 — Wires and Cables
260526 — Grounding
260533 — Raceways
260534 — Boxes
260543 — Underground Conduit Systems
261216 — Dry Type Transformers over 600V
261827 — Pad Mounted 13.2kV Loop Switch
262211 — Interior Transformers
262416 — Panelboards & Building Distribution
262726 — Wire Connections and Connecting Devices
265100 — Interior Lighting
A. Submittals, shop drawings, schematics, product data and samples shall be
submitted in accordance with the Contract Documents, Division 1 (General
Requirements).
B. Submit names, addresses, telephone numbers, sales and technical contacts,
and other details for each of the proposed manufacturers and the proposed
Phillips Hall BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS 260500-1
Electric Service Upgrade April 21, 2016
CORNELL DIVISION 26 ELECTRICAL
Ithaca, New York
manufacturers' local representatives. Provide the manufacturer's web site
address (URL) as well.
C. Submit delivery lead times for proposed equipment, components and
accessories with the manufacturer's shop drawings. The Electrical
Contractor shall supply detailed delivery schedules of long lead items to
the Project Manager within five (5) business days after shop drawing
review is found in compliance with the specifications by the Engineer of
Record.
1.04 INSPECTIONS
A. Inspections shall be conducted by the local Authority Having
Jurisdiction (AHJ) (e.g. City of Ithaca, Town of Ithaca). However, State
campus buildings fall under the State of New York jurisdiction and shall
be inspected by the Contract College Facilities' Code Enforcement
Officer. The electrical contractor shall furnish the original Certificate of
Inspection to the Project Manager and/or Engineer of Record with the
following items before submitting their final payment application:
1. Temporary inspection of electrical work for temporary power for the
job site and contractor trailers requiring power.
2. Temporary inspection of building primary and secondary power
systems, before energizing building permanent power.
3. Final inspection of the completed electrical system.
B. A project punch list/walk-through shall be conducted with the contractor,
Engineer of Record, and Project Manager to review the work and ensure it
has been constructed as specified in the contract documents, and that all
labeling has been completed.
1.05 CERTIFICATION AND TESTING
A. The Electrical Contractor shall test all systems for proper operation, code
compliance, and standards compliance.
B. Field acceptance testing for electrical distribution equipment and
equipment feeders shall be completed in accordance with manufacturer's
product data and the National Electrical Testing Association, Inc. (NETA).
C. Acceptance testing shall be performed at a time convenient to Cornell
University's representatives. The Contractor shall be responsible for all
costs associated with scheduling, performance, and completion of the
testing.
Phillips Hall BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS 260500-2
Electric Service Upgrade April 21, 2016
CORNELL DIVISION 26 ELECTRICAL
Ithaca, New York
1.06 PROJECT CLOSE OUT
A. The Contractor shall provide all warranties and bonds at the completion of
the project, as specified in the contract documents (i.e., Division 1, General
Requirements), to the Project Manager and/or Engineer of Record.
B. Operating and Maintenance Manuals shall be provided as specified in the
contract documents (i.e., Division 1, General Requirements).
Documentation shall include a detailed system sequence of operation, PM
schedules & PM procedures, and performance measurements for use in
troubleshooting and re -commissioning.
C. The Contractor shall provide the Project Manager with a complete set of
"As -built" drawings including all information specified in the Contract
Documents.
END OF SECTION 260500
Phillips Hall BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS 260500-3
Electric Service Upgrade April 21, 2016
CORNELL DIVISION 26 ELECTRICAL
Ithaca,. New York
SECTION 260513 - PRIMARY WIRING — 15KV NOMINAL
PART 1: GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION
A. Under this Section, the Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials and equipment
for Primary Wiring — 15kV Nominal as shown on the Plan, as specified, and/or
directed.
1.02 REFERENCES: The publications listed below and their latest revisions form a part of
this Specification to the extent referenced. The publications are referred to in the text by
the basic designation only.
A. Insulated Cable Engineers Association (ICEA) Publication:
S-68-516 NEMA WC -8 Ethylene -Propylene Rubber Insulated Wire and
Cable for the Transmission and Distribution of Electrical Energy
B. Association of Edison Illuminating Companies (AEIC) Publication:
CS8-07 Specifications for Ethylene Propylene Rubber Insulated Shielded
Power Cables Rated 5 through 69KV
C. Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL) Publication:
1072 Medium -Voltage Power Cables
D. Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers (IEEE) Publication:
48 Standard Test Procedures and Requirements for High -Voltage
Alternating -Current Cable Termination
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Submittals Package: Submit the data specified below for preliminary approval at
the same time as a package. After preliminary approval, submit the data and
samples specified below for final approval at the same time as a package.
B. Submit the following for preliminary approval:
1. Splicing and termination data, including the following:
a. List of materials.
b. Method of connecting conductors.
c. Details of cable preparation.
Phillips Hall PRIMARY WIRING — 15KV NOMINAL 260513-1
Electric Service Upgrade April 21, 2016
CORNELL DIVISION 26 ELECTRICAL
Ithaca, New York
d. Method of applying materials (including quantities and recommended
tools).
e. Precautionary measures.
f. Drawings showing method of splicing complete with dimensions.
2. Furnish cable manufacturer's certified copies of the AEIC qualification test
for the cable being proposed.
C. Final Approval: After preliminary approval, submit the following for final
approval:
1. Samples of splicing and termination materials if requested (complete kits will
be returned and, if approved, may be used in the Work). Include:
a. Full roll of all tapes in original box or container, with the date of
manufacture indicated thereon.
b. Other materials in sufficient quantity to construct a complete splice and
labeled for identification.
c. Entire factory packaged kit if splice or termination is of the kit type.
2. Written statement from cable manufacturer indicating recommended pulling
compounds.
3. Resume of each cable splicer's experience. Include:
a. Details of type of high voltage splicing and terminations performed.
b. Types of cables which were spliced.
c. Job locations.
d. Number of years performing splices and terminations.
e. Certificate of training from the splice/termination manufacturer for heat -
shrinkable products, if used.
4. Catalog sheets, specifications and installation instructions for all products.
D. Contract Closeout Submittals:
1. Test Report: High voltage after installation test report.
1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. List of Completed Installations for EPR Insulated Cables: If cable brand names
other than those specified are proposed for use, furnish the name, address, and
telephone number of at least five comparable installations which can prove the
proposed products have operated satisfactorily for 10 years. Include proof
that the installed cables:
Phillips Hall PRIMARY WIRING — 15KV NOMINAL 260513-2
Electric Service Upgrade April 21, 2016
CORNELL DIVISION 26 ELECTRICAL
Ithaca, New York
1. Have the same rating and construction as the proposed cable.
2. Have the same insulation compound as the proposed cable.
B. Company Field Advisor: If cable brand names other than those specified are
proposed for use, secure the services of the cable manufacturer's Company Field
Advisor for a minimum of 16 working hours for the following:
1. Render advice regarding method of installing cable.
2. Inspection of equipment for installing cable.
3. Witness representative amount of cable pulling
4. Witness construction of at least one splice and one termination by each cable
splicer who will be doing the actual cable splicing.
5. Witness high voltage after installation test.
6. Certify with an affidavit that the aforementioned particulars are satisfactory
and the cable is installed in accordance with cable manufacturer's
recommendations.
C. Testing Company: Secure the services of an approved testing company, such as
one of those listed below, for a high voltage after installation test:
1. Advanced Testing Systems Inc., P.O. Box 27, Carmel, NY 10512, (914) 225-
3110.
2. ETL Testing Laboratories Inc., Industrial Park, Cortland, NY 13045, (607)
753-6711.
3. General Electric Co., Industrial Services Engineering, 2500 Cambridge Road,
Schenectady, NY 12345, (518) 385-4888.
4. H.V.E.S. Electrical Contracting Inc., 477 75th St., Niagara Falls, NY 14304,
(716)283-3679.
5. HMT, Inc., 6268 Route 31, Cicero, NY 13039,(315)699-5563.
1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Cable Protection:
1. Keep ends of cables sealed at all times, except when making splices or
terminations. Use heat shrinkable plastic end caps with sealant as produced
by Raychem Corp., or Thomas & Betts Corp., or other methods approved by
cable manufacturer.
2. Cable Storage: Store where cable will be at optimum workability temperature
recommended by cable manufacturer.
1.06 MAINTENANCE
A. Special Tools: Furnish one set of special tools for the assembly of premolded
splices (if used). Store them at the site where directed.
Phillips Hall PRIMARY WIRING — 15KV NOMINAL 260513-3
Electric Service Upgrade April 21, 2016
CORNELL DIVISION 26 ELECTRICAL
Ithaca, New York
PART 2: PRODUCTS
2.01 CABLES
A. Conductors: Annealed uncoated copper or annealed coated copper in
conformance with the applicable standards for the type of insulation on the
conductor.
B. l5kV Cable Ratings
1. Compact stranded.
2. 133% (220 MILS) Ethylene -propylene rubber insulation.
3. Shield: 5 mil bare copper tape helically applied with 25% nominal overlap.
4. Jacket: PVC, UL listed as type MV -105.
5. Temperature ratings: 105°C continuous operating, 140°C emergency rating,
250°C short circuit rating.
6. Conductor size: As indicated on the contract drawings. Provide a bare copper
ground with each circuit.
2.02 AIR TERMINATIONS:
A. Materials: All materials required for a complete termination of the standard
product of one manufacturer, designed specifically for the type of cable and
conductor to be terminated.
B. Ampere Rating: Not less than ampere rating of cable.
C. Voltage Rating: Not less than voltage rating of cable.
D. Manufacturer and Type: Furnish air terminations as Elastimold, 15 kV, outdoor
rated, R2T28 series with tape shield adapter or 3M, 15kV, 7690-S series, 4 -skirt, with
tape shield adapter.
2.03 DEAD BREAK ELBOWS
A. Materials: All materials required for a complete splice of the standard product of
one manufacturer, designed specifically for the type of cable and conductor to be
spliced.
B. Ampere Rating: Not less than ampere rating of cable.
C. Voltage Rating: Not less than voltage rating of cable.
E. Manufacturer and Type: Furnish dead break elbows as Elastimold, 15 kV, 600
series elbow with test point and tape shield adapter.
Phillips Hall PRIMARY WIRING — 15KV NOMINAL 260513-4
Electric Service Upgrade April 21, 2016
CORNELL DIVISION 26 ELECTRICAL
Ithaca, New York
2.04 ACCESSORIES
A. Pulling Compounds: As recommended by cable manufacturer.
B. Arc Proofing Tapes: 3M Scotch tape 77W is approved for use. Arc flash tape shall
be used in the vicinity of adjacent circuits per mfg. recommendations.
C. Tags: Precision engrave letters and numbers with uniform margins, character size
minimum 3/16 inches high.
1 Phenolic: Two color laminated engraver's stock, 1/16 inch minimum
thickness, machine engraved to expose inner core color (white).
2. Aluminum: Standard aluminum alloy plate stock, minimum .032 inches thick,
engraved areas enamel filled or background enameled with natural aluminum
engraved characters.
PART 3: EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Cables:
1. Install cables in conduit after conduit system is completed.
2. Keep ends of cables sealed watertight at all times, except when making splices
or terminations.
3. No grease, oil, lubricant other than approved pulling compound may be used
to facilitate the pulling -in of cables.
4. Use pulling eye attached to conductor(s) for pulling -in cables. Cable grip will
not be allowed. Seal pulling eye attachment watertight.
5. Pull all cables with a dynamometer or strain gage incorporated into the pulling
equipment. Do not pull cables unless the Owner's Representative is present
to observe readings on the dynamometer or strain gage during the time of
actual pulling. Do not exceed manufacturer's recommended maximum strain
on cable for a 3 -conductor pull (3 -conductor cable or 3 -single conductor
cables).
6. Pull all 3 cables plus bare #2/0 ground into duct together as one pull.
B. Terminations and Splices:
1. General: Splice and terminate cable in accordance with manufacturer's
approved installation instructions, employing specific tools recommended by
the manufacturer.
Phillips Hall PRIMARY WIRING — 15KV NOMINAL 260513-5
Electric Service Upgrade April 21, 2016
CORNELL DIVISION 26 ELECTRICAL
Ithaca, New York
2. For 15kV Insulated Cables:
a Use IEEE 48 Class 1 terminations to terminate cable in wet locations.
b. Use IEEE 48 Class 1 terminations to terminate cable inside of outdoor
equipment which is not equipped with space heaters (pad -mounted
switches, pad -mounted transformers, etc). Class 1 terminations shall be
used to terminate cable inside of outdoor switchgear cubicles which are
equipped with space heaters (metal -clad switchgear, metal -enclosed
interrupter switchgear, etc.).
c. Use IEEE 48 Class 1 terminations to terminate cable in dry locations.
d. Use dead break elbows for connecting to loop switches.
e. Ground shield at all terminations. Grounding of the shield is not required
at the splice locations. The shield must be bonded through each splice.
C. Arc Proofing: Arc proof feeders installed in a common pullbox or manhole as
follows:
1. Arc proof new feeders.
2. Arc proof existing feeders that are spliced to new feeders.
3. Arc proof each feeder as a unit with half -lapped layer of 55 mils thick arc
proofing tape, random wrapped. For arc proofing tape less than 55 mils thick
add layers to equivalent of 55 mils thick arc proofing tape.
D. Identification of Feeders: Identify feeders in manholes, pullboxes, building
entrances, and in equipment to which they connect:
1 Install tags on each insulated conductor indicating phase leg. Attach tags with
non-ferrous metal wire. Install phase leg tags under arc proofing tapes.
2. Install tags on each feeder indicating feeder number, date installed (month,
year), type of cable, voltage rating, size, and manufacturer. Attach tags to
feeders with non-ferrous metal wire or brass chain. Install tags so that they
are easily read without moving adjacent feeders or require removal of arc
proofing tapes.
3. Confirm all labeling requirements with Cornell.
E. Phase Relationship: Connect feeders to maintain phase relationship through
system. Phase legs of feeders shall match bus arrangements in equipment to
which the feeders are connected.
3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. High Voltage after Installation Acceptance Test:
1. Have the cable installation tested by a third -party testing company.
Phillips Hall PRIMARY WIRING — 15KV NOMINAL 260513-6
Electric Service Upgrade April 21, 2016
CORNELL DIVISION 26 ELECTRICAL
Ithaca, New York
2. Perform test on new cable after it has been installed complete with splicing,
bonding, etc., but prior to splicing to existing cable. Do not splice new cable
to existing cable until new cable test has been completed. Do not perform test
on existing cable.
3. Perform acceptance test following all National Electrical Testing Association
and IEEE Standard 400 requirements and applicable test methods in ICEA
and AEIC Specifications.
4. List results of the tests on form supplied by the testing company and provide
three copies to the Owner's Representative.
5. Perform test in the presence of the Owner's Representative.
6. Test is not required for transformer vault cables.
B. Work on Existing Systems: Any time a Contractor must make a connection to or
work on an existing system, the following procedures shall be used to ensure the
safety of all personnel involved:
1. Cornell linemen will operate all switching equipment as required to de -energize a
circuit in preparation for work. A representative of the Contractor shall be present
during all switching and both the Contractor's electrician and a Cornell lineman
shall install locks on all switches as required to prevent accidental switch
operation. Each switch shall be tagged to inform others of the work being done.
Manhole switches are never operated with personnel in the manhole; Cornell
linemen shall use remote switching devices.
2. Cornell lineman will test a circuit to ensure that it is "dead" before any contact is
made with the circuit. After testing, grounds will be installed by Cornell linemen
to ensure the circuit remains dead and cannot become energized. The Contractor
may also install grounding equipment.
3. A Contractor shall not work on any existing cable without first having a Cornell
lineman verify that the correct cable has been selected and the cable is de -
energized. Cornell linemen will make the first cut into any existing cable
system prior to Contractor splicing or terminating. This is to ensure that the
Contractor does not select and cut into an energized cable. Cornell linemen will
perform the switching, locking, tagging, and testing procedure before cutting into
the cable and grounding each phase. The Contractor may then proceed with work.
Perform test on new cable after it has been installed complete with splicing,
bonding, etc., but prior to splicing to existing cable. Do not splice new cable
to existing cable until new cable test has been completed. Do not perform test
on existing cable.
END OF SECTION 260513
Phillips Hall PRIMARY WIRING — 15KV NOMINAL 260513-7
Electric Service Upgrade April 21, 2016
CORNELL DIVISION 26 ELECTRICAL
Ithaca, New York
SECTION 260519 - WIRES AND CABLES
PART 1: GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. This section is intended to cover wire and cable requirements for low
voltage electric power distribution, including service, feeder, and branch
circuit applications. This section does not cover wire and cable for
control, instrumentation, or communications.
1.02 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A. Color Coding for branch circuits and feeders.
1. 120/208 volt, 3 phase, 4 wire, Wye system
a. Phase A - Black
b. Phase B - Red
c. Phase C - Blue
d. Neutral - White
e. Grounding Green
Conductor
2. 277/480 volt, 3 phase, 4 wire, Wye system
a. Phase A - Brown
b. Phase B - Orange
c. Phase C - Yellow
d. Neutral - Gray
e. Grounding Green
Conductor
3. 120/240 volt, 3 phase, 4 wire, Delta system
a. Phase A - Black
b. Phase B - Orange (wild leg)
c. Phase C - Blue
d. Neutral - White
e. Grounding - Green
Conductor
Phillips Hall WIRES AND CABLES 260519-1
Electric Service Upgrade April 21, 2016
CORNELL DIVISION 26 ELECTRICAL
Ithaca, New York
PART 2: PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. Conductors shall be annealed copper; 98% conductivity.
B. Minimum size conductor for general wiring shall be #12.
C. THHN/THWN-2 shall be used in interior dry locations, interior wet locations, and
outdoor underground conduit applications.
D. Conductors for building feeder and branch circuits shall be insulated for 600 volts.
E. Aluminum conductors shall not be used.
F. Use stranded conductors for all sizes of general wiring. Solid wire is allowed only
for wire sizes of 12 AWG and smaller for special applications.
PART 3: EXECUTION
3.01 EXISTING WORK
A. Remove abandoned wire and cable. Patch surfaces as required where removed
cables pass through building finishes. Install pull string in conduits that are
intended to remain for future use when removing abandoned cables.
B. Remove abandoned junction boxes when wire, cable, and conduit is removed.
Install blank covers on abandoned boxes not removed.
C. Provide access to existing wiring connections that are remaining active.
3.02 INSTALLATION
A. Identify each conductor with its source panel name and circuit number. If
circuit cables are bundled and tie -wrapped together, the cables may be identified
as a group by panel name and circuit number. Cables shall be identified in
wireways, splice boxes, and junction boxes.
B. Identify grounded (neutral) conductors in accordance with NEC Article 200
when they are in common raceways and enclosures.
C. When two or more neutral conductors are located in one raceway,
individually identify each with the proper circuit number.
D. Sharing of neutral conductors for multiple circuits is prohibited.
Phillips Hall WIRES AND CABLES 260519-2
Electric Service Upgrade April 21, 2016
CORNELL DIVISION 26 ELECTRICAL
Ithaca, New York
E. Wires and cable shall be installed in a neat and workman like manner. Wire and
cable shall be routed parallel or perpendicular to walls, beams, ceiling supports,
and building structure.
F. Cables and conduits shall be directly supported to the building structure and
independent of other piping, mechanical equipment, or ceiling supports. Cable
supports shall be listed for the intended use.
G. Nylon tie wraps are not acceptable for cable supports. Nylon tie wraps are
acceptable for cable training and bundling.
H. Splices shall only be made within accessible splice boxes.
END OF SECTION 260519
Phillips Hall WIRES AND CABLES 260519-3
Electric Service Upgrade April 21, 2016
CORNELL DIVISION 26 ELECTRICAL
Ithaca, New York
SECTION 260526 - GROUNDING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION: Under this Section, the Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials and
equipment for Grounding and bonding of electrical installations as shown on the Plans, as
specified and/or directed.
1.1.1 Existing site conditions may necessitate use of alternative grounding systems to
achieve required ohm values. Existing site conditions are to include minimum soil cover over
bedrock and exposed bedrock.
1.2 REFERENCES: The publications listed below and their latest revisions form a part of
this Specification to the extent referenced. The publications are referred to in the text by the
basic designation only.
1.2.1 American National Standards Institute (ANSI), Electronic Industries Alliance (EIA),
Telecommunications Industry Association (TIA) Publication: (ANSI/EIA/TIA)
607 Commercial Building Grounding and Bonding
Requirements for Telecommunications
1.2.2 Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE) Publications:
81 Guide for Measuring Earth Receptivity, Ground
Impedance and Earth Surface Potential of a Ground System
142 Recommended Practice for Grounding of Industrial and
Commercial Power Systems
1100 Recommended Practice for Powering and Grounding
Sensitive Electronic Equipment
1.2.3 National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) Publication:
70 National Electrical Code (NEC)
1.2.4 Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL) Publications:
83 Thermoplastic -Insulated Wires and Cables
44 Rubber -Insulated Wires and Cables
467 Grounding and Bonding Equipment
Phillips Hall GROUNDING 260526-1
Electric Service Upgrade April 21, 2016
CORNELL DIVISION 26 ELECTRICAL
Ithaca, New York
1.3 RELATED SECTIONS:
1.3.1 Section 260500, "Basic General Requirements".
1.4 SUBMITTALS:
1.4.1 Submit test reports in accordance with Section 260500, "Basic General Requirements".
1.4.2 Certifications: Two weeks prior to final inspection, deliver to the Owner's designated
representative four copies of the certification that the material and installation is in accordance
with the drawings and specifications and has been properly installed.
PART 2 — PRODUCTS
2.1 GROUNDING WIRES:
2.1.1 General Purpose: UL and NEC approved types, copper, with TW, THW, XHHW or
dual rated THHN-THWN insulation color identified green.
2.1.2 Isolated Power System: Type XHHW insulation with a dielectric constant of 3.5 or
less.
2.1.3 Size wire not less than what is shown and not less than required by the NEC.
2.1.4 Stranded bare copper ground conductor where indicated on drawings.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION:
3.1.1 Ground as shown and as hereinafter specified in accordance with the NEC.
3.1.2 System Grounding:
3.1.2.1 Ground the electrical service system neutral at service entrance equipment to
grounding electrodes. Concrete encased electrodes shall be connected as the most effective
grounding electrodes. Provide a completely grounded system in accordance with Article 250 of
the NEC.
3.1.2.2 Ground each separately -derived system neutral to separate grounding electrode
system. Transformer, UPS systems, power conditioners, inverters, or other power supplies are
separately derived systems. Standby or emergency generators are separately derived systems if
the neutral is bonded to the generator frame and if there is no direct connection of the generator
neutral conductor to the service neutral conductor.
Phillips Hall GROUNDING 260526-2
Electric Service Upgrade April 21, 2016
CORNELL DIVISION 26 ELECTRICAL
Ithaca, New York
3.1.2.3 Secondary service neutrals ground at the supply side of the secondary disconnecting
means and at the related transformers.
3.1.2.4 Separately derived systems (transformers downstream from the service entrance)
ground the secondary neutral.
3.1.3 Equipment Grounding: Metallic structures, enclosures, raceways, junction boxes,
outlet boxes, cabinets, machine frames, and other conductive items in close proximity with
electrical circuits shall be grounded for personnel safety and to provide a low impedance path for
possible ground fault currents.
3.2 PRIMARY EQUIPMENT AND CIRCUITS:
3.2.1 Switchgear: Provide a bare grounding electrode conductor from the switchgear ground
bus to a grounding electrode system, metal underground water pipe and driven ground rods for
the grounding electrode.
3.2.2 Duct Banks and Manholes:
3.2.2.1 Provide a bare equipment grounding conductor in each duct bank containing medium
or high voltage cables. Connect the grounding conductors to the switchgear ground bus, to all
manhole hardware, to the cable shielding of medium or high voltage cable splices and
terminations, and equipment enclosures.
3.2.2.2 Provide a grounding conductor having at least 50 percent ampacity of the largest
phase conductor in the duct bank.
3.2.2.3 Connect the equipment grounding conductor to the ground rod.
3.2.4 Metallic Conduit: Metallic conduits which terminate without mechanical connection
to a housing of electrical equipment by means of locknut and bushings or adapters, provided with
grounding bushings. Connect bushings with a bare grounding conductor to the equipment
ground bus.
3.2.5 Lightning Arresters: Connect lightning arrester grounds to the equipment ground bus,
or ground rods as applicable.
3.3 SECONDARY EQUIPMENT AND CIRCUITS:
3.3.1 Main Bonding Jumper: Connect the secondary service neutral to the ground bus in the
service equipment.
3.3.2 Water Pipe and Supplemental Electrode:
Phillips Hall GROUNDING 260526-3
Electric Service Upgrade April 21, 2016
CORNELL DIVISION 26 ELECTRICAL
Ithaca, New York
3.3.2.1 Provide a ground conductor connection between the service equipment ground bus
and the metallic water pipe system. Jumper insulating joints/meter in the water pipe.
3.3.2.2 Provide a supplemental ground electrode and bond to the water pipe ground, or
connect to the service equipment ground bus.
3.3.3 Service Disconnect (Separate Individual Enclosure): Provide a ground bar bolted to
the enclosure with lugs for connecting the various grounding conductors.
3.3.4 Switchgear and Switchboards:
3.3.4.1 Connect the various feeder green grounding conductors to the ground bus in the
enclosure with suitable pressure connectors.
3.3.4.2 Connect the grounding electrode conductor to the ground bus.
3.3.4.3 Connect the neutral to the ground bus (main bonding jumper).
3.3.4.4 Connect metallic conduits, which terminate without mechanical connection to the
housing, by grounding bushings and ground wire to the ground bus.
3.3.5 Conduit Systems:
3.3.5.1 Ground all metallic conduit systems.
3.3.5.2 Non-metallic conduit systems shall contain a grounding conductor.
3.3.5.3 Conduit provided for mechanical protection containing only a grounding conductor,
bond to that conductor at the entrance and exit from the conduit.
3.3.6 Feeders and Branch Circuits: Install green grounding conductors with feeders and
branch circuits as follows:
a. Feeders.
b. Branch Circuits.
c. Receptacle Outlets.
d. Directly Connected Equipment, Appliances and Devices.
e. Motors and Motor Controllers.
f. Fixed Equipment and Appurtenances.
g. Items of equipment where the final connection is made with flexible metal conduit
shall have a grounding wire.
h. Additional locations and systems as shown.
3.3.7 Boxes, Cabinets, Enclosures and Panelboards:
Phillips Hall GROUNDING 260526-4
Electric Service Upgrade April 21, 2016
CORNELL DIVISION 26 ELECTRICAL
Ithaca, New York
3.3.7.1 Bond the grounding wires to each pull box, junction box, outlet box, cabinets, and
other enclosures through which the ground wires pass.
3.3.7.2 Provide lugs in each box and enclosure for ground wire telluination.
3.3.7.3 Provide ground bars in panelboards, bolted to the housing, with sufficient lugs for
teiiiiinating the ground wires.
3.3.8 Ground lighting fixtures to the green grounding conductor of the wiring system.
During renovation, provide the green ground if it is not part of the system, or ground the fixtures
through the conduit systems per means acceptable under the NEC. Fixtures connected with
flexible conduit shall have a green ground wire included with the power wires from the fixture
through the flexible conduit to the first outlet box.
3.4 CONDUCTIVE PIPING:
3.4.1 Bond all conductive piping systems in the building to the electrical system ground.
Bonding connections shall be made as close as practical to the water pipe ground or service
equipment ground bus.
END OF SECTION 260526
Phillips Hall GROUNDING 260526-5
Electric Service Upgrade April 21, 2016
CORNELL DIVISION 26 ELECTRICAL
Ithaca, New York
SECTION 260533 - RACEWAYS
PART 1: GENERAL
1.01 WORK INCLUDED
A. Rigid Steel Conduit:
1. Location of use:
a. Wet, damp, unheated areas.
b. Areas subjected to corrosive atmosphere.
c. All exterior wiring.
d. Interior wiring in slabs or exterior walls.
e. All other areas except as noted below.
2. Threadless connectors and couplings shall not be used.
3. To protect the wire insulation from abrasion all cut ends must be
reamed to remove rough edges.
4. A bushing shall be provided to protect the wire from abrasion where a
conduit enters a box, fitting, or other enclosure unless the box, fitting, or
enclosure design provides equivalent protection.
B. Intermediate Metallic Conduit: (IMC)
1. Location of use:
a. Exterior, where encased in concrete.
b. Interior wiring.
2. Threadless connectors and couplings shall not be used.
3. To protect the wire insulation from abrasion all cut ends must be
reamed to remove rough edges.
C. Electrical Metallic Tubing:
1. Location of use:
a. Interior branch circuit wiring, power distribution, and motor feeders
in clean dry areas.
Phillips Hall RACEWAYS 260533-1
Electric Service Upgrade April 21, 2016
CORNELL DIVISION 26 ELECTRICAL
Ithaca, New York
b. All interior low voltage control, signal, communication, emergency
power, and alarm systems.
c. Restricted from being installed where it will be subjected to severe
physical damage.
D. Flexible Metal Conduit: (Greenfield):
1. Location of use:
a. Light fixture pigtails.
b. Motor leads.
c. Appliance connections.
d. Where required for flexible connections.
2. Connectors shall be UL listed for use with flexible metal conduit.
3. A grounding conductor shall be installed in all flexible metal conduits.
4. Flexible conduit shall not be used for connection to Fire Pumps.
E. Liquid Tight Flexible Steel Conduit: (Seal -Tight)
1. Location of use:
a. Same application as flexible metal conduit except where high
ambient temperatures could harm jacket.
b. Damp and wet areas.
2. A grounding conductor shall be installed in the conduit.
F. Non -Metallic Conduit: (PVC)
1. Location of use:
a. Where encased in concrete, use Schedule 40.
b. Not allowed for exterior rooftop applications.
c. Not allowed for exposed exterior applications.
G. Rigid Aluminum Conduit.
1. Location of use:
a. Interior or exterior wiring.
b. Dry or damp locations.
Phillips Hall RACEWAYS 260533-2
Electric Service Upgrade April 21, 2016
CORNELL DIVISION 26 ELECTRICAL
Ithaca, New York
c. Not allowed where buried or in contact with soil.
d. Not allowed for encasement in concrete.
e. Typical applications: Greenhouses and certain other applications
where weight of the raceway and conductors is a factor.
2. Threadless connectors and couplings shall not be used.
3. To protect the wire insulation from abrasion, all cut ends
must be reamed to remove rough edges.
A bushing shall be provided to protect the wire from
abrasion where a conduit enters a box, fitting, or other
enclosure unless the box, fitting, or enclosure design
provides equivalent protection.
H. Acceptable raceways in addition to specially noted raceways in other
sections:
1. Flat conductor cable
2. Wireways
3. Busways
4. Bus Duct
5. Cablebus
END OF SECTION 260533
Phillips Hall RACEWAYS 260533-3
Electric Service Upgrade April 21, 2016
CORNELL DIVISION 26 ELECTRICAL
Ithaca, New York
SECTION 260534 - BOXES
PART 1: GENERAL
1.01 WORK INCLUDED
A. Boxes shall be sized to allow needed conductors in box without exceeding
maximum allowed by NEC.
B. No extension boxes permitted on existing surface boxes for new work.
C. Where fixture is mounted over box, box shall be accessible without
removing the fixture.
D. Outlet, junction, and pull boxes shall be so installed so that the wiring
contained in them can be rendered accessible per NEC code.
1.02 OUTLET DEVICE TYPE BOXES
A. Switch and receptacle boxes in masonry walls and partitions where
wiring is concealed shall be a standard 4" square, 2-1/8" or greater in
depth with extension cover for the particular device they will receive.
B. Use plaster extension covers not less then 3/4" deep for boxes installed in
plastered or sheetrock walls.
C. Use 1 %2" deep square corner tile wall extension for boxes installed in
tiles, exposed brick, or exposed block masonry walls.
D. Boxes shall be securely fastened to structure.
E. Boxes shall be set plumb and square with building lines.
F. Wiring device boxes shall NOT be installed back to back in fire rated
walls.
G. No boxes shall be mounted in floor or at baseboard level where
subjected to wet mopping operations unless approved type.
H. Octagon boxes that are installed to support lighting fixtures shall
not support lighting fixtures that weigh more than fifty pounds.
Phillips Hall BOXES 260534-1
Electric Service Upgrade April 21, 2016
CORNELL DIVISION 26 ELECTRICAL
Ithaca, New York
I. Use cast outlet boxes in exterior locations when exposed to wet conditions.
END OF SECTION 260534
Phillips Hall BOXES 260534-2
Electric Service Upgrade April 21, 2016
CORNELL DIVISION 26 ELECTRICAL
Ithaca, New York
SECTION 260543 - UNDERGROUND CONDUIT SYSTEM
PART 1: GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION
A. Under this Section, the Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials and equipment
for Underground Conduit Systems, as shown on the Plans, as specified, and/or di-
rected.
1.02 REFERENCES: The publications listed below and their latest revisions form a part of
this Specification to the extent referenced. The publications are referred to in the text by
the basic designation only.
A. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO)
Publications:
HB -12 Highway Bridges, Including Interim Specifications
M 198 Joints for Circular Concrete Sewer and Culvert Pipe Using Flexi-
ble Watertight Gaskets
B. American Concrete Institute (ACI) Publications:
315 Details and Detailing of Concrete Reinforcement
318 Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete
C. American National Standards Institute (ANSI) Publication:
C2 National Electrical Safety Code (NESC)
D. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) Publications:
C309 Liquid Membrane -Forming Compounds for Curing Concrete
D698 Moisture -Density Relations of Soils and Soil -Aggregate Mixtures
Using 5.5-1b (2.49 -kg) Rammer and 12 -in. (305 -mm) Drop
D1556 Density of Soil in Place by the Sand -Cone Method
D1557 Moisture -Density Relations of Soils and Soil -Aggregate Mixtures
Using 10-1b (4.54 -kg) Rammer and 18 -in. (457 -mm) Drop
D1682 Breaking Load and Elongation of Textile Fabrics
Phillips Hall UNDERGROUND CONDUIT SYSTEM 260543-1
Electric Service Upgrade April 21, 2016
CORNELL DIVISION 26 ELECTRICAL
Ithaca, New York
D. National Electrical Manufacturer's Association (NEMA) Publications:
RN 1 Polyvinyl -Chloride Externally Coated Galvanized Rigid Steel
Conduit and Electrical Metallic Tubing
TC 2 Electrical Plastic Tubing (EPT) and Conduit (EPC -40 and EPC -80)
TC 3 PVC Fittings for Use With Rigid PVC Conduit and Tubing
TC 6 PVC and ABS Plastic Utilities Duct for Underground Installation
TC 9 Fittings for ABS and PVC Plastic Utilities Duct for Underground
Installation
WC 7 Cross -Linked -Thermosetting- Polyethylene -Insulated Wire and
Cable for the Transmission and Distribution of Electrical Energy
(ICEA S-66-524)
WC8
Ethylene -Propylene -Rubber -Insulated Wire and Cable for the
Transmission and Distribution of Electrical Energy (ICEA S-68-
516)
E. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) Publication:
70 National Electrical Code (NEC)
F. Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (UL) Publications:
6 Rigid Metal Conduit
467 Grounding and Bonding Equipment
510 Insulating Tape
514A Metallic Outlet Boxes
514B Fittings for Conduit and Outlet Boxes
1242-83 Intermediate Metal Conduit
1.03 SUBMITTALS: Submit the following:
A. Product Data: Catalog sheets, specifications and installation instructions.
PART 2: PRODUCTS
A. MATERIALS:
1 Rigid Ferrous Metal Conduit: Steel, galvanized on the outside and inside
(conduit enameled on the inside will not be accepted), UL categorized as
Phillips Hall UNDERGROUND CONDUIT SYSTEM 260543-2
Electric Service Upgrade April 21, 2016
CORNELL DIVISION 26 ELECTRICAL
Ithaca, New York
Rigid Ferrous Metal Conduit (identified on UL Listing Mark as Rigid Metal
Conduit -Steel or Rigid Steel Conduit), as manufactured by Allied Tube &
Conduit Corp., LTV Steel Tubular Products Co., Triangle Wire & Cable Inc.,
or Wheatland Tube Co.
2. Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit And Fittings (Concrete Encased): Cantex, Inc.'s
Schedule 40, Carlon Electrical Products Inc.'s Plus 40, CertainTeed Corp.'s
Schedule 40, Omni/Opti-Com Manufacturing Network, Inc.'s Schedule 40 or
Queen City Plastic Inc.'s Schedule 40.
3. Conduit Spacers and Levelers: Commercially manufactured type to suit
conduit, installation and spacing requirements.
4. Duct Seal: Appleton Electric Co.'s DUC Weatherproof Compound, Manville
Corp.'s Duxseal, OZ/Gedney Co.'s DUX, or Thomas & Betts Corp.'s DX.
5. Drag Line: Minimum 3/16" polypropylene monofilament utility rope;
American Synthetic Ropes' Flotorope, Greenlee Tool Co.'s 2 ply Rope 431, or
Thomas Industries/Jet Line Products' Rope 232.
6. Thru Wall Sealing Bushings:
a. For Walls Which Have or Will Have Membrane Waterproofing:
i. Cast -In -Place Installations: OZ/Gedney Co.'s Type FSK thruwall seal
and Type FSKA membrane clamp adapter.
ii. Core Drilled or Sleeved Installations: OZ/Gedney Co.'s Type CSM
and Type CSMC with membrane clamp adapter.
b. For Walls Which Will Not Have Membrane Waterproofing:
i. Cast -In -Place Installations: OZ/Gedney Co.'s Type FSK.
ii. Core Drilled or Sleeved Installations: OZ/Gedney Co.'s Type CSM, or
Thunderline Corp.'s Link -Seal.
7. End Bells:
a. For Rigid Ferrous Metal Conduit: OZ/Gedney Co.'s Type TNS.
b. For Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit: Conduit manufacturer's standard end
bells.
8. Insulated Grounding Bushings: Appleton Electric Co.'s GIB -50 Series,
Crouse Hinds GLL Series, OZ/Gedney Co.'s IBC -50L Series, Raco Inc.'s
1212 Series, or Thomas & Betts Corp.'s 3870 or BG Series.
Phillips Hall UNDERGROUND CONDUIT SYSTEM 260543-3
Electric Service Upgrade April 21, 2016
CORNELL DIVISION 26 ELECTRICAL
Ithaca, New York
PART 3: EXECUTION
3.01 PREPARATION
A. Before installing any Work, lay out the proposed course for the conduits, location
of manholes, etc. and have same approved by the Contracting Officer.
3.02 INSTALLATION
A. Spacing:
1. Conduit Bank: Separate individual conduits a minimum 3 inches. Use
spacers and levelers located no more than 5 feet apart.
B. Depth:
1. Existing Grade to Remain: Unless otherwise indicated or directed, install
conduit more than 610 mm (24") below existing finished grade.
2. Existing Grade to be Altered: Unless otherwise indicated or directed, install
conduit more than 610 mm (24") below the existing grade where the finished
grade is to be higher than the existing grade. Where the finished grade is to be
lower than the existing grade, install conduit more than 610 mm (24") below
finished grade.
3. Under Roads and Parking Lots:
a. Rigid Ferrous Metal Conduit: Unless otherwise indicated or directed,
install rigid ferrous metal conduit more than 610 mm (24 inches)
below top surface of roads and parking lots.
b. Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit (Concrete Encased): Unless otherwise
indicated or directed, install concrete encased rigid nonmetallic
conduit more than 760 mm (30 inches) below top surface of roads and
parking lots.
4. Crossing Obstructions: Use rigid ferrous metal conduit where top of
conduit system is less than 460 mm (18 inches) below finished grade when
crossing obstructions.
C. Pitch: Conduit systems shall be installed such that there are no trap points in the
conduit system.
1. Pitch conduit away from buildings.
Phillips Hall UNDERGROUND CONDUIT SYSTEM 260543-4
Electric Service Upgrade April 21, 2016
CORNELL DIVISION 26 ELECTRICAL
Ithaca, New York
2. Pitch conduit toward manhole a minimum of 305 mm (12 inches) per 30 m
(100 feet). On runs where it is impossible to maintain the grade all one way,
grade from center so that conduits pitch both directions down toward
manholes.
D. Concrete Encasement for Rigid Non -Metallic Conduit Using Single Pour Method.
Form sides of the concrete encasement. Exception: Earth cuts will be
permitted as the form where trenches are neatly excavated in stable soils.
2. Shall be composed of fine and coarse aggregate, Portland cement, and water
proportioned and mixed to produce a plastic, workable mixture. Fine
aggregate shall be of hard, dense, durable, clean, and uncoated sand. The
coarse aggregate shall be 3/16 inch to 1 inch size. The fine and coarse
aggregates shall not contain dirt, vegetable matter, soft fragments, or other
deleterious substances. Water shall be fresh, clean, and free from salts, alkali,
organic matter, and other impurities. Concrete shall be 4000 psi minimum
ultimate 28 -day compressive strength. Slump shall not exceed 4 inches.
Retempering of concrete will not be permitted. Exposed, unformed concrete
surfaces shall be given a smooth, wood float finish. Concrete shall be cured
for a period of not less than 7 days, and concrete made with high early
strength Portland cement shall be repaired by patching honeycombed or
otherwise defective areas with cement mortar as directed. Air entrain concrete
exposed to weather using an air -entraining admixture conforming to ASTM
C260. Air content shall be between 4 and 6 percent.
E. Conduits Entering Buildings and Manholes:
1. Seal conduit entrances into manholes watertight.
2. Seal conduit entrances into building walls watertight. Exception: Seal is not
required in below grade foundation walls associated with slab on grade
construction. Utilize a water stop product such as Volclay.
3. Install end bells at conduit entrances into manholes.
4. Install end bells at conduit entrances into buildings.
F. Install insulated grounding bushing on conduit entrance stub up associated with
slab on grade construction.
G. Install insulated grounding bushing and 2 locknuts on conduit where conduit is
terminated in cabinet, junction or pull box.
Phillips Hall UNDERGROUND CONDUIT SYSTEM 260543-5
Electric Service Upgrade April 21, 2016
CORNELL DIVISION 26 ELECTRICAL
Ithaca, New York
H. Cleaning Conduits: Take precautions to prevent foreign matter from entering
conduits during installation. After installation and within 24 hours of pouring
concrete all conduits shall be mandreled and brushed with tools designed for the
purpose.
I. Conduit for Future Use (Spare Conduit and Empty Conduit): Demonstrate to the
Project's Representative that conduits installed for future use are clear of
obstructions (draw mandrel 13 mm (1/2 inch) less in diameter than conduit).
Install a drag line in each conduit.
J. Sealing Ends of Conduits:
1. Occupied Conduits: Seal ends of conduits to be used for Work of this contract
until cables are to be installed. After cable installation, seal conduits at
building entrances and first manhole outside building. Seal with duct seal.
2. Conduits For Future Use: Seal the ends of spare and empty conduits at
building entrances and manholes. Seal with plastic plugs or a contrasting
color cement/sand mixture.
3.03 CONDUIT SCHEDULE — TYPES AND USE
A. Rigid Ferrous Metal Conduit: Use at locations indicated on Contract Drawings.
B. Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit: Use at locations indicated on Contract Drawings.
C. Plastic Coated Rigid Metal Conduit: Use at locations indicated on Contract
Drawings.
END OF SECTION 260543
Phillips Hall UNDERGROUND CONDUIT SYSTEM 260543-6
Electric Service Upgrade April 21, 2016
CORNELL DIVISION 26 ELECTRICAL
Ithaca, New York
SECTION 261216 - DRY TYPE TRANSFORMERS OVER 600V
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION: Provide an Indoor Dry Type Medium Voltage Transformers
components and assemblies with features and performance as specified.
1.2 REFERENCES: The publications listed below and their latest revisions form a part of
this Specification to the extent referenced. The publications are referred to in the text by the
basic designation only.
1.2.1 American National Standards Institute, Inc. (ANSI) Publications:
C57.12.00 General Requirements for Liquid -Immersed Distribution,
Power, and Regulating Transformers
C57.12.01 General Requirements for Dry -Type Distribution and
Power Transformers
C57.12.10 Standard For Transformers 230 kV
and Below 833.958 Through 8333/10 417 kVA, Single -
Phase, and 750/862 Through 60,000/80,000/100,000 kVA,
Three -Phase Without Load Tap Changing; and 3750/4687
through 60,000/80,000/100,000 kVA with Load Tap
Changing
C57.12.90
C57.12.28 Switchgear and Transformers, Pad -Mounted
Equipment - Enclosure Integrity
Test Code for Liquid -Immersed Distribution, Power, and
Regulating Transformers and Guide for Short -Circuit
Testing of Distribution and Power Transformers
C57.12.91 Test Code for Dry -Type Distribution and Power
Transformers
C57.94 Recommended Practice for Installation, Application,
Operation, and Maintenance of Dry -Type General Purpose
Distribution and Power Transformers
Z35.1 Accident Prevention Signs
Phillips Hall DRY TYPE TRANSFORMERS OVER 600V 261216-1
Electric Service Upgrade April 21, 2016
CORNELL DIVISION 26 ELECTRICAL
Ithaca, New York
1.2.2 American Society For Testing and Materials (ASTM) Publications:
D92 Flash and Fire Points by Cleveland Open Cup
D117 Electrical Insulating Oils of Petroleum Origin
D877 Dielectric Breakdown Voltage of Insulating Liquids Using
Disk Electrodes
D3487 Mineral Insulating Oil Used in Electrical Apparatus
1.2.3 Factory Mutual Engineering and Research Corporation (FM) Publication:
P7825 Approval Guide
1.2.4 National Electrical Manufacturers' Association (NEMA) Publications:
NEMA ICS6 Enclosures for Industrial Controls and Systems
NEMA ST20 Dry -Type Transformers for General Applications
TR1 Transformers, Regulators and Reactors
1.2.5 National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) Publications:
NFPA 70 National Electrical Code
70B Electrical Equipment Maintenance
1.2.6 Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL) Publication:
UL 467 Grounding and Bonding Equipment
1.7 SUBMITTALS After receipt of order, submit an electronic copy (in PDF format) of shop
drawings and manufacturer's data for equipment, materials and pertinent details. Obtain
approval of all submittals before proceeding with any value added work, including procurement
or fabrication. Submittals shall include:
a. Manufacturer's descriptive literature of cataloged products, equipment drawings,
diagrams, performance, characteristics and specifications.
b. Complete information on materials and finishes used.
c. Layout and arrangement of equipment, accessories and any items required to assure a
coordinated installation.
d. Unit dimensions and weights, including weight distribution.
Phillips Hall DRY TYPE TRANSFORMERS OVER 600V 261216-2
Electric Service Upgrade April 21, 2016
CORNELL DIVISION 26 ELECTRICAL
Ithaca, New York
e. Clearances for operation, maintenance and replacement of equipment and/or
components.
f. Where installation procedures or any part thereof are required to be in accordance with
the recommendations of the manufacturer of the material being installed, printed
copies of these recommendations shall be furnished prior to installation.
1.7.1 Test Reports: Transformer Tests: ANSI C57.12.91, as applicable, including the
following:
a. Routine Tests: Performed by the manufacturer on each transformer to ensure that
design performance is maintained in production.
b. Design Tests: Test reports will be accepted as proof of compliance with design test
requirements.
1.8 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL: Furnish three (3) copies of an
operation and maintenance manual for each item of equipment. The manual shall have a Table
of Contents and be assembled to conform to the Table of Contents with the tab sheets placed
before instructions covering the subject. The instructions shall be legible and easily read, with
large sheets of drawings folded in. Provide, also, as an electronic data file in searchable PDF
format. The manual shall include:
a. Description of the function of each principal item of equipment.
b. Installation instructions.
c. The procedure for starting, operating and shutting down the equipment.
d. A control sequence describing startup, operation and shutdown.
e. Maintenance instructions.
f. Safety precautions, diagrams and illustrations.
g. Test procedures.
h. Performance data.
i. Parts list.
j. Outline Drawings.
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE:
1.9.1 Factory Test: Before shipment, the manufacturer shall fully and completely test the
system to assure compliance with the Specification.
1.9.2 Transformers shall comply with NEMA ST20
1.10 QUALIFICATIONS: The equipment manufacturer shall specialize in manufacturing
the products specified in this Section with minimum ten years documented experience. Whe4re
applicable, startup must be done by trained personnel experienced with the specified equipment.
Phillips Hall DRY TYPE TRANSFORMERS OVER 600V 261216-3
Electric Service Upgrade April 21, 2016
CORNELL DIVISION 26 ELECTRICAL
Ithaca, New York
1.11 DELIVERY: Submit a delivery date for the products and associated components to the
job site. Contractor shall be responsible for delivering the goods to the job site and shall be
responsible for all costs and risks of the shipment, including cost of freight and insurance.
1.12 GUARANTEE: Equipment shall be guaranteed for a period of twelve (12) months
following installation and startup.
1.13 PARTS AVAILABILITY: The manufacturer must ensure part availability for a
minimum of ten (10) years from the receipt of a commercially clarified purchase order.
PART 2 — PRODUCTS
2.1 DRY TYPE TRANSFORMERS:
2.1.1 By ABB Power T & D Co. Inc., General Electric Co., Niagara Transformer Corp., or
Square D Co.:
2.1.2 Self -cooled, 2 winding insulating type construction with the following provisions to
increase self -cooled rating 33 percent by future forced air cooling:
a. Oversized bus to carry forced air rating current.
b. Accessible sensing bulb wells.
c. Winding temperature indicator with sensing bulb, 3 adjustable contacts (alarm and 2
spares) and resettable maximum indicating pointer.
d. Mounting provision for fans.
2.1.3 Reduced average winding temperature rise of 80 degrees C. over 40 degrees C.
maximum ambient temperature with transformer utilizing a Class 220 insulation system.
2.1.4 Minimum of two 2-1/2 percent FCAN and four 2-1/2 percent FCBN primary taps.
2.1.5 Increased Basic Impulse Insulation Levels:
NOMINAL SYSTEM VOLTAGE (KV)
INSULATION CLASS
13200
15.0
BIL (KV)
95
2.1.6 Ventilated enclosure.
2.1.7 Surge (lightning) arrester for each ungrounded conductor, metal -oxide varistor, heavy
duty, distribution class (Tested in accordance with ANSI/IEEE C62.11 and IEC 99-4 for heavy
duty arresters):
Phillips Hall DRY TYPE TRANSFORMERS OVER 600V 261216-4
Electric Service Upgrade
April 21, 2016
CORNELL DIVISION 26 ELECTRICAL
Ithaca, New York
a. Porcelain: Cooper Power Systems' VariSTAR Type AZL, or Joslyn Corp.'s ZQ
Series.
b. Polymer: Joslyn Corp.'s ZHP Series, General Electric CO.'s Tranquell Type 9L23,
or Ohio Brass Co.'s Type PDV-100.
c. Silicone: Cooper Power Systems' VariSTAR Type UHS.
d. Rating: As recommended by arrester manufacturer.
e. Location: High voltage compartment.
2.1.8 Copper Windings.
2.2 Transformer Enclosure Construction: Transformer shall have provisions to facilitate
moving and maintenance as follows:
2.2.1 A structural steel base with jack step skids to provide movement in either direction and
means for attaching shipping skids.
2.2.2 Pulling eyes.
2.2.3 Lifting lugs for lifting complete transformer (including all fluids).
2.2.4 Lugs for lifting over only to expose the core and coil in the field for repair purposes.
2.2.5 Enclosure shall be removable if required to facilitate rigging and routing to install in
final location
2.26 Routing of transformer into final location may require tilting of transformer. If
required, transformer manufacturer shall provide additional bracing and rigging instructions as
well as maximum tilt information.
PART 3 — EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION: NFPA 70, and to the requirements specified herein.
3.2 FOUNDATION FOR TRANSFORMERS: Mount transformers on concrete equipment
pad. Top of concrete slab shall be approximately 4 inches above the finished floor unless
otherwise indicated on Contract Drawings. Edges above floor shall have 1/2 -inch chamfer and
the slab shall project at least 8 inches beyond the transformers unless otherwise indicated on
Contract Drawings or less if required to maintain NEC clearances. Concrete work shall be as
specified in Section 260543.
3.3 GROUNDING AND BONDING EQUIPMENT: UL 467, except as indicated or
specified otherwise.
Phillips Hall DRY TYPE TRANSFORMERS OVER 600V 261216-5
Electric Service Upgrade April 21, 2016
CORNELL DIVISION 26 ELECTRICAL
Ithaca, New York
3.4 FIELD TESTS AND INSPECTIONS:
3.4.1 Acceptance Checks and Tests: Perform in accordance with the manufacturer's
recommendations and NFPA 70B, Appendix I and ANSI C57.94. Perform work in a careful and
safe manner so as not to endanger personnel or equipment. Acceptance checks and test shall
include, but not be limited to, the following:
a. Inspect devices, equipment, etc. for damage or maladjustment caused by shipment or
installation.
b. Remove wedges, ties, and blocks installed by the manufacturer to prevent damage
during shipment.
c. Verify minimum resistance to ground of grounding lugs and grounding connections.
3.4.2 Transformer Test: Test transformer secondary voltages and adjust the voltage at the
transformer to provide a utilization voltage +1- 2%.
3.4.3 Final Testing: Upon completion of acceptance checks and tests, show by demonstration
in service that transformers and devices are in good operating condition and properly performing
the intended function. As an exception to requirements that may be stated elsewhere in the
contract, the Engineer shall be given 5 working days advance notice of the dates and times for
checks, settings, and tests.
END OF SECTION 261216
Phillips Hall DRY TYPE TRANSFORMERS OVER 600V 261216-6
Electric Service Upgrade April 21, 2016
CORNELL DIVISION 26 ELECTRICAL
Ithaca, New York
SECTION 261827 - PAD MOUNTED 13.2KV LOOP SWITCH
PART 1: GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION
A. Provide one (1) pad -mounted, manually operated, load and fault interrupting,
13.2kV (15kV rated) switch.
1.02 REFERENCES: The publications listed below and their latest revisions form a part of
this Specification to the extent referenced. The publications are referred to in the text by
the basic designation only.
A. NEMA
B. ANSI/IEEE C37.72 Manually -Operated Dead -Front Pad -Mounted Switchgear
with Load/Interrupting Switches and Separable Connectors for Alternating -
Current Systems
C. IEEE C57.12.28 Pad -Mounted Equipment — Enclosure Integrity
D. NFPA 70 — National Electrical Code
1.03 SUBMITTALS: Submittals shall in accordance with the General Requirements. Submit
an electronic copy (in PDF format) of shop drawings and manufacturer's data for
equipment, materials and pertinent details. Obtain approval of all submittals before
proceeding with any value added work, including
A. General Material Submittals: Submit for the following:
1 Manufacturer's descriptive literature of cataloged products, equipment
drawings, diagrams, performance, characteristics, and specifications.
2. Complete information on materials and finishes used.
3. Layout and arrangement of equipment, accessories and any items required to
assure a coordinated installation.
4. Unit dimensions and weights, including weight distribution.
5. Clearances for operation, maintenance and replacement of equipment and/or
components.
6. Where installation procedures or any part thereof are required to be in
accordance with the recommendations of the manufacturer of the material
being installed, printed copies of these recommendations shall be furnished
prior to installation.
Phillips Hall PAD MOUNTED 13.2KV LOOP SWITCH 261827-1
Electric Service Upgrade April 21, 2016
CORNELL DIVISION 26 ELECTRICAL
Ithaca, New York
1.04 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL: Furnish three (3) copies of an
operation and maintenance manual for each item of equipment. The manual shall have a
Table of Contents and be assembled to conform to the Table of Contents with the tab
sheetsplaced before instructions covering the subject. The instructions shall be legible
and easily read, with large sheets of drawings folded in. The manual shall include:
A. Description of the function of each principal item of equipment.
B. Installation instructions
C. The procedure for starting, operating and shutting down the equipment
D. A control sequence describing startup, operation and shutdown
E. Maintenance instructions
F. Safety precautions, diagrams and illustrations
G. Test procedures
H. Performance data
I Parts list
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A. Factory Test: Before shipment, the manufacturer shall fully and completely test
the system to assure compliance with the Specification.
1.06 QUALIFICATIONS: The equipment manufacturer shall specialize in manufacturing the
products specified in this Section with minimum ten years documented experience.
Where applicable, startup must be done by trained personnel experienced with the
specified equipment.
1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING: Submit a delivery date for the products
and associated components to the job site. Contractor shall be responsible for delivering
the goods to the job site and shall be responsible for all costs and risks of the shipment,
including cost of freight and insurance.
A. Field Assembly: Load break switches and fault interrupters shall be shipped
preassembled at the factory. No field assembly shall be required.
B. Handling: The Contractor, if applicable, shall handle, transfer and move the
switches in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations.
Phillips Hall PAD MOUNTED 13.2KV LOOP SWITCH 261827-2
Electric Service Upgrade April 21, 2016
CORNELL DIVISION 26 ELECTRICAL
Ithaca, New York
1.08 GUARANTEE: Equipment shall be guaranteed for a period of twelve (12) months
following installation and startup.
1.09 PARTS AVAILABILITY: The manufacturer must ensure part availability for a
minimum of ten (10) years from the receipt of a commercially clarified purchase order.
PART 2: PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURER
A. The switch shall be Model VPNI43-376-25-11F switch with Type 4 controller, as
manufactured by G&W (no exceptions).
2.02 SWITCH CONFIGURATION
A. The switch shall be equipped with three 3-phase load break switch ways and one
3-phase fault interrupter way.
B. The switch shall be designed for front access to cables and operators. Cables shall
connect to bottom of switch.
2.03 SWITCH CONSTRUCTION
A. General: Switch contacts and cable entrance terminations shall be contained in a
single welded mild steel tank with entrances internally connected by copper
conductors. Construction shall be a dead front design. Switches shall be shipped
factory filled with SF6 gas conforming to ASTM D-2472. Switch tanks shall be
painted ASA70 light gray using a corrosion -resistant epoxy paint.
B. Load Break Switch: Each switching way is to be equipped with an internally
mounted operating mechanism capable of providing quick -make, quick -break
operation in either switching direction. The mechanism must be capable of
delivering sufficient torque and shall be provided with latches for each position to
assure load interrupting, fault closing and momentary ratings. All switch positions
are to be clearly identified, padlockable and adaptable to keylock schemes. The
operating mechanism shall be actuated from outside the switch tank with an
operating handle. The operating shaft shall be made of stainless steel for
maximum corrosion resistance. A double "0" ring type operating shaft seal shall
be used for a leak resistant, long life seal. Switch contacts shall be a tulip -bayonet
design and made of plated, high -conductivity copper alloy with arcing tips of
copper/tungsten alloy to assure permanent low resistance and to avoid sticking
during operations. The contacts shall be designed such that arcing does not occur
in the area of main current interchange and contact pressure will increase with
increased current flow. The stationary contacts shall be supported independent of
the cable entrance bushings, eliminating possible misalignment. The contact
Phillips Hall PAD MOUNTED 13.2KV LOOP SWITCH 261827-3
Electric Service Upgrade April 21, 2016
CORNELL DIVISION 26 ELECTRICAL
Ithaca, New York
nozzle shall have a converging/diverging geometry which improves the flow of
SF6 into the arc zone. Contact travel shall be a minimum of 3 inches and have
sufficient open contact separation to assure efficient arc extinction and to
withstand field DC testing levels and maintain BIL levels. Switch contacts shall
be clearly visible in the open position through viewing windows. Auxiliary blades
used for load interruption are not acceptable.
C. Fault Interrupters: The fault interrupter shall consist of vacuum bottles and a
spring -assisted operating mechanism. The mechanism used shall be designated
"Model NI" for three phase operation. The mechanism shall consist of three
vacuum bottles mechanically linked to a single spring -assisted operating
mechanism. The fault interrupter operating mechanism shall consist of the
support assembly, linkage, spring latch mechanism, and solenoid utilized for
electronic tripping. Maximum interrupting time shall be three cycles (50 msec).
The movable contact shaft shall be flagged to indicate the contact position, open
or closed. This contact position indicator shall be fully visible through viewing
windows supplied in the switch tank. Each tap phase is to be equipped with an
individual 630A vacuum interrupter fully enclosed in an SF6 insulated switch
tank. Electrical opening shall be by a solenoid that is activated from sources
external to the switch tank. Manual reset or closing of the fault interrupter shall
be mechanical with the use of an external operating handle. The mechanical
linkage assembly shall provide for a "trip -free" operation which allows the fault
interrupter to interrupt independent of the operating handle. The fault interrupter
shall include a three position load break switch in series with the fault interrupter
to provide a visible break of the circuit.
2.04 DESIGN RATINGS
A. Switch Ratings: The switch shall be rated:
SELECTION OF RATINGS
IEEE/IEC
Maximum Design Voltage, kV
15.5
Impulse Level (BIL) Voltage, kV
110
Continuous Current, Amperes
630
Load break Current, Amperes
630
One Minute Withstand (dry), AC kV
35
Production Test Rating
34
15 Minute Withstand, DC kV
53
Momentary Current, kA, ASYM
40
Fault -Close Current, kA, ASYM
40
One Second Current, kA, SYM
25
Mechanical Endurance, Operations
2000
Phillips Hall PAD MOUNTED 13.2KV LOOP SWITCH
Electric Service Upgrade
261827-4
April 21, 2016
CORNELL
Ithaca, New York
DIVISION 26 ELECTRICAL
B. Interrupters shall be tested IEEE C37.60 Fault Interrupting Duty per the table
below:
Percent of Maximum:
Interrupting Rating
Approx. Interrupting:
Current Amps
No. of Fault:
Interruptions
15-20%
2000
44
45-55%
6000
56
90-100%
12000
16
Total Number of Fault Interruptions: 116
2.05 CABLE ENTRANCES
A. Load Break Switches:
1. Cable entrances shall be tested to IEEE 386 and be 600 amp G&W Quik -
Change disconnectable apparatus bushing.
B. Fault Interrupters:
1 Cable entrances shall be tested to IEEE 386 and be 600 amp G&W Quik -
Change disconnectable apparatus bushing.
2.06 ELECTRONIC CONTROL
A. An electronic control shall be provided to monitor load and fault current on all
three phases of the fault interrupter. Each phase shall have a current transformer
mounted inside the switch tank to provide control power and current sensing. No
external power source shall be required for overcurrent protection. Operational
temperature range of the control shall be -40°C to +65°C. Maximum time for
power up and ready -to -trip when closing on a circuit shall be ten percent of the
trip time or 1/2 cycle, whichever is greater. Trip selection may be made with the
fault interrupter energized. The range of Phase Overcurrent minimum trip
settings shall be 15-300A (500:1 CT).
Type 4 EZSet
The control shall include 30 Time Current Characteristic (TCC) curve. All
settings shall be inputted via a computer. The control shall allow for multiple
TCC curve modification options, including Instantaneous Trip, Inrush Restraint,
and Phase Time Delay. In addition, the control shall include a Phase Imbalance
(Ground Fault) setting. The control shall allow for the selection of independent
TCC curves for Phase Overcurrent and Phase Imbalance (Ground Fault). The
control shall include a Sequence of Events Recorder (SER) which shall record the
Phillips Hall PAD MOUNTED 13.2KV LOOP SWITCH 261827-5
Electric Service Upgrade April 21, 2016
CORNELL DIVISION 26 ELECTRICAL
Ithaca, New York
last 16 causes of trip. The control programming software shall include password
protection, the ability to download the SER, and the ability to save and print
setting files.
Options for Electronic Controls
• The control shall include an option to allow it to be powered via a 120VAC
source. The control shall include an option to accept a dry contact input that
will cause it to initiate a trip signal to the interrupter.
• For Dry Applications: Control mounted in a NEMA4X rated fiberglass
enclosure
2.07 FACTORY PRODUCTION TESTS
A. Each switch shall undergo the following production testing. Test reports must be
available upon request:
1. Each switch shall be factory filled with SF6 gas. The gas shall be checked for
moisture content
2. Each switch shall undergo an SF6 leak check to verify the integrity of the
tank, seals, and gaskets
3. A mechanical operation check of each switching mechanism
4. AC hi -pot tested one minute phase -to -phase, phase -to -ground and across the
open contacts
5. Circuit resistance shall be checked.
6. Primary current injection test to test CTs, trip mechanism, and electronic
control
2.08 STANDARD COMPONENTS
A. The following shall be included as standard:
1. Mild steel tank
2. Fixed operating handles for the load break switches and one (1) removable
handle to operate the fault interrupters.
3. Gas pressure gauge and fill valve.
4. 1/2-13 nuts to provide sufficient grounding provisions for all cable entrances
5. Stainless steel three line diagram and corrosion -resistant nameplates.
6. Switch operating handles with padlock provision.
7. Parking stands for each bushing
(1) viewing window per load break switch to view open contact position
(2) viewing window per fault interrupter to view vacuum bottle position
8. Provision to mount future low pressure alarm
Phillips Hall PAD MOUNTED 13.2KV LOOP SWITCH 261827-6
Electric Service Upgrade April 21, 2016
CORNELL DIVISION 26 ELECTRICAL
Ithaca, New York
2.09 OPTIONS
A. The following options shall be supplied:
1. Quick disconnect fitting to remove the pressure gauge without loss of SF6 gas
2. 4/0 brass ground lug
3. Junction box for wiring external power source for Electronic Control, NEMA
4X
2.10 LABELING
A. Hazard Alerting Signs: Each unit of switchgear shall be provided with a
"Danger --Hazardous Voltage --Failure to Follow These Instructions Will Likely
Cause Shock, Burns, or Death" sign. The text shall further indicate that operating
personnel must know and obey the employer's work rules, know the hazards
involved, and use proper protective equipment and tools to work on this
equipment. Each unit of switchgear shall be provided with a "Danger --Keep
Away --Hazardous Voltage --Will Shock, Burn, or Cause Death" sign.
B. Nameplates, Ratings Labels, and Connection Diagrams: Each unit of switchgear
shall be provided with a nameplate indicating the manufacturer's name, catalog
number, model number, date of manufacture, and serial number. Each unit of
switchgear shall be provided with a ratings label indicating the following: voltage
rating; main bus continuous rating; short-circuit rating; fault interrupter ratings
including interrupting and duty -cycle fault -closing; and load break switch ratings
including duty -cycle fault -closing and short -time.
PART 3: EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Verify that foundation has been prepared in accordance with manufacturer's
recommendation.
B. Verify that switch interrupter and non -interrupter ways are located in accordance
with approved shop drawings and that conduits interrupter and non -interrupter
circuits terminate beneath the proper type of switch way.
C. Place equipment in designated location and secure to pad in accordance with
manufacturer's recommendations.
D. Program controllers per hard copy settings furnished by the Engineer.
Phillips Hall PAD MOUNTED 13.2KV LOOP SWITCH 261827-7
Electric Service Upgrade April 21, 2016
CORNELL DIVISION 26 ELECTRICAL
Ithaca, New York
E. Perform operational tests, contact resistance tests and insulation resistance tests as
well as all other tests required by, or recommended by, the manufacturer.
F. Provide power circuit to controller from nearest panel in accordance with
manufacturer requirements.
3.02 PHASING AND PHASE ROTATION
A. The switch shall be installed and connected so that phase rotation is A -B -C, left to
right, when facing the front of the switch.
B. Prior to permanently disconnecting any existing medium voltage cables at the
existing metal -clad switchgear or power transformer:
1. Each existing individual phase conductor shall be marked with color coded
tape. Color coding shall be per the specification "Identification for Electrical
Systems".
2. Phase rotation of each circuit shall be determined by test or by tracing
conductors.
C. Connect cables to non -fault -interrupter ways so that phase rotation on switch
main bus is ABC, left to right when facing front.
D. Connect cables to fault interrupter ways so that both phasing and phase rotation is
consistent with existing connections.
E. The Cornell distribution system is a looped system. Feeder cables may be
temporarily paralleled at numerous locations throughout the distribution system.
Therefore, both individual phase connections and rotation must be correct.
END OF SECTION 261827
Phillips Hall PAD MOUNTED 13.2KV LOOP SWITCH 261827-8
Electric Service Upgrade April 21, 2016
CORNELL DIVISION 26 ELECTRICAL
Ithaca, New York
SECTION 262213 - INTERIOR TRANSFORMERS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION:
1.1.1 Under this Section, the Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials and equipment for
Interior Transformers, as shown on the Plans, as specified, and/or directed.
1.2 REFERENCES: The publications listed below and their latest revisions form a part of
this Specification to the extent referenced. The publications are referred to in the text by the
basic designation only.
1.2.1 American National Standards Institute, Inc. (ANSI) Publications:
C57.12.00 General Requirements for Liquid -Immersed Distribution,
Power, and Regulating Transformers
C57.12.01 General Requirements for Dry -Type Distribution and
Power Transformers
C57.12.90 Test Code for Liquid -Immersed Distribution, Power, and
Regulating Transformers and Guide for Short -Circuit
Testing of Distribution and Power Transformers
C57.12.91 Test Code for Dry -Type Distribution and Power
Transformers
C57.94 Recommended Practice for Installation, Application,
Operation, and Maintenance of Dry -Type General Purpose
Distribution and Power Transformers
Z35.1 Accident Prevention Signs
1.2.2 American Society For Testing and Materials (ASTM) Publications:
D92 Flash and Fire Points by Cleveland Open Cup
D117 Electrical Insulating Oils of Petroleum Origin
D877 Dielectric Breakdown Voltage of Insulating Liquids Using
Disk Electrodes
D3487 Mineral Insulating Oil Used in Electrical Apparatus
Phillips Hall INTERIOR TRANSFORMERS 262213-1
Electric Service Upgrade April 21, 2016
CORNELL DIVISION 26 ELECTRICAL
Ithaca, New York
1.2.3 Factory Mutual Engineering and Research Corporation (FM) Publication:
P7825 Approval Guide
1.2.4 National Electrical Manufacturers' Association (NEMA) Publications:
NEMA ICS6 Enclosures for Industrial Controls and Systems
NEMA ST20 Dry -Type Transformers for General Applications
TR1 Transformers, Regulators and Reactors
1.2.5 National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) Publications:
NFPA 70 National Electrical Code
70B Electrical Equipment Maintenance
1.2.6 Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL) Publication:
UL 467 Grounding and Bonding Equipment
1.3 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS: Section 260500, "Basic Electrical Requirements",
applies to this section, with the additions and modifications specified herein.
1.4 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: The work includes providing new transformers for indoor
use.
1.5 SUBMITTALS:
1.5.1 Detail Drawings: Shop Drawings: Shop drawings for dry -type transformers shall
indicate, but shall not be limited to, the following:
a. Complete overall dimensions
1.5.2 Manufacturers Catalog Data:
a. Dry -Type Transformers
1.5.3 Test Reports:
a. Transformer Tests: ANSI C57.12.91, as applicable, including the following:
(1) Routine Tests: Performed by the manufacturer on each transformer to ensure
that design performance is maintained in production.
Phillips Hall INTERIOR TRANSFORMERS 262213-2
Electric Service Upgrade April 21, 2016
CORNELL DIVISION 26 ELECTRICAL
Ithaca, New York
(2) Design Tests: Test reports will be accepted as proof of compliance with design
test requirements.
1.5.4 Certificates of Compliance:
a. Comply with NEMA ST20
1.5.5 Operation and Maintenance Manuals:
a. Dry -type transformers
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 TRANSFORMERS: ANSI C57.12.01. The kVA rating shall be conspicuously displayed
on each transformer enclosure. Refer to Contract Drawings for KVA ratings.
2.1.1 Dry -Type: Transformer shall have 180 degrees C insulation system for transformers
rated 15 KVA and more, with temperature rise not exceeding 115 degrees C under full -rated load
in maximum ambient of 40 degrees C. Transformer of 115 degrees C temperature rise shall be
capable of carrying continuously 115 percent of nameplate KVA without exceeding insulation
130 percent of nameplate KVA without exceeding insulation rating. Provide with 2-1/2% full
capacity taps (2 above normal and 4 below normal).
2.1.2 Voltage Rating: As indicated on Contract Drawings.
2.1.2.1 Sound Level: Shall be an average of 3 dB lower than NEMA TR1 standard sound
levels for the transformer size indicated ANSI C57.12.91.
2.1.3 Transformer windings to be copper. Aluminum windings are not acceptable.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION: NFPA 70, and to the requirements specified herein.
3.2 FOUNDATION FOR TRANSFORMERS: Mount transformers on concrete slab. Top of
concrete slab shall be approximately 4 inches above the finished floor unless otherwise indicated
on Contract Drawings. Edges above floor shall have 1/2 -inch chamfer and the slab shall project
at least 8 inches beyond the transformers unless otherwise indicated on Contract Drawings or
less if required to maintain NEC clearances. Concrete work shall be as specified in Section
260543.
3.3 GROUNDING AND BONDING EQUIPMENT: UL 467, except as indicated or
specified otherwise.
Phillips Hall INTERIOR TRANSFORMERS 262213-3
Electric Service Upgrade April 21, 2016
CORNELL DIVISION 26 ELECTRICAL
Ithaca, New York
3.4 FIELD TESTS AND INSPECTIONS:
3.4.1 Acceptance Checks and Tests: Perform in accordance with the manufacturer's
recommendations and NFPA 70B, Appendix I and ANSI C57.94. Perform work in a careful and
safe manner so as not to endanger personnel or equipment. Acceptance checks and test shall
include, but not be limited to, the following:
a. Inspect devices, equipment, etc. for damage or maladjustment caused by shipment or
installation.
b. Remove wedges, ties, and blocks installed by the manufacturer to prevent damage
during shipment.
c. Verify minimum resistance to ground of grounding lugs and grounding connections.
3.4.2 Transformer Test: Test transformer secondary voltages and adjust the voltage at the
transformer to provide a utilization voltage +1- 2%.
3.4.3 Final Testing: Upon completion of acceptance checks and tests, show by demonstration
in service that transformers and devices are in good operating condition and properly performing
the intended function. As an exception to requirements that may be stated elsewhere in the
contract, the Engineer shall be given 5 working days advance notice of the dates and times for
checks, settings, and tests.
END OF SECTION 262213
Phillips Hall INTERIOR TRANSFORMERS 262213-4
Electric Service Upgrade April 21, 2016
CORNELL DIVISION 26 ELECTRICAL
Ithaca, New York
SECTION 262416 - PANELBOARDS & BUILDING DISTRIBUTION
PART 1: GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Distribution panelboards
2. Power panelboards
1.02 POLICY
A. Circuit breakers shall be a minimum 100 -amp frame. All breakers up to 100 -amp
trip sizes shall take up the same pole spacing.
B. Electronic trip type circuit breakers shall be provided.
C. Electronic and adjustable instantaneous thermal -magnetic circuit breaker trip
settings are on the Contract Drawings.
D. If the equipment submitted is different than specified by the Engineer of Record, a
new coordination and arc flash study and circuit breaker trip settings
recommendation shall be prepared by the contractor using a professional engineer.
This report shall be submitted for review and approval by the Engineer of Record
prior to the release of equipment for manufacture.
E. Provide outline and support point dimensions, voltage, main bus ampacity, short
circuit amp rating, circuit breaker arrangement and sizes, interior dimensions
including gutter space, locations of main, neutral, and ground; include on
drawings.
F. All panelboards to be used as building service equipment shall be UL listed and
marked by the manufacturer as suitable for use as service equipment.
G. Provide circuit breakers with handle -locking devices to prevent manual breaker
operation where required.
H. Provide panels with auxiliary gutters where panels are of the feed-thru type.
I. Where separately enclosed molded case circuit breakers are required, provide
circuit breakers in accordance with the requirements noted for panelboards.
Enclosed circuit breakers scheduled for use as service equipment shall be UL
listed and marked as service equipment.
Phillips Hall PANELBOARDS & BUILDING DISTRIBUTION 262416-1
Electric Service Upgrade April 21, 2016
CORNELL DIVISION 26 ELECTRICAL
Ithaca, New York
K. Ensure that all required clearances can be met when locating panelboards and
separately -enclosed MCCBs if used.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Reviews and approvals may be required by multiple Cornell Departments,
including but not limited to, Cornell Facilities Engineering (FE) Electrical Design
Section, Utilities & Energy Management, and Maintenance Management.
PART 2: SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS
2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS
A. Square D
B. General Electric
C. Eaton
2.02 MATERIALS
A. General
1. Panelboard Assembly:
a. Provide with main copper bus bar, fully rated throughout the height of the
panel, with a separate ground bus and full size neutral bus.
b. Minimum short circuit rating requirements shall be obtained from the
schedules, specifications, and/or contract documents. If this information is
not shown, the Engineer of Record shall be consulted. Under no
circumstances shall any short circuit current requirements be assumed by
the Contractor.
c. Panelboard types shall be as indicated below for the purposes indicated:
Type codes noted for illustration are by Square D.
1) Distribution: I -Line
d. Provide flush or surface cabinet front as required with concealed trim
clamps, hinged trim door -in -door construction with interior door
containing a flush lock all keyed alike. Door -in -door hinged trim
enclosure shall contain two quarter turn latches.
e. Panelboards shall be fully rated (fault interrupting current). The use of
series rated panelboards is prohibited.
Phillips Hall PANELBOARDS & BUILDING DISTRIBUTION 262416-2
Electric Service Upgrade April 21, 2016
CORNELL DIVISION 26 ELECTRICAL
Ithaca, New York
f. Interiors shall be completely factory assembled and designed such that
switching and protective devices can be replaced without disturbing
adjacent units or removing the main bus connectors.
g.
Provide transient voltage surge protection on the main building service
panel
h. All panelboards shall be from one source of manufacturer on a given
project.
i. Power and distribution panelboards shall have bolt -on circuit breakers;
plug-in circuit breakers are allowed where individual positive -locking
device requires mechanical release for removal. Bolt on -breakers shall be
tightened per the manufacturers recommended torque using a torque
screwdriver or wrench.
J.
All un -used or abandoned openings in the enclosure shall be sealed using
knockout closure or a similar device. Any interior space not covered by a
circuit breaker shall be sealed by blank plate made for the panel.
k. Panelboards used as service equipment shall be provided with a main
bonding jumper sized in accordance with latest edition of NEC adopted by
the Building Code of New York State (BCNYS).
2. Molded Case Circuit Breakers:
a. Molded Case circuit breakers shall be of the electronic trip type. See
Contract Drawings for types.
b. Piggyback or tandem mounted breakers shall not be used in new
installations.
c. Breakers shall have a common type handle for all multiple pole circuit
breakers.
d. The breaker trip size shall be clearly marked on the handle of the breaker.
Panel and breaker designs where the panel trim must be removed to
determine trip rating are not acceptable.
e. All circuit breakers within panelboards shall be fully rated for the short
circuit current and X/R ratio existing at the location of the panelboard as
calculated by the Engineer of Record.
f. GFCI and AFCI breakers shall be used where required by the NEC.
g.
Integrally rated (series rated) panelboards utilizing branch breakers with
reduced short circuit ratings are not acceptable.
Phillips Hall PANELBOARDS & BUILDING DISTRIBUTION 262416-3
Electric Service Upgrade April 21, 2016
CORNELL DIVISION 26 ELECTRICAL
Ithaca, New York
PART 3: EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. The following is required:
1. Provide and affix a typewritten circuit directory card with a clear
plastic cover to the inside of each panelboard door. Directory shall
include the Panel ID, voltage rating, and current rating of the panel, as
well as identify the type and location of every load and all spares in
accordance with NEC. Also note available spaces on the directory.
2. Panelboards which are installed in electrical equipment rooms shall not
share the space with other systems such as piping, ductwork, and
telephone equipment. Working clearance space as well as dedicated
equipment space shall be maintained per NEC.
3. Where main breakers are required, they shall be vertically mounted and
bolted to the ends of the main buses. Back connected main breakers
and branch mounted main breakers are prohibited.
4. Provide an engraved nameplate for each panel section identifying the
panel name and affix to the panel cover. Nameplate labels shall be
Self -Adhesive, Engraved with white letters on a black field, and shall
be fabricated from 3- layer (black -white -black) thermoset plastic.
Nameplate lettering to be uppercase Roman block letters, minimum
letter height 3/8 inch.
5. Nameplate for each panelboard shall show the following: Panel name,
operating voltage, source panel name, and circuit number.
6. Where new circuit breakers are added to existing panelboards, update
the existing panel directory with a new typewritten label to clearly
identify the load(s) served.
7. Measure steady state load currents at each panelboard feeder; rearrange
circuits in order to balance phase loads to within 20% of each other.
Update panel directories and Record Drawings (As-Builts)
accordingly.
PART 4: PANELBOARD IDENTIFICATION
(For new building construction and major renovations.)
4.01 PANELS (480/277 VOLT)
A. Label panelboards per type and use as follows:
Phillips Hall PANELBOARDS & BUILDING DISTRIBUTION 262416-4
Electric Service Upgrade April 21, 2016
CORNELL DIVISION 26 ELECTRICAL
Ithaca, New York
1. HELP — () High voltage emergency lighting panel
2. HEPP — () High voltage emergency power panel
3. HLP — () High voltage lighting panel
4. HPP — () High voltage power panel
4.02 PANELS (208/120 VOLT)
A. Label panelboards per type and use as follows:
1. LELP — () Low voltage emergency lighting panel
2. LEPP — () Low voltage emergency power panel
3. LLP — () Low voltage lighting panel
4. LPP — () Low voltage power panel
4.03 LABELING ALL PANELBOARDS BY FLOOR
A. Fill in () space shown above as follows:
1. (S) for sub -basement S-1, S-2, etc., if more than one unit per floor.
2. (B) for basement.
3. (G) for ground floor.
4. (1) for first floor.
5. (2, 3, etc.) for second, third, and higher floors.
6. (P) for penthouse.
4.04 ARC FLASH LABELING
A. Based on the Basis of Design Manufacture and Type, See Contract Drawings, the
Engineer of Record has! performed an arc flash hazard analysis for all new
panelboard installations. The analysis includes panelboard name, building room
number, date arc flash analysis was conducted, upstream protective device,
consultant's name, flash hazard boundary (inches), flash hazard (cal/cm^2) at 18",
category, voltage, glove class, Limited Approach (inches), Restricted Approach
(inches), and Prohibited Approach (inches).
B. The Engineer of Record shall provide and apply the arc flash hazard labels to the
equipment. If the equipment submitted is different than Basis of Design specified
by the Engineer of Record, the contractor shall be responsible for providing the
arc flash hazard analysis and applying the arc flash labels to the equipment.
END OF SECTION 262416
Phillips Hall PANELBOARDS & BUILDING DISTRIBUTION 262416-5
Electric Service Upgrade April 21, 2016
CORNELL DIVISION 26 ELECTRICAL
Ithaca, New York
SECTION 262726 - WIRE CONNECTIONS AND CONNECTING DEVICES
PART 1: GENERAL
1.01 WORK INCLUDED
A. All devices, light switches, and convenience receptacles shall be specification
grade and be 20 -amp minimum.
B. Splices:
1. Wires #8 and smaller: Pre -insulated solderless connectors.
2. Wires #6 through #410: Compression or split bolt type connectors as
manufactured by Dossert, Burndy, or T & B.
3. Wires larger than #4/0: Compression or split bolt type connectors with
minimum two pressure points per conductor.
4. Tube type compression connectors are suggested for splices made within
splice boxes to minimize splice box fill. It is also suggested that cold -shrink
tubes of an insulating value meeting or exceeding the cable insulation be
utilized to cover all portions of the splice including any portion of bare cable.
5. Wire connectors or splicing means installed on conductors for direct burial
shall be UL listed for such.
6. Any connections or splices, as well as their enclosures, located in outdoor or
underground locations shall be listed and approved for wet locations.
7. All splices shall be covered with an insulation equivalent to that of the
conductors or with an identified insulating device.
C. Splice Boxes:
1. Splices shall only be located within accessible splice boxes or enclosures.
2. Only conduit bodies that are durably and legibly marked by the manufacturer
with their volume shall be permitted to contain splices, taps, or devices.
Phillips Hall WIRE CONNECTIONS AND CONNECTING DEVICES 262726-1
Electric Service Upgrade April 21, 2016
CORNELL DIVISION 26 ELECTRICAL
Ithaca, New York
3. The designer shall ensure that the conductor fill in the splice box/enclosure,
including splices, does not exceed the fill area permitted by the NEC.
4. Splice boxes, enclosures and conduit bodies shall have accessible and
removable covers.
END OF SECTION 262726
Phillips Hall WIRE CONNECTIONS AND CONNECTING DEVICES 262726-2
Electric Service Upgrade April 21, 2016
CORNELL DIVISION 26 ELECTRICAL
Ithaca, New York
SECTION 265100 - INTERIOR LIGHTING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION:
1.1.1 Under this Section, the Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials and equipment for
Interior Lighting, as shown on the Plans, as specified, and/or directed.
1.2 REFERENCES: The publications listed below and their latest revisions form a part of
this Specification to the extent referenced. The publications are referred to in the text by the
basic designation only.
1.2.1 American National Standards Institute, Inc. (ANSI) Publications:
C78.1359 Electric Lamps - 50 -Watt S68 High -Pressure Sodium
Lamps
C82.1 Ballasts for Fluorescent Lamps
C82.2 Fluorescent Lamp Ballasts - Methods of Measurement
1.2.2 American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) Publications:
A366/A366M Steel, Sheet, Carbon, Cold -Rolled, Commercial Quality
A526/A526M Steel Sheet, Zinc -Coated (Galvanized) by the Hot -Dip
Process, Commercial Quality
A580 Stainless and Heat -Resisting Steel Wire
B633 Electrodeposited Coatings of Zinc on Iron and Steel
1.2.3 Federal Communications Commission (FCC) Publication:
RR Rules and Regulations, Vol. II, Transmittals 1 through 6
1.2.4 Federal Specifications (FS):
QQ-N-281 Nickel -Copper Alloy Bar, Rod, Plate, Sheet, Strip, Wire,
Forgings, and Structural and Special Shaped Sections
QQ-W-461 Wire, Steel, Carbon (Round, Bare and Coated)
Phillips Hall INTERIOR LIGHTING 265100-1
Electric Service Upgrade April 21, 2016
CORNELL DIVISION 26 ELECTRICAL
Ithaca, New York
1.2.5 Illuminating Engineering Society (IES) Publication:
LHBK Lighting Handbook, Reference and Application Volumes
1.2.6 Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE) Publication:
STD587 Surge Voltages in Low -Voltage AC Power Circuit
(ANSUIEEE C62.41)
1.2.7 National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA) Publications:
ICS2 Industrial Control Devices, Controllers, and Assemblies
ICS6 Enclosures for Industrial Controls and Systems
1.2.8 National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) Publications:
70 National Electrical Code
101 Code For Safety to Life From Fire in Buildings and
Structures
1.2.9 Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL) Publications:
20 General -Use Snap Switches
773 Plug -In, Locking Type Photocontrols for Use With Area
Lighting
773A Nonindustrial Photoelectric Switches for Lighting Control
924 Emergency Lighting and Power Equipment
935 Fluorescent -Lamp Ballasts
1029 High -Intensity -Discharge Lamp Ballasts
1570 Fluorescent Lighting Fixtures
1571 Incandescent Lighting Fixtures
1572 High Intensity Discharge Lighting Fixtures
Phillips Hall INTERIOR LIGHTING 265100-2
Electric Service Upgrade April 21, 2016
CORNELL DIVISION 26 ELECTRICAL
Ithaca, New York
1.3 RELATED REQUIREMENTS: Section 16011, "Electrical General Requirements",
applies to this Section, with the additions and modifications specified herein. Materials not
considered to be lighting equipment or lighting fixture accessories are specified elsewhere.
1.4 SUBMITTALS: Submit the following. Data, drawings, and reports shall employ the
terminology, classifications, and methods prescribed by the IES LHBK, as applicable, for the
lighting system specified.
1.4.1 Manufacturer's Catalog Data:
a. Lighting fixtures
b. Support hangers for lighting fixtures
1.4.2 Drawings:
a. Lighting fixture assemblies
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 LED LUMINAIRES: Shall be manufactured in compliance with applicable NEMA
standards for solid state lighting.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION: Set lighting fixtures plumb, square, and level with ceiling and walls,
in alignment with adjacent lighting fixtures, and secure in accordance with manufacturers'
directions and approved drawings. The installation shall meet with the requirements of NFPA
70. Mounting heights specified or indicated shall be to bottom of fixture for ceiling -mounted
fixtures and to center of fixture for wall -mounted fixtures. Obtain approval of the exact
mounting for lighting fixtures on the job before installation is commenced and, where applicable,
after coordinating with the type, style, and pattern of the ceiling being installed. Recessed and
semi -recessed fixtures may be supported from suspended ceiling support system ceiling tees if
the ceiling system support wires are provided at a minimum of four wires per fixture and located
not more than 6 inches from each corner of each fixture. Additionally, for recessed fixtures,
provide support clips securely fastened to ceiling grid members, a minimum of one at or near
each corner of each fixture. For round fixtures or fixtures smaller in size than the ceiling grid,
provide a minimum of four wires per fixture and locate at each comer of the ceiling grid in
which the fixture is located. Do not support fixtures by ceiling acoustical panels. Where fixtures
of sizes less than the ceiling grid are indicated to be centered in the acoustical panel, support
such fixtures independently or with at least two 3/4 -inch metal channels spanning, and secured
to, the ceiling tees. Provide wires for lighting fixture support in this Section.
Phillips Hall INTERIOR LIGHTING 265100-3
Electric Service Upgrade April 21, 2016
CORNELL DIVISION 26 ELECTRICAL
Ithaca, New York
3.1.1 Provide necessary grounding per NEC and for proper operation of occupancy sensor.
3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL: Upon completion of the installation, conduct an
operating test to show that the equipment operates in accordance with the requirements of this
Section.
END OF SECTION 265100
Phillips Hall INTERIOR LIGHTING 265100-4
Electric Service Upgrade April 21, 2016
CORNELL DIVISION 31 EARTHWORK
Ithaca, New York
SECTION 310000 - EARTHWORK
PART 1: GENERAL
1.1 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE
A. Landscape Work: Section 329000.
1.2 DEFINITIONS
A. The following terms have the meanings ascribed to them in this Article, wherever they
appear in this Section.
1. Earth Excavation: The removal of all surface and subsurface material not
classified as rock as defined below.
2. Rock: Limestone, sandstone, shale, granite, and similar material in solid beds or
masses in its original or stratified position which can be removed only by blasting
operations, drilling, wedging, or use of pneumatic tools, and boulders with a
volume greater than 1.0 cu yd. Concrete building foundations and concrete slabs,
not indicated, with a volume greater than 1.0 cu yd shall be classified as rock.
a. Limestone, sandstone, shale, granite, and similar material in a broken or
weathered condition which can be removed with an excavator or backhoe
equipped with a bucket with ripping teeth or any other style bucket shall be
classified as earth excavation.
b. Masonry building foundations, whether indicated or not, shall be classified
as earth excavation.
3. Unclassified Earth Excavation: The excavation and disposal of all surface and
subsurface materials of any description necessary to perform the work of this
contract. This will include:
a. All soil deposits of any description both above and below groundwater
levels. These may be naturally deposited or placed by previous construction
operations.
b. Ledge rock of all quality. (Limestone, Sandstone, Shale, Granite and similar
materials in solid beds or masses in its original or stratified position which
can only be removed by drilling, wedging, use of pneumatic tools or heavy
ripping equipment.) Blasting operations will not be permitted to loosen any
ledge rock necessary to be removed in this contract.
c. Boulders of any size.
d. Any materials of man-made origin.
4. Subgrade Surface: Surface upon which subbase or topsoil is placed.
5. Subbase: Select granular material or subbase course Type 2 which is placed
immediately beneath pavement or concrete slabs.
Phillips Hall EARTHWORK 310000-1
Electric Service Upgrade April 21, 2016
CORNELL DIVISION 31 EARTHWORK
Ithaca, New York
6. Foundation Bearing Grade: Grade/elevation at which the bottom -of -footings are
constructed.
7. Maximum Density: The dry unit weight in pounds per cubic foot of the soil at
"Optimum Moisture Content" when determined by ASTM D 698 (Standard
Proctor), or ASTM D 1557 (Modified Proctor).
8. Structures: Buildings, footings, foundations, retaining walls, slabs, tanks,
mechanical and electrical appurtenances, or other man-made stationary features
constructed above or below the ground surface.
9. Landscaped Areas: Areas not covered by structures, walks, roads, paving, or
parking.
10. Unauthorized Excavation: The removal of material below required elevation
indicated on the Drawings or beyond lateral dimensions indicated or specified
without specific written direction by the Owner's Representative.
11. Grading Limit Line (Shown on Drawings): Limits of grading, excavations and
filling required for the work of this contract. Unless specifically noted otherwise,
the Grading Limit Line and Contract Limit Line will be considered the same.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Shop Drawings:
1. Sheeting, Shoring, and Bracing (Shown on the Drawings): Submit shop drawings
for sheeting, shoring, and bracing shown on the Drawings. Shop drawings will be
signed by a New York State licensed Professional Engineer.
B. Product Data:
1 Permanent Sheeting, Shoring, and Bracing: Specifications for materials and
accessories.
2. Filter Fabric: Manufacturer's catalog sheets, specifications, and installation
instructions.
3. Geogrid: Manufacturer's catalog sheets, specifications, and installation
instructions.
C. Samples: Submit samples as follows. Take the samples in the presence of the Owner's
Representative, and submit to the Owner's Representative the laboratory test results for
gradation, proctors and soundness tests, when required. These tests will be performed in
accordance with ASTM standards, will be performed and signed by a certified soils
laboratory, and will be submitted as part of the original submittal. At a minimum the
samples taken will be of the following quantities:
1. Select Granular Material: 50 - 601b. (Two Samples).
Phillips Hall EARTHWORK 310000-2
Electric Service Upgrade April 21, 2016
CORNELL DIVISION 31 EARTHWORK
Ithaca, New York
2. Subbase Course Type 2: 50 - 601b. (Two Samples).
3. Selected Fill: 40 - 50 lb.
4. Cushion Material: 30 lb.
5. Item B-12: 301b, each gradation.
6. Crushed Stone: 30 lb.
7. Underdrain Filter Material: 40 - 501b.
8. Crushed Stone, Crushed Gravel, or Screened Gravel (Wastewater): 30 lb., each
layer gradation (if more than one).
9. Sand Filter Material (Stormwater): 301b.
D. Quality Control Submittals:
1. Subbase Materials: Name and location of source and the NYSDOT Source
Number. If the material is not being taken from an approved NYSDOT Source the
results of the gradation and soundness tests performed by an ASTM certified soils
laboratory will be required.
2. Other Aggregates: Name and location of source and soil laboratory test results.
3. Excavation Procedure: Submit a lay out drawing or detailed outline of intended
excavation procedure for the Director's information. This submittal will not
relieve the Contractor of responsibility for the successful performance of intended
excavation methods.
4. Sheeting, Shoring, and Bracing (Not shown on the Drawings): Submit a detailed
plan of intended sheeting, shoring and bracing, signed by a New York State
licensed Professional Engineer, for the Director's information. This submittal will
not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for the successful performance of the
intended sheeting, shoring and bracing methods.
1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Protect filter fabric from sunlight during transportation and storage.
1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Protect existing trees and plants during performance of the Work unless otherwise
indicated. Box trees and plants indicated to remain within the grading limit line with
temporary steel fencing or solidly constructed wood barricades as required. Protect root
systems from smothering. Do not store excavated material, or allow vehicular traffic or
parking within the branch drip line. Restrict foot traffic to prevent excessive compaction
of soil over root systems.
B. Cold Weather Requirements:
Phillips Hall EARTHWORK 310000-3
Electric Service Upgrade April 21, 2016
CORNELL DIVISION 31 EARTHWORK
Ithaca, New York
Excavation: When freezing temperatures are anticipated, do not excavate to final
required elevations for concrete work unless concrete can be placed immediately.
2. Backfilling: If backfill is being placed during freezing temperatures the backfilling
operations will be monitored by the Owner's Representative and the following
procedures will be followed:
a. Frozen ground will be removed in its entirety from beneath and five feet
beyond the area of fill placement.
b. The fill material placed will consist of Selected Fill and will be free of all
frozen chunks that exceed four inches in size. The material transported to
the project site will only consist of material excavated from below the frost
depth.
c. At the end of the work day, the area of fill placement will be covered with
insulated blankets, or left unprotected. Other means of protection (hay,
wood chips, etc.) may also be used for protection provided it is approved by
the Director's Representative.
d. Following work day - Remove the insulated blankets and/or strip the area of
all frozen material as specified previously.
e. Upon establishing the subgrade elevations, protect the grades with insulated
blankets or place additional material that will adequately insulate the
exposed earth surface from frost. This additional fill or protective material
will be stripped just prior to pouring concrete.
C. Thru-traffic or fill placement with heavy construction vehicles or equipment which
causes rutting or weaving to occur within the perimeter of a building will not be
permitted. If rutting or weaving occurs during placement of fill, place specified fill in a
stable area outside building perimeter and spread with tracked equipment to specified
layer thickness.
PART 2: PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Select Granular Material: Stockpiled, sound, durable, sand, gravel, stone, or blends of
these materials, free from organic and other deleterious materials. Comply with the
gradation and material requirements specified below:
Sieve
Percent Passing
Sieve Size
Size opening (mm)
2 inch
50.8
100
1/4 inch
6.35
30-65
No. 40
0.425
5-40
No. 200
0.075
0-10
Phillips Hall
Electric Service Upgrade
EARTHWORK
310000-4
April 21, 2016
CORNELL
Ithaca, New York
DIVISION 31 EARTHWORK
1 Magnesium Sulfate Soundness Test: 20 percent maximum loss by weight after four
test cycles.
2. Plasticity Index: The plasticity index of the material passing the No. 40 mesh sieve
will not exceed 5.0.
3. Elongated Particles: Not more than 30 percent, by weight, of the particles retained
on a 1/2 inch sieve will consist of flat or elongated particles. A flat or elongated
particle is defined as one which has its greatest dimension more than three times its
least dimension.
B. Subbase Course Type 2: Stockpiled, crushed ledge rock or approved blast furnace slag.
Comply with the gradation and material requirements specified below:
Sieve
Percent Passing
Sieve Size
Size opening (mm)
2 inch
50.8
100
1/4 inch
6.35
25-60
No. 40
0.425
5-40
No. 200
0.075
0-10
1.
Magnesium Sulfate Soundness Test: 20 percent maximum loss by weight after four
test cycles.
2. Plasticity Index: The plasticity index of the material passing the No. 40 mesh sieve
will not exceed 5.0.
3. Elongated Particles: Not more than 30 percent, by weight, of the particles retained
on a 1/2 inch sieve will consist of flat or elongated particles. A flat or elongated
particle is defined as one which has its greatest dimension more than three times its
least dimension.
C. Selected Fill: Sound, durable, sand, gravel, stone, or blends of these materials, free from
organic and other deleterious materials. Comply with the gradation requirements
specified below:
Sieve
Percent Passing
Sieve Size
Size opening (mm)
4 inch
101.6
100
No. 40
0.425
0-70
No. 200
0.075
0-15
D. Suitable Material (Fill and Backfill for Landscaped Areas): Material consisting of
mineral soil (inorganic), blasted or broken rock and similar materials of natural or man-
made origin, including mixtures thereof. Maximum particle size will not exceed 2/3 of
the specified layer thickness prior to compaction. NOTE: Material containing cinders,
industrial waste, sludge, building rubble, land fill, muck, and peat will be considered
unsuitable for fill and backfill, except topsoil and organic silt may be used as suitable
material in landscaped areas provided it is placed in the top layer of the subgrade surface.
Phillips Hall EARTHWORK 310000-5
Electric Service Upgrade
April 21, 2016
CORNELL
Ithaca, New York
DIVISION 31 EARTHWORK
E. Cushion Material: Will consist of clean, hard, durable, uncoated particles, free from
lumps of clay and all deleterious substances and will meet the following gradation
requirements:
Sieve Size
Percent Passing
Sieve Size
Size opening (mm)
1/4 inch
6.35
100
No. 60
0.25
0-35
No. 100
0.15
0-10
F. Item B-12: Equal Blend of No.1 and No. 2 Crushed Stone that complies with material
requirements of NYSDOT Article 703-02, crushed stone only.
Sieve
Percent Passing
Sieve Size
Size opening (mm)
1-1/2 inch
38.1
100
1 inch
25.4
95-100
%2 inch
12.7
45-60
1/4 inch
6.35
0-15
G. No. 1 Coarse Aggregate: Crushed Stone that complies with material requirements of
NYSDOT Article 703-02 and meets the following gradation.
Sieve
Percent Passing
Sieve Size
Size opening (mm)
1 inch
25.4
100
1/2 inch
12.7
90-100
1/4 inch
6.35
0-15
H. No. 2 Coarse Aggregate: Crushed Stone that complies with material requirements of
NYSDOT Article 703-02 and meets the following gradation.
Sieve
Percent Passing
Sieve Size
Size opening (mm)
1-1/2 inch
38.1
100
1 inch
25.4
90-100
1/2 inch
12.7
0-15
Phillips Hall EARTHWORK 310000-6
Electric Service Upgrade
April 21, 2016
CORNELL
Ithaca, New York
DIVISION 31 EARTHWORK
L No. 3 Course Aggregate: Crushed stone that complies with material requirements of
NYSDOT Article 703-02 and meets the following gradation.
Sieve
Percent Passing
Sieve Size
Size opening (mm)
2 inch
63.0
100
1-1/2 inch
50.0
90-100
3/4 inch
25.4
0-15
J. Riprap: Fine, Light, Medium or Heavy Stone Filling that complies with NYSDOT
Article 620-2.02 for stone filling.
K. Pea Gravel: Comply with NYSDOT Article 703-02 for screened gravel.
Sieve
Percent Passing
Sieve Size
Size opening (mm)
1/2 inch
12.7
100
1/4 inch
6.35
90-100
1/8 inch
3.17
0-15
No. 200 Sieve
0.075
0-1
L. Flowable Fill: Shall consist of a mixture of Portland cement, sand, water and admixtures
proportioned to provide a non -segregating, free-flowing, self -consolidating material that
will result in a hardened, dense backfill.
1. Shall have a 28 day compressive strength between 40 and 100 psi.
2.2 GEOTECHNICAL FABRICS
A. Filter Fabric (GeoTextile):
1. Drainage and Erosion Control: Amoco 1199 & 2019, Maccaferri MacTex MX140
& MX155, Mirafi 140N & 160N, Fiberweave 403 & 404 or equivalent.
2. Separation for foundation drains, underdrains, undercuts: Amoco 2002 & 2004,
Contech Construction Products Inc. C-180, Synthetic Industries Geotex 250ST &
315ST, Mirafi Geolon HP570 & HP1500 or equivalent.
3. Separation/Stabilization beneath pavements: GeoTex 801, Bonded Fibers Products
PN080, Maccaferri Gabions MacTex MX275 & 340, Mirafi 160N & 180N or
equivalent.
B. Geogrids:
1. Segmental Retaining Walls.
2. Subgrade Stabilization.
Phillips Hall EARTHWORK 310000-7
Electric Service Upgrade April 21, 2016
CORNELL DIVISION 31 EARTHWORK
Ithaca, New York
2.3 STORMWATER MATERIAL
A. Crushed Stone, Washed #3: Comply with applicable portions of NYSDOT Section 703-
02, except as otherwise indicated.
B. Sand Filter Material (Stormwater): Silica sand or other sound sand free from clay, loam,
soft limestone or other impurities which may be disintegrated. Shall comply with
applicable portions of NYSDOT Section 703-07 except as otherwise indicated.
2.4 SHEETING, SHORING, AND BRACING
A. Steel Sheetpiling: Continuous interlock type complete with all required accessories,
complying with ASTM A 328 or ASTM A 572.
1. Furnish steel sheetpiling of design, configuration, and length to resist pressure of
earth to be retained.
B. Drilled in steel soldier piles and timber lagging: Vertical steel beams in pre -drilled holes
with timber lagging placed between beams as excavation is made.
1. Furnish drilled holes, steel beams and timber lagging of design configuration and
length to resist pressure of earth to be retained.
C. Timber sheeting with hydraulic shores: Continuous sheeting composed of rough cut
timbers of adequate dimension with prestressed hydraulic shores.
D. For mass excavation use A or B where open cut is not feasible.
E. For pipe trenches, use A, B, or C unless alternate method of support is acceptable to
Owner at time of construction.
PART 3: EXECUTION
3.1 CLEARING AND GRUBBING
A. Clear and grub the Site within the Grading Limit Line (GLL) of trees, shrubs, brush,
other prominent vegetation, debris, and obstructions except for those items indicated to
remain. Completely remove stumps and roots protruding through the ground surface.
1. Use only hand methods for grubbing inside the drip line of trees indicated to be left
standing.
2. Where roots and branches of trees indicated to be saved interfere with new
construction, carefully and cleanly cut them back to point of branching.
B. Fill depressions caused by the clearing and grubbing operations in accordance with the
requirements for filling and backfilling, unless further excavation is indicated.
Phillips Hall EARTHWORK 310000-8
Electric Service Upgrade April 21, 2016
CORNELL DIVISION 31 EARTHWORK
Ithaca, New York
3.2 REMOVAL OF TOPSOIL
A. Remove existing topsoil from areas within the Grading Limit Line where excavation or
fill is required.
B. Stockpile approved topsoil where directed until required for use. Place, grade, and shape
stockpiles for proper drainage.
1. Topsoil will be tested prior to stockpiling. Stockpile only quantities of topsoil
approved in writing for re -use.
3.3 UNDERGROUND UTILITIES
A. Locate existing underground utilities prior to commencing excavation work. Determine
exact utility locations by hand excavated test pits. Support and protect utilities to remain
in place.
B. Do not interrupt existing utilities that are in service until temporary or new utilities are
installed and operational.
C. Utilities to remain in service: Will be re-routed as shown on the Contract Drawings.
D. Utilities abandoned beneath and five feet laterally beyond the structure's proposed
footprint will be removed in their entirety. Excavations required for their removal will be
backfilled and compacted as specified herein.
E. Utilities extending outside the five feet limit specified above may be abandoned in place
provided their ends are adequately plugged as described below.
1. Permanently close open ends of abandoned underground utilities exposed by
excavations, which extend outside the limits of the area to be excavated.
2. Close open ends of metallic conduit and pipe with threaded galvanized metal caps
or plastic plugs or other approved method for the type of material and size of pipe.
Do not use wood plugs.
3. Close open ends of concrete and masonry utilities with concrete or flow -able fill.
3.4 EXCAVATION
A. Excavate earth as required for the Work.
B. Install and maintain all erosion and sedimentation controls during all earthwork
operations as specified on the Contract Drawings or as directed by local officials. If the
erosion and sedimentation controls specified by the local officials are more stringent than
those specified on the Contract Drawings contact the Owner's Representative.
Phillips Hall EARTHWORK 310000-9
Electric Service Upgrade April 21, 2016
CORNELL DIVISION 31 EARTHWORK
Ithaca, New York
C. Maintain sides and slopes of excavations in a safe condition until completion of
backfilling. Comply with Code of Federal Regulations Title 29 - Labor, Part 1926
(OSHA).
1 Trenches: Deposit excavated material on one side of trench only. Trim banks of
excavated material to prevent cave-ins and prevent material from falling or sliding
into trench. Keep a clear footway between excavated material and trench edge.
Maintain areas to allow free drainage of surface water.
D. Stockpile excavated materials classified as suitable material where directed, until
required for fill. Place, grade, and shape stockpiles for proper drainage as approved by
the Owner's Representative.
E. Excavation for Structures: Conform to elevations, lines, and limits indicated. Excavate
to a vertical tolerance of plus or minus 1 inch. Extend excavation a sufficient lateral
distance to provide clearance to execute the Work.
F. Footings and Foundations: The foundation bearing grade will be established just prior to
constructing the concrete foundations when concrete is to bear on undisturbed soil.
Stepping Footings: Cut sloping surfaces under footings, foundations, steps, and
where required for other Work as indicated.
2. Pile Foundations: Stop excavations 6 to 12 inches above the bottom of pile cap
elevation before the piles are placed. After pile installation, remove loose and
displaced material and excavate to final grade, leaving a solid base to receive
concrete pile caps.
3. Where footings and other Work requiring similar soil support will rest entirely on
rock, remove loose soil and loose rock and place concrete to the required
elevations. Where footings and other Work requiring similar soil support will rest
partially on rock and partially on soil, immediately notify the Owner's
Representative before any backfilling or concrete placement occurs; the Owner's
Representative will determine the correct foundation treatment for the Work.
G. Slabs and Floors: Excavate to the following depths below bottom of concrete for
addition of select granular material:
1. Interior Floors: 6 inches unless otherwise indicated.
2. Exterior Slabs and Steps: 12 inches unless otherwise indicated.
H. Pipe Trenches: Open only enough trench length to facilitate laying pipe sections. Unless
otherwise indicated on the Drawings, excavate trenches approximately 24 inches wide
plus the outside pipe diameter, equally divided on each side of pipe centerline. Cut
trenches to cross section, elevation, profile, line, and grade indicated. Accurately grade
and shape trench bottom for uniform bearing of pipe in undisturbed earth. Excavate at
bell and coupling joints to allow ample room for proper pipe connections.
Phillips Hall EARTHWORK 310000-10
Electric Service Upgrade April 21, 2016
CORNELL DIVISION 31 EARTHWORK
Ithaca, New York
Trench in Rock: Excavate an additional 6 inches below bottom of pipe for bed of
cushion material under the piping.
Open Ditches: Cut ditches to cross sections and grades indicated.
J. Pavement: Excavate to subgrade surface elevation.
K. Unauthorized Excavations: Unless otherwise directed, backfill unauthorized excavation
under footings, foundation bases, and retaining walls with compacted select granular
material without altering the required footing elevation. Elsewhere, backfill and compact
unauthorized excavation as specified for authorized excavation of the same classification,
unless otherwise directed by the Owner's Representative.
1. Unauthorized excavations under structural Work such as footings, foundation
bases, and retaining walls will be reported immediately to the Director before any
concrete or backfilling Work commences.
L. Notify the Owner's Representative upon completion of excavation operations. Do not
proceed with the Work until the excavation is inspected and approved. Inspection of the
excavation by the Director's Representative will be made on three working days notice.
M. Removal of Unsuitable Material Beneath Structures and Other Improvements: Excavate
encountered unsuitable materials, which extend below required elevations, to additional
depth as directed by the Owner's Representative. Have cross sections taken, under the
supervision of an independent Land Surveyor, to determine the quantity of such
excavation. Do not backfill this excavation prior to quantity measurement.
1 Such additional excavation and backfilling, not due to error, fault or neglect of the
Contractor and exceeding the numeric quantities indicated on the Drawings, will be
paid for at the unit prices specified in this Section.
3.5 DEWATERING
A. Prior to the performance of any excavations provide dewatering methods such that the
groundwater table is maintained at an elevation that is beneath the excavated depth.
B. Prevent surface and subsurface water from flowing into excavations and trenches and
from flooding the site and surrounding area.
C. Do not allow water to accumulate in excavations or trenches. Remove water from all
excavations immediately to prevent softening of foundation bottoms, undercutting
footings, and soil changes detrimental to the stability of subgrades and foundations.
Furnish and maintain pumps, sumps, suction and discharge piping systems, and other
system components necessary to convey the water away from the Site.
D. Convey water removed from excavations, and rain water, to collecting or run-off area.
Cut and maintain temporary drainage ditches and provide other necessary diversions
Phillips Hall EARTHWORK 310000-11
Electric Service Upgrade April 21, 2016
CORNELL DIVISION 31 EARTHWORK
Ithaca, New York
outside excavation limits for each structure. Do not use trench excavations as temporary
drainage ditches.
E. Provide temporary controls to restrict the velocity of discharged water as necessary to
prevent erosion and siltation of receiving areas.
3.6 SETTLEMENT DETECTION
A. Excavating beneath the bearing grades of an existing structure: Establish a settlement
detection method approved by the Owner's Representative for structures subject to
settlement from excavation, sheeting or sheetpiling operations. Maintain surveillance to
detect any settlement.
B. Surcharging: Establish a settlement monitoring plan to accurately determine the
settlements that have occurred and the rate that they occurred to adequately determine
when settlement caused by surcharge is complete.
3.7 SHEETING, SHORING, AND BRACING
A. Temporary Sheeting: Install temporary sheeting or sheetpiling with shoring and bracing
as required to create a safe working environment and prevent settlement or other damage
to adjacent grounds and structures resulting from excavation operations. Shore and brace
sheeting in a manner which will not interfere with progress of other Work or related
contracts (if any) on this project. Check shoring and bracing for settlement, and adjust
for settlement. Promptly remove temporary sheeting, shoring, and bracing when no
longer required.
B. Permanent Sheeting: Install permanent steel sheetpiling where shown. Cut off top of
permanent sheeting 12 inches below finish grade.
3.8 PLACING FILTER FABRIC
A. Place and overlap filter fabric in accordance with the manufacturer's installation
instructions, unless otherwise shown.
B. Cover tears and other damaged areas with additional filter fabric layer extending three
feet beyond the damage.
C. Do not permit traffic or construction equipment directly on filter fabric.
D. Backfill over filter fabric within two weeks after placement. Backfill in accordance with
the fabric manufacturer's instructions and in a manner to prevent damage to the fabric.
Phillips Hall EARTHWORK 310000-12
Electric Service Upgrade April 21, 2016
CORNELL DIVISION 31 EARTHWORK
Ithaca, New York
3.9 PLACING FILL AND BACKFILL
A. Surface Preparation of Fill Areas: Strip topsoil, remaining vegetation, and other
deleterious materials prior to placement of fill. Remove all asphalt pavement in its
entirety from areas requiring the placement of fill or break up old pavements to a
maximum size of four inches. Prior to placement of fill, smooth out and compact areas
where wheel rutting has occurred due to stripping or earthwork operations.
B. Excavations: Backfill as promptly as Work permits, but not until completion of the
following:
1. Acceptance by the Owner's Representative of construction below finish grade
including, where applicable, dampproofing, waterproofing, perimeter insulation,
and bearing capacity of supporting soil.
2. Inspection, testing, approval, and recording locations of underground utilities.
3. Removal of concrete formwork.
4. Removal of temporary sheeting or sheetpiling and backfilling of voids caused by
removals.
5. Cutting off top of permanent sheeting or sheetpiling.
6. Removal of trash and debris.
7. Installation of permanent or temporary bracing on horizontally supported walls.
C. Place backfill and fill materials in layers not more than eight inches thick in loose depth
unless otherwise specified. Before compaction, moisten or aerate each layer as necessary
to facilitate compaction to the required density. Do not place backfill or fill material on
surfaces that are muddy, frozen, or covered with ice.
1. Place fill and backfill against foundation walls, and in confined areas such as
trenches not easily accessible by larger compaction equipment, in maximum six
inch thick loose depth layers.
2. For large fill areas, the layer thickness may be modified by the Owner's
Representative, at the Contractor's written request, if in the Owner's
Representative's judgment, the equipment used is capable of compacting the fill
material in a greater layer thickness. This request will include the type and
specifications of compaction equipment intended for use.
3. For Open Graded Stone/Clean Stone (Item B-12, No. 1 crushed stone, No. 2
crushed stone, etc.) in access of six inches: Material must be wrapped in
separation fabric.
D. Concrete walls:
1. Do not place fill or backfill against concrete walls until the walls have attained 70
percent of their design strength. Place backfill against walls of structures
containing basements or crawl spaces only after the first floor structural members
are in place and any concrete components of the first floor structural system have
attained 70 percent of their concrete design strength.
Phillips Hall EARTHWORK 310000-13
Electric Service Upgrade April 21, 2016
CORNELL DIVISION 31 EARTHWORK
Ithaca, New York
2. Prevent wedging action of backfill against structures backfilled on both sides, by
placing backfill uniformly around structure so that the elevation on each side never
differs by more than 24 inches.
E. Foundation Drains:
1. Line pipe trench loosely with filter fabric. Lap successive sheets 18 inches.
2. Place underdrain filter material a minimum of 4 inches deep under pipe and 6
inches on both sides and over top of drain pipe.
3. Completely wrap underdrain filter material with filter fabric.
4. Within two weeks complete balance of backfill with selected fill extending 2 feet
out from foundation wall and up to 6 inches below finished grade.
F. Perimeter Insulation: Before the insulation is installed, place and tamp specified backfill
to a smooth plane even with the required elevation of the lower surface of the insulation.
G. Under Exterior Concrete Slabs and Steps:
1. Up to Subgrade Surface Elevation: Place selected fill when fill or backfill is
required.
2. Subbase Material: Place 12 inches of select granular material over subgrade
surface.
H. Under Interior:
1. Up to Subgrade Surface Elevation: Place selected fill when fill or backfill is
required.
2. Subbase Material: Place six inches of select granular material over subgrade
surface.
. Under Pavements and Walks:
1. Up to Subgrade Surface Elevation: Place selected fill when fill or backfill is
required.
2. Subbase Material: Place as indicated.
Landscaped Areas: Place suitable material when required to complete fill or backfill
areas up to subgrade surface elevation. Do not use material containing rocks over four
inches in diameter within the top 12 inches of suitable material.
K. Pipe Tunnels: Place selected fill a minimum of 12 inches on both sides and over top of
tunnel.
L. Plastic Pipe in Trenches: Place cushion material a minimum of six inches deep under
pipe, 12 inches on both sides, and 12 inches above top of pipe. Complete balance of
backfill as specified.
Phillips Hall EARTHWORK 310000-14
Electric Service Upgrade April 21, 2016
CORNELL DIVISION 31 EARTHWORK
Ithaca, New York
1. Trench in Rock: Place a minimum six inch deep bed of cushion material under
pipe.
M. Copper Tubing and Steel Gas Pipe in Trenches: Place cushion material a minimum of six
inches deep under pipe, 12 inches on both sides, and 12 inches above top of pipe.
Complete balance of backfill as specified.
N. Backfilling Excavation Resulting From Removal of Unsuitable Material Beneath
Structures and Other Improvements: Backfill the excavation with compacted select
granular material.
1. Such additional backfilling, exceeding the numeric quantities indicated on the
Drawings, is included in the unit prices specified in this Section.
3.10 ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS FOR PLACING FILL TO SUPPORT
STRUCTURES
A. Place fill within the entire area enclosed by a line ten feet outside the perimeter of the
structure to be constructed as follows:
1. Strip the area in accordance with the requirements for Surface Preparation of Fill
Areas.
2. Compact the stripped surface to 95 percent of maximum density.
3. Place fill in horizontal layers not exceeding eight inches loose depth and compact
layers as specified.
B. Place fill within the entire area enclosed by a line 10 feet outside the perimeter of the
structure to be constructed as follows:
1. Strip the area in accordance with the requirements for Surface Preparation of Fill
Areas.
2. Proof roll the stripped surface with at least five passes of a vibratory drum
compactor having a minimum unsprung drum weight of seven tons. Notify the
Owner's Representative of the proposed date for beginning proof rolling at least
seven working days prior to commencing proof rolling.
3. Excavate unsuitable materials (soft and unstable earth) disclosed by the proof
rolling operation and replace with compacted Selected Fill material.
4. Place fill in horizontal layers not exceeding eight inches loose depth and compact
layers as specified.
C. Obtain written approval of fill area compaction before excavating for footing.
D. Excavate for footing width plus one foot on each side.
Phillips Hall EARTHWORK 310000-15
Electric Service Upgrade April 21, 2016
CORNELL DIVISION 31 EARTHWORK
Ithaca, New York
E. Excavate one foot below footing elevations where bottom of footings are two feet or less
above or four feet or less below original ground surface.
1 Compact footing bottom and place a one foot bed of select granular material.
Compact select granular material in six inch layers.
2. Omit excavation and select granular material below bottom of footings where
footing elevations are more than two feet above or more than 4 feet below original
ground surface.
3.11 COMPACTION
A. All materials with exception of open graded stone (No. 2 Crushed Stone, No. 1 Crushed
Stone, Item B-12, etc.):
1. Compact each layer of fill and backfill for the following area classifications to the
percentage of maximum density specified below and at a moisture content suitable
to obtain the required densities, but at not less than three percent drier or more than
two percent wetter than the optimum content as determined by ASTM D 698
(Standard Proctor) or 1557 (Modified Proctor).
a. Structures (entire area within ten feet outside perimeter): 95 percent.
b. Concrete Slabs and Steps: 95 percent.
c. Landscaped Areas: 90 percent.
d. Pavements and Walks: 95 percent.
e. Pipes and Tunnels: 95 percent.
f. Pipe Bedding: 95 percent.
2. When the existing ground surface to be compacted has a density less than that
specified for the particular area classification, break up and pulverize, and moisture
condition to facilitate compaction to the required percentage of maximum density.
3. Moisture Control:
a. Where fill or backfill must be moisture conditioned before compaction,
uniformly apply water to the surface and to each layer of fill or backfill.
Prevent ponding or other free water on surface subsequent to, and during
compaction operations.
b. Remove and replace, or scarify and air dry, soil that is too wet to permit
compaction to specified density. Soil that has been removed because it is
too wet to permit compaction may be stockpiled or spread and allowed to
dry. Assist drying by discing, harrowing or pulverizing, until moisture
content is reduced to a value which will permit compaction to the
percentage of maximum density specified.
4. If a compacted layer fails to meet the specified percentage of maximum density,
the layer will be recompacted and retested. If compaction cannot be achieved the
material/layer will be removed and replaced. No additional material may be
placed over a compacted layer until the specified density is achieved.
B. Open graded Stone (Item B-12, No. 1 crushed stone, etc): Place material in maximum
twelve inch lifts. Each lift shall be raked smooth and compacted through several passes
of a walk behind vibratory roller. Compaction Testing is not required.
Phillips Hall EARTHWORK 310000-16
Electric Service Upgrade April 21, 2016
CORNELL DIVISION 31 EARTHWORK
Ithaca, New York
3.12 ROUGH GRADING
A. Interior Grading: Trim unexcavated spaces within the building to levels indicated.
1. Subgrade for Interior Slabs: Compact as specified to receive fill material. Finish
subgrade surface within 1 inch above or below level specified for fill required.
B. Exterior Grading: Trim and grade area within the Grading Limit Line and excavations
outside the limit line, required by this Contract, to a level of 4 inches below the finish
grades indicated unless otherwise specified herein or where greater depths are indicated.
Provide smooth uniform transition to adjacent areas.
1. Slope cut and fill in transition areas, outside of the grading limit line, to meet
corresponding levels of existing grades at a slope of 1 vertical to 2 horizontal
unless otherwise indicated.
2. Landscaped Areas: Provide uniform subgrade surface within 1 inch of required
level to receive topsoil thickness specified. Compact fill as specified to within
three inches of subgrade surface. Remove objectionable material detrimental to
proper compaction or to placing full depth of topsoil. If the top three inches of
subgrade has become compacted before placement of topsoil, harrow or otherwise
loosen rough graded surface to receive topsoil to a depth of three inches
immediately prior to placing topsoil.
3.13 SUBGRADE SURFACE FOR WALKS AND PAVEMENT
A. Shape and grade subgrade surface as follows:
1. Walks: Shape the surface of areas under walks to required line, grade and cross
section, with the finish surface not more than 1 inch above or below the required
subgrade surface elevation.
2. Pavements: Shape the surface of areas under pavement to required line, grade and
cross section, with the finish surface not more than 1/2 inch above or below the
required subgrade surface elevation.
B. Grade Control: During construction, maintain lines and grades including crown and
cross -slope of subbase course.
C. Thoroughly compact subgrade surface for walks and pavement by mechanical rolling,
tamping, or with vibratory equipment as approved to the density specified.
D. Shoulders: Place shoulders along edges of filled subgrades to prevent lateral movement.
Construct shoulders of selected fill material, placed in such quantity to compact to
thickness of each subgrade course layer. Compact and roll at least a 2'-0" wide
additional layer of each subgrade course.
Phillips Hall EARTHWORK 310000-17
Electric Service Upgrade April 21, 2016
CORNELL DIVISION 31 EARTHWORK
Ithaca, New York
3.14 FINISH GRADING
A. Uniformly grade rough graded areas within limits of the Grading Limit Line to finish
grade elevations indicated.
B. Grade and compact to smooth finished surface within tolerances specified, and to
uniform levels or slopes between points where finish elevations are indicated or between
such points and existing finished grade.
C. Grade areas adjacent to building lines so as to drain away from structures and to prevent
ponding.
D. Finish surfaces free from irregular surface changes, and as follows:
1. Grassed Areas: Finish areas to receive topsoil to within one inch above or below
the required subgrade surface elevations.
2. Walks: Place and compact subbase material as specified. Shape surface of areas
under walks to required line, grade and cross section, with the finish surface not
more than 1/2 inch above or below the required subbase elevation.
3. Pavements: Place and compact subbase material as specified. Shape surface of
areas under pavement to required line, grade and cross section, with the finish
surface not more than 1/2 inch above or below the required subbase elevation.
4. Building Slabs: Grade subbase material smooth and even, free of voids,
compacted as specified, and to required subbase elevation. Finish final grades
within a tolerance of 1/4 inch when tested with a ten foot straightedge.
5. Surfaces To Receive Vapor Barrier: Provide smooth surfaces graded, tamped
and/or rolled, entirely free of obstructions or protruding objects.
E. Spread topsoil directly upon prepared subgrade surface to a depth measuring FOUR
inches after natural settlement of the topsoil has occurred in areas to be seeded or to
receive sod. Place to greater depth when necessary to adjust grades to required
elevations.
1. Approved existing topsoil within the Grading Limit Line may be used. Provide
additional topsoil from outside sources as required.
F. Finish topsoil surface free of depressions which will trap water, free of stones over 1 inch
in any dimension, and free of debris.
Phillips Hall EARTHWORK 310000-18
Electric Service Upgrade April 21, 2016
CORNELL DIVISION 31 EARTHWORK
Ithaca, New York
3.15 MAINTENANCE AND RESTORATION
A. Restore grades to indicated levels where settlement or damage due to performance of the
Work has occurred. Correct conditions contributing to settlement. Remove and replace
improperly placed or poorly compacted fill materials.
B. Restore pavements, walks, curbs, lawns, and other exterior surfaces damaged during
performance of the Work to match the appearance and performance of existing
corresponding surfaces as closely as practicable.
C. Topsoil and seed or sod damaged lawn areas outside the GLL and new lawn areas inside
the GLL. Water as required until physical completion of the Work.
3.16 DISPOSAL OF EXCESS AND UNSUITABLE MATERIALS
A. Remove from State property and dispose of excess and unsuitable materials, including
materials resulting from clearing and grubbing and removal of existing improvements.
B. Transport excess and unsuitable materials, including materials resulting from clearing
and grubbing and removal of existing improvements, to spoil areas on State property
designated by the Director's Representative, and dispose of such materials as directed.
C. Transport excess topsoil to areas on State property designated by the Owner's
Representative. Smooth grade deposited topsoil.
3.17 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Compaction Testing: Notify the Owner's Representative at least three working days in
advance of all phases of filling and backfilling operations. Compaction testing shall be
performed by the Contractor to ascertain the compacted density of the fill and backfill
materials. Compaction testing will be performed on certain layers of the fill and backfill
as determined by the Owner's Representative. If a compacted layer fails to meet the
specified percentage of maximum density, the layer will be recompacted and will be
retested. No additional material may be placed over a compacted layer until the specified
density is achieved.
3.18 PROTECTION
A. Protect graded areas from traffic and erosion, and keep them free of trash and debris.
END OF SECTION 310000
Phillips Hall EARTHWORK 310000-19
Electric Service Upgrade April 21, 2016
CORNELL DIVISION 32 EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS
Ithaca, New York
SECTION 329000 - LANDSCAPE WORK
PART 1: GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division -1 Specification sections, apply to work
of this Section.
1.2 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. Extent of landscape development work is shown on drawings and in schedules.
B. Subgrade Elevations: Excavation, filling and grading required establishing
elevations shown on drawings are not specified in this Section. Refer to
earthwork sections.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Subcontract landscape work to a single firm specializing in landscape work.
B. Source Quality Control:
1. General: Ship landscape materials with certificates of inspection required by
governing authorities. Comply with regulations applicable to landscape
materials.
2. Do not make substitutions: If specified, landscape material is not obtainable,
submit proof of non-availability to Architect, together with proposal for use of
equivalent material.
3. Analysis and Standards: Package standard products with manufacturer's
certified analysis. For other materials, provide analysis by recognized
laboratory made in accordance with methods established by the Association of
Official Agriculture Chemists, wherever applicable.
4. Topsoil: Before delivery of topsoil, furnish Architect and Cornell Grounds
Department with written statement giving location of properties from which
topsoil is to be obtained, names and addresses of owners, depth to be stripped,
and crops grown during past two years. TOPSOIL ACQUISITION AND
AMENDMENTS TO TOPSOIL ARE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE
LANDSCAPE CONTRACTOR (see also Part 2.01, F).
Phillips Hall LANDSCAPE WORK 329000-1
Electric Service Upgrade April 21, 2016
CORNELL DIVISION 32 EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS
Ithaca, New York
5. Trees, Shrubs and Plants: Provide trees, shrubs and plants of quantity, size,
genus, species and variety shown and scheduled for landscape work and
complying with recommendations and requirements of ANSI Z60.1
"American Standard for Nursery Stock." Provide healthy, vigorous stock,
grown in recognized nursery in accordance with good horticultural practice
and free of disease, insects, eggs, larvae and defects such as knots, sun -scald,
injuries, abrasions, or disfigurement.
6. Label each tree and shrub with securely attached waterproof tag bearing
legible designation of botanical and common name.
7. Label at least one tree and one shrub of each variety with a securely attached
waterproof tag bearing legible designation of botanical and common name.
8. Where formal arrangements or consecutive order of trees or shrubs are shown,
select stock for uniform height and spread, and label with number to assure
symmetry in planting.
9. Furnish the Architect and Grounds Director a complete as built listing of plant
nursery sources of all plants installed upon initial plant acceptance by
Architect.
C. Inspection: The Architect may inspect trees and shrubs either at place of growth
or at site before planting, for compliance with requirements for genus, species,
variety, size, and quality. Architect retains right to further inspect trees and
shrubs for size and condition of balls and root systems, insects, injuries and latent
defects, and to reject unsatisfactory or defective material at any time during
progress of work. Remove rejected trees or shrubs immediately from project site.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Certification: Submit certificates of inspection as required by governmental
authorities. Submit manufacturers or vendors certified analysis for soil
amendments and fertilizer materials. Submit other data substantiating that
materials comply with specified requirements.
1 Submit seed vendor's certified statement for each grass seed mixture required,
stating botanical and common name, percentage by weight, and percentages of
purity, germination, and weed seed for each grass seed species.
B. Planting Schedule: Submit proposed planting schedule, indicating dates for each
type of landscape work during normal seasons for such work in area of site.
Correlate with specified maintenance periods to provide maintenance from date of
substantial completion. Once accepted, revise dates only as approved in writing,
after documentation of reason for delays.
Phillips Hall LANDSCAPE WORK 329000-2
Electric Service Upgrade April 21, 2016
CORNELL DIVISION 32 EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS
Ithaca, New York
C. Maintenance Instructions: Submit typewritten instructions recommending
procedures to be established by Owner for future maintenance after acceptance
and warranty expiration. Submit prior to expiration of required maintenance
period(s).
D. Provide and pay for materials testing. Testing agency shall be acceptable to the
Architect. Provide the following data:
1. Test representative material samples proposed for use.
2. Topsoil:
a. pH factor
b. Mechanical analysis
c. Percentage of organic content
d. Recommendations on type and quantity of additives required to establish
satisfactory pH factor and supply of nutrients to bring nutrients to
satisfactory level for planting.
e. Bio-assay topsoil for toxin detection.
E. Percolation tests to be performed on a minimum of 10% of tree pits and 20% of
shrub beds, and on any areas of questionable drainage, or as required by
Architect. Percolation tests shall consist of a one gallon container at minimum of
1" (one inch) per hour drainage at base of plant root level.
1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Packaged Materials: Deliver packaged materials in containers showing weight,
analysis, and name of manufacturer. Protect materials from deterioration during
delivery and while stored at site.
B. Sod: Time delivery so that sod will be placed within twenty-four hours after
stripping. Protect sod against drying and breaking of rolled strips.
C. Trees and Shrubs: Provide freshly dug trees and shrubs. Do not prune prior to
delivery unless otherwise approved by Architect. Do not bend or bind -tie trees or
shrubs in such a manner as to damage bark, break branches, or destroy natural
shape. Provide protective covering during delivery. Do not drop balled and
burlapped stock during delivery. Do not let plant roots dry, crush, or be exposed
to heat or cold during deliveries.
D. Deliver trees and shrubs after preparations for planting have been completed and
plant immediately. If planting is delayed more than six hours after delivery, set
trees and shrubs in shade, protect from weather and mechanical damage, and keep
roots moist by covering with mulch, burlap or other acceptable means of retaining
moisture.
E. Do not remove container grown stock from containers until planting time.
Phillips Hall LANDSCAPE WORK 329000-3
Electric Service Upgrade April 21, 2016
CORNELL DIVISION 32 EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS
Ithaca, New York
1.6 JOB CONDITIONS
A. Proceed with and complete landscape work as rapidly as portions of site become
available, working within seasonal limitations for each kind of landscape work
required.
B. Utilities: Determine location of underground utilities and perform work in a
manner which will avoid possible damage. Hand excavate, as required. Maintain
grade takes set by others until removal is mutually agreed upon by parties
concerned.
C. Excavation: When conditions detrimental to plant growth are encountered, such
as rubble fill, adverse drainage conditions, or obstructions, notify Architect when
encountered. No planting under such conditions will occur until approved by
Architect.
D. Coordination with Lawns: Plant trees and shrubs after final grades are established
and prior to planting of lawns, unless otherwise acceptable to Architect. If
planting of trees and shrubs occurs after lawn work, protect lawn areas and
promptly repair damage to lawns resulting from planting operations.
1.7 SPECIAL PROJECT WARRANTY
A. Warranty lawns through specified lawn maintenance period, and until final
acceptance.
B. Warranty trees and shrubs through specified maintenance period, and until final
acceptance.
C. Warranty trees and shrubs, for a period of one year after date of substantial
completion, against defects including death and unsatisfactory growth, except for
defects resulting from neglect by Owner, abuse or damage by others, or unusual
phenomena or incidents which are beyond Landscape Installer's control. Proper
watering during full warrantee period is the responsibility of the landscape
contractor.
D. Remove and replace trees, shrubs, or other plants immediately if found to be dead
or in unhealthy condition during warranty period. Make replacements during the
next specified planting season. Replace trees and shrubs which are in doubtful
condition during the next planting season. Replace trees and shrubs which are in
doubtful condition next planting season, unless, in opinion of Architect, it is
advisable to extend warranty period for a full growing season.
1. Another inspection will be conducted at end of extended warranty period, if
any, to determine acceptance or rejection. Only one replacement (per tree,
Phillips Hall LANDSCAPE WORK 329000-4
Electric Service Upgrade April 21, 2016
CORNELL DIVISION 32 EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS
Ithaca, New York
shrub or plant) will be required at end of warranty period, except for losses or
replacements due to failure to comply with specified requirements.
PART 2: PRODUCTS
2.1 TOPSOIL
A. Stockpiled topsoil from stripping of site may be used if meeting requirements
specified. Furnish additional topsoil required for planting and lawns from sources
off the site if stockpiled topsoil is insufficient, unsatisfactory, or stockpiling is not
performed.
B. Topsoil material shall consist of weathered surface soils (A horizon), or amended
unweathered subsoil (B horizon) or a blend of both, and shall be free of hard
fragments and stones larger than one inch across the greatest dimension,
objectionable salts, noxious weeds and plants, partially disintegrated debris, or
any other material inferior to the surface soils. All soils to be obtained from
naturally drained sources and shall contain at least two percent natural organic
matter (as determined by loss on ignition of moisture) — free samples dried and
tested in accordance with current methods of the Association of Official
Agricultural Chemists.
C. Topsoil shall be amended as needed to meet the following requirements:
1. A minimum of 6%, and not to exceed 10% of combined organic matter.
2. Soil acidity range: pH 5.5 to pH 7.0 inclusive.
3. Soil fertility shall rate "high" in natural nutrients based on the coordinated
ratings in pounds per acre as established by the National Soil and Fertilizer
Research Committee.
4. Should tests and analysis indicate that soil proposed for use is deficient in any
of the above requirements, a system of ameliorating may be proposed for
approval.
5. For lawn areas where topsoil pH is below 5.0, limestone shall be added at a
rate of 2-1/2 (two and one half) pounds per cu. yd. of topsoil to raise the pH
value one full point.
a. Limestone: Shall be raw, ground agricultural limestone containing not
less than 85% calcium carbonate and shall be ground to such a fineness
that 50% shall pass through a 100 mesh sieve, and 90% through a 20 mesh
sieve.
6. Where topsoil pH is above 7.0, aluminum sulfate shall be added at a rate of 2-
1/2 pounds per cu. yd. of topsoil to lower the pH value one full point.
a. Aluminum sulfate: In dry powder form.
D. All topsoil obtained from on-site or loam borrow obtained from off-site used for
work of this section shall be tested prior to being spread or mixed. All testing
Phillips Hall LANDSCAPE WORK 329000-5
Electric Service Upgrade April 21, 2016
CORNELL DIVISION 32 EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS
Ithaca, New York
shall be done by approved independent test laboratory or by agriculture unit of
State University System. Contractor shall provide required representative
samples of material proposed for use to testing facility for analysis and
recommended treatment. The Contractor shall bear any and all costs incurred in
testing and analysis. Test reports also contain specific recommendations as to the
exact types, times and rates of application of soil additives and fertilizers based
upon the soil test results and type of material to be planted. Approved materials
and topsoil shall be covered with waterproofing membrane if stored on site.
Approved material shall be stockpiled as not to be contaminated or to interfere
with other work or with other sub grade or fill materials. Recommendations shall
be followed during planting operations.
E. Analysis shall include:
1. Classification of soil
2. Percent organic content
3. Soil acidity
4. Recommendation shall include type of soil additive and fertilizer, their
composition and rate, and means of application.
F. Note that any and all materials and procedures with respect to soil additive and
fertilizers, contained herein, are the responsibility of the landscape contractor and
are approximate, and that all soil additives will be adjusted to comply with test
reports.
2.2 SOIL AMENDMENTS
A. Lime: Natural dolomitic limestone containing not less than 85% of total
carbonates with a minimum of 30% magnesium carbonates, ground so that not
less than 90% passes a 10 mesh sieve, and not less than 50% passes a 100 mesh
sieve.
B. Aluminum Sulfate: Commercial grade.
C. Peat Humus: FS Q -P-166 decomposed peat with no identifiable fibers and with
pH range suitable for intended use.
D. Super phosphate: Soluble mixture of treated minerals; 20% available phosphoric
acid.
E. Sand: Clean, washed sand, free of toxic materials.
F. Perlite: Conforming to National Bureau of Standards PS 23.
G. Vermiculite: Horticultural grade, free of toxic substances.
Phillips Hall LANDSCAPE WORK 329000-6
Electric Service Upgrade April 21, 2016
CORNELL DIVISION 32 EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS
Ithaca, New York
H. Sawdust: Rotted sawdust, free of chips, stones, sticks, soil or toxic substances
and with 7.5 lbs nitrogen uniformly mixed into each cubic yard of sawdust.
I. Manure: Well rotted, unleached stable or cattle manure containing not more than
25% by volume of straw, sawdust or other bedding materials, and containing no
chemicals or ingredients harmful to plants.
J. Mulch: Single hammer milled, coarse, from hardwood bark mulch free from
deleterious materials and suitable for top dressing of trees, shrubs or plants.
K. Commercial Fertilizer: Complete fertilizer of neutral character, with some
elements derived from organic sources and containing following percentages of
available plant nutrients:
1. For trees and shrubs, provide fertilizer with not less than 5% total nitrogen,
10% available phosphoric acid and 5% soluble potash.
2. For lawns, provide fertilizer with percentage of nitrogen required to provide
not less than 1 lb of actual nitrogen per 1,000 sq ft of lawn area and not less
than 4% phosphoric acid and 2% potassium. Provide nitrogen in a form that
will be available to lawn during initial period of growth; at least 50% of
nitrogen to be in organic form.
2.3 PLANT MATERIALS
A. Quality: Provide trees, shrubs, and other plants of size, genus, species and variety
shown and scheduled for landscape work and complying with recommendations
and requirements of ANSI Z60.1 "American Standard for Nursery Stock."
B. Deciduous Trees: Provide trees of height and caliper scheduled or shown, and
with branching configuration recommended by ANSI A300.1 for type and species
required. Provide single stem trees except where special forms are shown or
listed.
1. Provide balled and burlapped (B&B) or container grown deciduous trees as
specified on plant list.
C. Deciduous Shrubs: Provide shrubs of the height shown or listed and with not less
than minimum number of canes required by ANSI Z60.1 for type and height of
shrub required.
1. Provide balled and burlapped (B&B) or container grown deciduous shrubs as
specified on plant list.
2.4 GRASS MATERIALS
A. Schedule of Grass Seed Requirements:
Phillips Hall LANDSCAPE WORK 329000-7
Electric Service Upgrade April 21, 2016
CORNELL DIVISION 32 EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS
Ithaca, New York
1 All grass seed will be fresh, clean, new crop seed delivered in original
unopened packages, bearing guaranteed analysis.
2. Seed germination test results for each seed type and cultivar must be
performed within 10 months prior to landscape installation of seed, and must
have no less than ninety percent (90%) germination rate.
3. All grass seed cultivar purity must be no less than ninety percent (90%) by
weight.
4. All grass seed and grass seed mixes used will consist of one of the following
four (4) types:
TYPE 1 - Kentucky Bluegrass (Poa pratensis) Seed Mix: This grass seed will
be used without exception for all non -athletic turf campus lawn seedings
unless specified otherwise in writing by the Architect. This seed mix will
consist of the following:
Twenty-five percent (25%) of each of any three of the nine choices of
named Kentucky Bluegrass cultivars listed below to total 75% of the
Kentucky Bluegrass Seed MNix (e.g. Type 1) by weight. Kentucky
Bluegrass cultivar choices include: Midnight, Midnight 2, Caberner,
Huntington, Bordeau, Shiraz, Langara, and Diva.
Fifteen percent (15%) by weight of one of the following: Chewing Fescue
(Festuca rubra) seed cultivars: Enjoy, Abram, or Checker; OR Hard
Fescue (Festuca longifolia) seed cultivars: Reliant, Aurora, Spartan,
Waldina, or SR#3000.
Ten percent (10%) by weight of one of the Perennial Ryegrass (Lolium
perenne) seed cultivars: Paragon GLR, Exacata 2, Revenge GLX, or Fiesta
4.
TYPE 2: Perennial Ryegrass Seed (Lolium perenne): This grass seed will not
be used, except as 10% of the Type 1 Kentucky Grass Seed Mix, or for
athletic field or other temporary lawns only when specified in writing by
theArchitect. Use one of the following Perennial Ryegrass (Lolium perrene)
seed cultivars: Paragon GLR, Exacata 2, Revente GLX, or Fiesta 4.
TYPE 3: Fine Fescue Seed (Festuca rubra): This shade tolerant turf grass
(will be used only for lawn establishment in heavily shaded areas receiving
less than 4 hours of direct sunlight daily and upon written approval of the
Architect. Equal parts by weight of at least two of the following grass seeds
will be used: Nordic, Stonhenge, Jasper 3, Predator, Sea Breeze, and Quatro.
TYPE 4: Fine Leaf Tall Fescue (Festuca arundinacea): This seed will only
be used on low maintenance athletic fields with poorer quality soil and
draughty site conditions, and only upon written approval of the Architect.
Phillips Hall LANDSCAPE WORK 329000-8
Electric Service Upgrade April 21, 2016
CORNELL DIVISION 32 EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS
Ithaca, New York
Equal parts by weight of at least two of the following grass seed cultivars
will be used: Falcon 4, Falcon 5, Avenger, Hunter, or Biltmore.
5. Seed may be mixed by an approved method on site, or may be mixed by a
seed dealer. If the seed is mixed on site, each cultivar shall be delivered in
the original containers which shall bear the dealer's guaranteed analysis
legibly printed on the seed label as required by law. If the seed is mixed by a
dealer, the contractor shall furnish the owner with the dealer's guaranteed
statement of the composition of the mixture. All seed labels for seed used on
campus will be furnished to the Architect for review, and then incorporated
into the Owner's project files.
2.5 MISCELLANEOUS LANDSCAPE MATERIALS
A. Anti -Erosion Mulch: Provide clean, seed -free salt hay or threshed straw of wheat,
rye, oats or barley.
B. Anti -Desiccant: Emulsion type, film -forming agent designed to permit
transpiration but retard excessive loss of moisture from plants. Deliver in
manufacturer's fully identified containers and mix in accordance with
manufacturer's instructions.
C. Filtration/Separation Fabric: Water permeable filtration fabric of fiberglass or
polypropylene fabric.
D. Wrapping: Tree -wrap tape not less than 4".
E. Stakes and Guys: Provide stakes and deadmen of sound new hardwood, treated
softwood, or redwood, free of knot holes and other defects. Provide wire ties and
guys of 2 -strand, twisted, pliable galvanized iron wire not lighter than 12 gauge.
Provide not less than 1/2" (one-half inch) diameter rubber or plastic hose, or
approved straps, cut to required lengths and of uniform color, material and size to
protect tree trunks from damage by wires.
F. Temporary Lawn Protection: Shall include 1" x 1" hardwood stakes, 4' (four feet)
high, a maximum of 10' (ten feet) apart with a single line of double stranded white
polypropylene twine, flagged with 1" wide red weather resistant flag tape. The
maximum length of the flagging tapes will be 4" (four inches).
Phillips Hall LANDSCAPE WORK 329000-9
Electric Service Upgrade April 21, 2016
CORNELL DIVISION 32 EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS
Ithaca, New York
PART 3: EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
A. Layout individual tree and shrub locations and areas for multiple plantings. Stake
locations and outline areas and secure Architect's acceptance before start of
planting work. Make minor adjustments as may be requested.
B. Preparation of Planting Soil:
1. Before mixing, clean topsoil of roots, plants, sods, stones, clay lumps, and
other extraneous materials harmful or toxic to plant growth.
2. Fertilizer shall be complete, partially organic, containing by weight: 10%
nitrogen, 10% phosphorous, 10% potash.
3. For pit and trench type backfill, mix planting soil prior to backfilling, and
stockpile at site.
4. For planting beds and lawns, mix planting soil either prior to planting or
apply on surface of topsoil and mix thoroughly before planting.
a. Mix lime with dry soil prior to mixing of fertilizer.
b. Prevent lime from contacting roots of acid -loving plants.
c. Apply phosphoric acid fertilizer (other than that constituting a portion of
complete fertilizers) directly to subgrade before applying planting soil and
tilling.
C. Preparation for Planting Lawns:
1. Loosen subgrade of lawn areas to a minimum depth of 10" (ten inches).
Remove stones over 1 1/2" (one and one-half inch) in any dimension and
sticks, roots, rubbish and other extraneous matter. Limit preparation to areas
which will be planted promptly after preparation.
a. Spread top soil to minimum depth required to meet lines, grades and
elevations shown, after light rolling and natural settlement.
b. Place approximately 1/2 of total amount of top soil required. Work into
top of loosened subgrade to create a transition layer and then place
remainder of planting soil. Add specified soil amendments and mix
thoroughly into upper 10" (ten inches) of topsoil.
D. Preparation of Unchanged Grades: Where lawns are to be planted in areas that
have not been altered or disturbed by excavating, grading, or stripping operations,
prepare soil for lawn planting as follows: till to a depth of not less than 6" (six
inches); apply soil amendments and initial fertilizers as specified; remove high
Phillips Hall LANDSCAPE WORK 329000-10
Electric Service Upgrade April 21, 2016
CORNELL DIVISION 32 EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS
Ithaca, New York
areas and fill in depressions; till soil to a homogeneous mixture of fine texture,
free of lumps, clods, stones, roots, and other extraneous matter.
1. Prior to preparation of unchanged areas, completely remove existing grass,
vegetation, and turf with non-selective herbicide unless otherwise approved..
Dispose of such material outside of Owner's property; do not turn over into
soil being prepared for lawns.
2. Allow for sod thickness in areas to be sodded.
3. Apply specified commercial fertilizer at rates specified and thoroughly mix
into upper 3" (three inches) of topsoil. Delay application of fertilizer if lawn
planting will not follow within seven days.
E. Fine grade lawn areas to smooth, even surface with loose, uniformly fine texture.
Rake and drag lawn areas, remove ridges and fill depressions, as required to meet
finish grades. Limit fine grading to areas which can be planted immediately after
grading. Allow for soil settlement.
F. Moisten prepared lawn areas before planting if soil is dry. Water thoroughly and
allow surface moisture to dry before planting lawns. Do not create a muddy soil
condition.
G. Restore lawn areas to specified condition if eroded or otherwise disturbed after
fine grading and prior to planting.
H. Preparation of Planting Beds:
1. Remove 12" (twelve inches) of existing soil and perform percolation test as
specified in Section 1.04.
2. Thoroughly loosen subgrade of planting bed areas to a minimum depth of
12" (twelve inches) below planting mix. Remove stones over 1 1/2" (one and
one-half inch) in any dimension, and sticks, stones, rubbish and other
extraneous matter. Test for percolation as specified in Section 1.04.
3. Spread planting soil mixture to minimum depth required to meet lines, grades
and elevations shown, after light rolling and natural settlement. Place
approximately 1/2 of total amount of planting soil required. Work into top of
loosened subgrade to create a transition layer, then place remainder of the
planting soil.
4. Mix with specified soil amendments and fertilizers to a depth of not less than
12" (twelve inches).
I. Excavation for Trees and Shrubs:
1. Excavate pits, beds and trenches, with vertical sides and with bottom of
excavation slightly raised at center to provide proper drainage. Loosen hard
subsoil in bottom of excavation.
Phillips Hall LANDSCAPE WORK 329000-11
Electric Service Upgrade April 21, 2016
CORNELL DIVISION 32 EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS
Ithaca, New York
a. For balled and burlapped (B&B trees and shrubs), make excavations at
least half as wide as the ball diameter and equal to the ball depth, plus
following allowance for setting of ball on a layer of compacted backfill:
1. Allow for 3" (three inch) setting layer of planting soil mixture.
b. For container grown stock, excavate as specified for balled and burlapped
stock, adjusted to size of container width and depth.
J. Dispose of subsoil removed from planting excavations. Do not mix with planting
soil or use as backfill.
3.2 PLANTING
A. Planting Trees and Shrubs
1. Set balled and burlapped (B&B) stock on a 2" (two inch) layer of compacted
planting soil mixture, plumb and in center of pit or trench with top of ball
approximately 2" (two inches) above adjacent finished landscape grades.
Remove burlap from sides of balls; retain on bottoms. Remove minimum of
upper one third of wire. When set, place additional backfill around base and
sides of ball, and work each layer to settle backfill and eliminate voids and air
pockets. When excavation is approximately 2/3 -full, water thoroughly before
placing remainder of backfill. Repeat watering until no more is absorbed.
Water again after placing final layer of backfill.
2. Set container grown stock 1" (one inch) above grade as specified for balled
and burlapped stock, except cut cans on two sides with an approved can cutter
and remove. Remove bottoms of wooden boxes after partial backfilling so as
not to damage root balls.
3. Dish top of backfill to allow for mulching.
4. Mulch pits, trenches and planted areas. Provide not less than following
thickness of mulch and work into top of backfill and finish level with adjacent
finish grades.
a. Provide a 3" (three inch) thickness of mulch. Mulches are not to be
applied against collar of trees and shrubs.
5. If deciduous trees or shrubs are moved in full -leaf, spray with anti -desiccant at
nursery before moving and again two weeks after planting.
6. Prune, thin out and shape trees and shrubs in accordance with standard
horticultural practice. Prune trees to retain required height and spread. Unless
otherwise directed by Architect, do not cut tree leaders, and remove only
Phillips Hall LANDSCAPE WORK 329000-12
Electric Service Upgrade April 21, 2016
CORNELL DIVISION 32 EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS
Ithaca, New York
injured or dead branches from flowering trees, if any. Prune shrubs to retain
natural character.
7. Remove and replace excessively pruned or misformed stock resulting from
improper pruning.
8. Wrap tree trunks of 2" (two inch) caliper and larger. Start at ground and cover
trunk to height of first branches and securely attach. Inspect tree trunks for
injury, improper pruning and insect infestation and take corrective measures
before wrapping.
9. Guy and stake trees immediately after planting, as indicated. Remove guys
and stakes after one season.
3.3 SEEDING NEW LAWNS
A. Do not use wet seed or seed which is moldy or otherwise damaged in transit or
storage and not more than a nine month old 85% germination result rate.
B. Sow seed using a spreader or seeding machine. Do not seed when wind velocity
exceeds 5 miles per hour. Distribute seed evenly over entire area by sowing equal
quantity in two directions at right angles to each other.
C. Sow grass seed at rate specified for seed mixture type. Increase by 20% for new
seeding on slopes in excess of a 3:1 ration.
D. Rake seed lightly into top 1/8" (one-eighth inch) of soil, roll lightly.
E. Protect seeded slopes against erosion with an organic erosion netting such as jute
or other methods acceptable to the Architect.
F. Protect seeded areas against erosion by spreading chopped straw mulch, or
acceptable organic hydroseeding cellulose mulch within 24 hours after seeding.
During the months of June, July and August, only straw mulch will be used.
Place straw mulch uniformly in a continuous blanket at the rate of 2-2/2 tons per
acre, or 2-501b bales per 1,000 sq ft of area. A mechanical blower may be used
for straw mulch application when acceptable to the Landscape Architect.
G. Time of Seeding (for conventional method):
1 Seed immediately after preparation of seed bed. Seeding shall be done
between April 1 and June 1, or between August 15 and September 30. When
delays in operations carry the work beyond the seasons specified, or when
conditions of high winds (winds that exceed 5 mph velocity), drought,
excessive moisture or ice are such that satisfactory results are not likely to be
obtained at any stage of the work, the work will stop and it shall be resumed
Phillips Hall LANDSCAPE WORK 329000-13
Electric Service Upgrade April 21, 2016
CORNELL DIVISION 32 EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS
Ithaca, New York
only when the desired results are likely to be obtained, or when approved
corrective measures and procedures are adopted.
H. Seed indicated areas within contract limits and areas adjoining contract limits
disturbed as a result of construction operations after proper soil preparation as
specified in Section 3.01.
I. Work notification: Notify Architect at least seven (7) working days prior to start
of seeding operations.
J. Protect existing utilities, paving, and other facilities from damage caused by
seeding operations.
K. Perform seeding work only after planting and other work affecting ground surface
has been completed, or as otherwise approved by Architect.
L. Restrict traffic from lawn areas until grass is established. Erect signs and barriers
as required, as referenced in Section 3.07.
M. Provide hose and lawn watering equipment as required
N. Method of Seeding:
1. Mechanical drills or seeders shall place the seed to a depth not exceeding 1/4"
(one quarter inch). Two passes of seeder shall be made over each area, the
second pass being made at right angles to the direction of the first, one-half of
the required amount of seed being sown in each pass. Broadcastseed shall be
covered to a depth not exceeding 1/4" (one-quarter inch) by raking, brush or
chain harrowing, or other approved method. Broadcast seeding shall not be
done during windy weather. After sowing, the seeded areas shall be lightly
rolled and the seed bed before and after seeding shall weigh not more than 65
pounds per foot of width. Cultipaker, or similar equipment, may be used in
one operation to cover the seed and firm the seed bed after seeding.
3.4 RECONDITIONING EXISTING LAWNS
A. Recondition existing lawn areas damaged by Contractor's operations, including
storage of materials and equipment, and movement of vehicles. Also, recondition
existing lawn areas where minor regrading is required.
B. Provide fertilizer, seed or sod, and soil amendments as specified for new lawns,
and as required, to provide a satisfactorily reconditioned lawn.
C. Cultivate bare and compacted areas thoroughly to a depth of 6" (six inches) to
provide a satisfactory planting bed.
Phillips Hall LANDSCAPE WORK 329000-14
Electric Service Upgrade April 21, 2016
CORNELL DIVISION 32 EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS
Ithaca, New York
D. Remove dead and unsatisfactory lawn areas; do not bury into soil. Remove topsoil
containing foreign materials resulting from Contractor's operations, including oil
drippings or other harmful chemicals, stone, gravel, and other loose building
materials.
E. Where greater than 60% of lawn remains, mow. In areas where there is less than
60% of disturbed grass rake, aerate if compacted, fill low spots, remove humps,
and cultivate soil, fertilize, and seed. Remove weeds before seeding, if extensive,
apply selective chemical weed killers as required. Apply a seedbed mulch, if
required, to maintain moist condition.
F. Water newly planted lawn areas and keep moist until new grass is established
AND ACCEPTED IN WRITING BY THE ARCHITECT.
G. Begin maintenance immediately after planting.
3.5 MAINTENANCE
A. Begin maintenance immediately after planting.
B. Maintain trees, shrubs and other plants until final acceptance, but in no case less
than specified period.
C. Maintain trees, shrubs and other plants by pruning, cultivating and weeding as
required for healthy growth. Restore planting saucers.
Tighten and repair stake and guy supports and reset trees and shrubs to proper
grades or vertical position as required. Restore or replace damaged wrappings.
Spray as required to keep trees and shrubs free of insects and disease.
D. Maintain seeded area until final acceptance.
1. Maintenance period shall begin immediately after seeding is completed for
each designated area on Plan, and shall continue until all lawn areas have been
fully accepted, not less than 60 days after substantial completion.
2. If seeded in fall continue maintenance the following spring until lawn is
established and accepted, IN WRITING, by Architect.
3. Maintenance of seeded lawn areas shall include watering, spot weeding,
fertilizing, disease and insect pest control, mowing, reseeding, application of
herbicides, fungicides, and insecticides until a full uniform stand of grass, free
of weeds, undesirable grass species, disease and insects is achieved and
accepted by the Architect.
4. Contractor is to provide water daily, or as conditions dictate, to maintain
adequate surface soil moisture for proper seed germination. Watering shall be
Phillips Hall LANDSCAPE WORK 329000-15
Electric Service Upgrade April 21, 2016
CORNELL DIVISION 32 EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS
Ithaca, New York
done in the late afternoon or early evening hours and shall continue for a
period not less than 30 days. Thereafter, apply 1/2" (one-half inch) of water
twice weekly until acceptance. Water shall be from Owner's source.
Contractor shall provide and maintain at his expense, adequate connections,
hoses, sprinklers, etc., with minimum leakage. Where use of hoses is not
practical, Contractor shall water with a tank truck filled at Owner's source.
When Owner's water source is not available, Contractor shall include cost of
water from off-site source in base bid.
5. Grass shall not be allowed to grow more than 4" (four inches) in height during
the maintenance period. Mowing height to be set at 3 to 3 1/2" (three inches to
three and one half inches) unless otherwise directed.
6. Pick-up of grass clippings shall be required during or immediately after each
mowing, if clippings are an average of 1" (one inch) or longer in length.
7. Contractor to repair, rework, and reseed all areas that have washed out, are
eroded, or do not establish. Restore bare areas by top dressing with topsoil as
specified. Apply seed at specified rate. Roll with a light roller and cover with
a 1/2" (one-half inch) mulch of pre -moistened peat moss.
8. Contractor will provide such barricades, temporary fencing signs or policing
as may be necessary to eliminate or minimize damage to lawn. Contractor is
responsible for all damage that occurs unless damage is beyond Contractor's
control. Should damage occur beyond Contractor's control, Contractor will
submit request for a Change Order and provide reasonable proof of damage.
3.6 CLEANUP AND PROTECTION
A. During landscape work, keep pavements clean and work area in an orderly
condition.
B. Protect landscape work and materials from damage due to landscape operations,
operations by other contractors, and trades and trespassers. Maintain protection
during installation and maintenance periods. Treat, repair or replace damaged
landscape work as directed.
3.7 INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE
A. When landscape work is completed, including maintenance, Architect will, upon
request, make an inspection to determine acceptability.
1. Landscape work may be inspected for acceptance in parts agreeable to
Architect, provided work offered for inspection is complete, including
maintenance.
Phillips Hall LANDSCAPE WORK 329000-16
Electric Service Upgrade April 21, 2016
CORNELL DIVISION 32 EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS
Ithaca, New York
B. Where inspected landscape work does not comply with requirements, replace
rejected work and continue specified maintenance until re -inspected by Architect
and found to be acceptable. Remove rejected plants and materials promptly from
project site.
C. Upon final acceptance, and within one week of such acceptance, Architect will
notify the Director of the Grounds Department, in writing, before final tum over.
END OF SECTION 329000
Phillips Hall LANDSCAPE WORK 329000-17
Electric Service Upgrade April 21, 2016
FLOOR PLAN PHASE 1E-5E-6PHILLIPS HALL ONE-LINE DIAGRAM PHASE 1E-4E-3E-2-SHEET NO.COVER SHEETSITE PLANFLOOR PLAN EXISTINGFLOOR PLANS PROPOSED WORKINDEXTITLEITHACA, NEW YORKCORNELL UNIVERSITYAPRIL 21, 2016CONTRACT DRAWINGSPHILLIPS HALLE-1REFERENCE SHEETE-7PHILLIPS HALL ONE-LINE DIAGRAM PHASE 2E-8ELECTRICAL DETAILSE-9ELECTRICAL SCHEDULESLOCATION PLANPROJECT LOCATION·······PROJECT SCOPEE-10E-11E-12FLOOR PLAN PHASE 2PHILLIPS HALL ONE-LINE DIAGRAM FINAL13.2KV ONE-LINE DIAGRAMSELECTRIC SERVICE UPGRADE
GENERAL NOTESCORNELL TO PROVIDE ALL 13.2KV CIRCUIT SWITCHING. CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATENEED FOR CIRCUIT SWITCHING 2 WEEKS IN ADVANCE. CONTRACTOR SHALL NOT OPEN ORCLOSE ANY 13.2KV SWITCHES.SYMBOLSABBREVIATIONSTWBTWB
TWB SITE PLAN NOTESTWB
TWBTWB
TWB DEMOLITION AND TEMPORARY PLAN NOTESDEMOLITION AND TEMPORARY PLAN KEYED NOTESFINAL PLAN NOTESFINAL PLAN KEYED NOTESTWB
NEW 480VPANELTWB PHASE 1 OUTAGE NOTES···············PHASE 1 KEYED NOTESTWB
TWB PHASE 2 OUTAGE NOTES·························PHASE 2 KEYED NOTESTWB
TWB
208V PANEL (LDP-B1-PH)WIRE TROUGHTR-TEMPPHILLIPS HALL ONE-LINE DIAGRAM - PHASE 1 NOTES480V PANEL208V SWITCHGEAR (MBP)NEW 480V PANELTWB
TWB
NEW 480V PANELNEW 208V PANEL SPCLOSECLOSETR-208VTR-480VPHILLIPS HALL ONE-LINE DIAGRAM - PHASE 2 KEYED NOTESWIRE TROUGH208V SWITCHGEAR (MBP)208V PANEL (LDP-B1-PH)TWB PHILLIPS HALL ONE-LINE DIAGRAM - PHASE 1 NOTES
TWB
TR-480VSPNCNCTR-208VM1F1F2F3F4F5F6F7F8F9F10F11F12F13F14F15F16F17F18F19F20F21F22F1F2F3F4F5F6F7PHILLIPS HALL ONE-LINE DIAGRAM - FINAL KEYED NOTEWIRE TROUGHM1NEW 480V PANELNEW 208V PANEL TWB
TWB GENERAL NOTES, 13.2KV ONE-LINE DIAGRAM3C16GATES G&W 2013GATESNOSPCLOSECLOSERHODES HALLBASEMENTPENTHOUSE1989RHODES S & CUPSON G&W 2014UPSON &GRUMMANKITE HILL SUB3C16GATES G&W 2013GATESNOSPCLOSECLOSERHODES HALLBASEMENTPENTHOUSE1989RHODES S & CUPSON G&W 2014UPSON &GRUMMANKITE HILL SUBGENERAL NOTE, 13.KV ONE-LINE DIAGRAM - PHASE 2KEYED NOTE, 13.KV ONE-LINE DIAGRAM - PHASE 2TWB
GENERAL NOTES, REINFORCED DUCT BANK WALL PENETRATION DETAILGENERAL NOTES, EQUIPMENT PAD DETAILTWB GENERAL NOTES, REINFORCED CONCRETE DUCT BANK SECTIONGENERAL NOTES, SEPARATELY DERIVED SYSTEM GROUNDING DETAILGENERAL NOTES, CEILING MOUNTED SUPPORT DETAILTWB
TWB